WO2021032066A1 - 寻呼的方法和装置 - Google Patents

寻呼的方法和装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021032066A1
WO2021032066A1 PCT/CN2020/109632 CN2020109632W WO2021032066A1 WO 2021032066 A1 WO2021032066 A1 WO 2021032066A1 CN 2020109632 W CN2020109632 W CN 2020109632W WO 2021032066 A1 WO2021032066 A1 WO 2021032066A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
network
user equipment
access
message
signaling
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/109632
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
杨晨晨
李欢
晋英豪
韩锋
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to EP20854563.2A priority Critical patent/EP4017155A4/en
Priority to KR1020227008270A priority patent/KR20220047602A/ko
Priority to BR112022002739A priority patent/BR112022002739A2/pt
Priority to JP2022510212A priority patent/JP7436635B2/ja
Publication of WO2021032066A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021032066A1/zh
Priority to US17/673,523 priority patent/US20220174583A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00—Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/02—Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control
    • H04W28/08—Load balancing or load distribution
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W68/00—User notification, e.g. alerting and paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
    • H04W68/005—Transmission of information for alerting of incoming communication
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W48/00—Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
    • H04W48/16—Discovering, processing access restriction or access information
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W68/00—User notification, e.g. alerting and paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
    • H04W68/12—Inter-network notification
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W68/00—User notification, e.g. alerting and paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W68/00—User notification, e.g. alerting and paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
    • H04W68/02—Arrangements for increasing efficiency of notification or paging channel
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00—Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/08—Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA
    • H04W74/0833—Random access procedures, e.g. with 4-step access
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/10—Connection setup
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W84/00—Network topologies
    • H04W84/02—Hierarchically pre-organised networks, e.g. paging networks, cellular networks, WLAN [Wireless Local Area Network] or WLL [Wireless Local Loop]
    • H04W84/04—Large scale networks; Deep hierarchical networks
    • H04W84/042—Public Land Mobile systems, e.g. cellular systems
    • H04W84/045—Public Land Mobile systems, e.g. cellular systems using private Base Stations, e.g. femto Base Stations, home Node B
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W48/00—Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
    • H04W48/20—Selecting an access point
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W88/00—Devices specially adapted for wireless communication networks, e.g. terminals, base stations or access point devices
    • H04W88/08—Access point devices
    • H04W88/085—Access point devices with remote components

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communications, and more specifically, to a paging method and device.
  • shared radio access network shared-RAN
  • user equipment can access different networks through a shared-RAN, and user equipment can also pass dual radio ( Access to different networks by means of dual radio) or multi-user identity module (subscriber identity module, SIM).
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • User equipment with dual wireless capabilities can access different networks through two Uu interfaces, and user equipment with multiple SIM cards can access different networks through different SIM cards.
  • Different networks are identified by different public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN) identifiers (identify, ID), and it is necessary to ensure normal paging of different networks in the shared-RAN scenario.
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • This application provides a paging method and device, in order to ensure normal paging in a shared radio access network scenario.
  • a paging method including: a user equipment receives a first message from an access device through a first network, the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is at least paged by a second network; Access the second network through the access device.
  • the user equipment can receive the first message indicating that the user equipment is at least paged by the second network through the first network, so as to respond to the paging of the second network.
  • the access device accesses the second network, so that the user equipment can respond to paging of a different network.
  • the first network assists the second network in paging.
  • terminal devices that cannot receive the paging information of the second network can receive the paging message of the second network, and on the other hand, the first network assists the second network.
  • the network performs control plane signaling transmission, which realizes the load balancing of control plane signaling between networks, and at the same time prevents the second network from sending paging messages all the time because the paging response of the terminal device has not been obtained, reducing the signaling of the second network storm. It can guarantee normal paging in the shared wireless access network scenario.
  • one access device can support access to two different networks.
  • the access device sends a paging message of the other network to the user equipment through one of the two networks that support access, so that the user equipment can respond to paging of different networks in a shared-RAN scenario
  • the first network is a standalone non-public network (standalone non-public networks, SNPN), and the second network is a non-standalone non-public network (public network integrated NPN, PNI-NPN) or PLMN.
  • SNPN standalone non-public networks
  • PNI-NPN public network integrated NPN, PNI-NPN
  • the first network is PNI-NPN
  • the second network is SNPN or PLMN.
  • the first network is PLMN
  • the second network is SNPN or PNI-NPN.
  • the “resources” involved in this application can be understood as bearer resources, used to bear user plane data, and/or, used to bear signaling plane data.
  • the user equipment accessing the second network through the access device includes the following possible situations:
  • Case 1 The first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is paged by the second network. If the user equipment has accessed the first network, the user equipment receives the first message from the access device through the SRB in the first network. The message, or the user equipment receives the first message from the access device through the paging information in the first network, can be understood as the first network that the user equipment has accessed to assist the unconnected second network to page the user equipment.
  • Case 2 The first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is paged by the first network and the second network.
  • the user equipment first accesses the first network, and then passes through the already accessed first network Assisted by not accessing the second network to page the user equipment.
  • the first message when the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is paged by the second network, the first message includes at least one of the following information: The second identity of the user equipment, the identity of the second network, or the identity of the second cell, where the second identity of the user equipment is used to indicate the identity of the user equipment in the second network, and the identity of the second network is used for Indicate a second network that the user equipment needs to access, and the identifier of the second cell is used to indicate a cell in the second network that the user equipment accesses through the access device.
  • the terminal device is assisted to analyze that the second network is paging the user equipment.
  • Terminal equipment and provide reference information for the terminal equipment to access the second network, so that the terminal equipment can select a suitable cell and access it as soon as possible.
  • the first message for indicating that the user equipment is at least paged by the second network includes: the first message for indicating that the user equipment is Paging the network and the second network; when the first message is used to instruct the user equipment to access the first network and the second network through the access device, the first message includes the second network of the user equipment At least one of the identity, the identity of the second network, or the identity of the second cell, and at least one of the following information: the first identity of the user equipment, the identity of the first network, or the identity of the first cell, wherein the The first identity of the user equipment is used to indicate the identity of the user equipment in the first network, the identity of the first network is used to indicate the first network that the user equipment needs to access, and the identity of the first cell is used to indicate A cell in the first network that the user equipment accesses through the access device.
  • the terminal device by including in the first message at least one of the second identity of the user equipment, the identity of the second network, or the identity of the second cell, the first identity of the user equipment, the identity of the first network, or At least one of the identities of the first cell to assist the terminal device in analyzing that the first network and the second network are paging the terminal device, and to provide reference information for the terminal device to access the first network and the second network to Make the terminal equipment select the appropriate cell and access it as soon as possible.
  • the first identifier of the user equipment included in the above first message may be included in the first identifier list of the user equipment, that is, there may be multiple identifiers of the user equipment in the first network, and the first message may include the multiple The first identification of each user equipment is sent to the user equipment as a first identification list of the user equipment to instruct the first network to page the user equipment.
  • the second identifier of the user equipment included in the above first message may be included in the second identifier list of the user equipment, that is, there may be multiple identifiers of the user equipment in the second network, and the first message may The second identities of the multiple user equipments are sent to the user equipment as a second identification list of the user equipment to instruct the second network to page the user equipment.
  • the first identifier of the user equipment may be the first 5G S-temporary mobile subscriber identity (5G-S-TMSI) of the user equipment in the first network, the first inactive state Wireless network temporary identity (inactive radio network temporary identity, I-RNTI), first globally unique temporary identity (GUTI), subscription concealed identifier (SUCI), or first temporary mobile user identity (temporary mobile subscriber identity, TMSI) etc.
  • the second identifier of the user equipment may be the second 5G-S-TMSI, the second I-RNTI, the second GUTI, the second SUCI, or the second TMSI of the user equipment in the second network.
  • “first” and “second” only indicate the identifiers of the user equipment in different networks, and do not constitute any limitation on the protection scope of this application.
  • the first message includes a second identifier of the user equipment, indicating the identifier of the user equipment in the second network. If the user equipment receives the second identifier of the user equipment through the first message after accessing the first network through the access device, the user equipment determines that it also needs to access the second network through the access device.
  • the second identification of the user equipment included in the first message may be included in the second identification list of the user equipment, that is, there may be multiple identifications of the user equipment in the second network, and the first message may include multiple identifications of the user equipment in the second network.
  • the second identifier of the user equipment is sent to the user equipment as a second identifier list of the user equipment, instructing the second network to page the user equipment.
  • the first message includes an identifier of the second network, indicating that the second network needs to page the user equipment.
  • the identifier of the second network included in the first message may be included in the identifier list of the second network, that is, there may be multiple identifiers of the second network, and the first message may use the identifiers of the multiple second networks as the second
  • the network identification list is sent to the user equipment, indicating that there is a second network to page the user equipment.
  • the identifier of the second network included in the first message may be the second PLMN ID, the second network identifier (NID), the second closed access group (CAG) ID, and the second PLMN ID and second NID, second PLMN ID and second CAG ID, second PLMN ID and second NID, or second PLMN ID and first CAG ID, etc.
  • the identity of the first network may be the first PLMN ID, the first NID, the first CAG ID, the first PLMN ID and the first NID, or the first PLMN ID and the first CAG ID, etc.
  • the first message includes the identity of the second cell, indicating that the second network needs to page the user equipment.
  • the identifier of is sent to the user equipment as the identifier list of the second cell, indicating that multiple cells in the second network can provide the user equipment to access through the access device.
  • the identity of the second cell may be a second new radio (NR), a cell ID or a second cell global identity (CGI), a second CAG ID or a second NID.
  • the identity of the first cell may be the first NR cell ID, the first CGI, the first CAG ID, or the first NID, etc.
  • the identity of the network can be used as the identity of the cell.
  • the first message includes a first identifier of the user equipment, indicating the identifier of the user equipment in the first network.
  • the user equipment determines that it needs to access the first network through the first identifier of the user equipment received by the first message.
  • the first identification of the user equipment included in the first message may be included in the first identification list of the user equipment, that is, there may be multiple identifications of the user equipment in the first network, and the first message may include multiple identifications of the user equipment in the first network.
  • the first identification of the user equipment is sent to the user equipment as a first identification list of the user equipment, instructing the first network to page the user equipment.
  • the first message includes an identifier of the first network, indicating that the first network needs to page the user equipment;
  • the identifier of the first network included in the first message may be included in the identifier list of the first network, that is, there may be multiple identifiers of the second network, and the first message may use the identifiers of the multiple first networks as the first
  • the network identification list is sent to the user equipment, instructing the first network to page the user equipment.
  • the first message includes the identity of the first cell, indicating that the cell in the first network is available for the user equipment to access through the access device.
  • the first network There may be multiple cells in the first network that can provide user equipment access through the access device, that is, there may be multiple identities of the first cell included in the first message, and the first message may include the identities of the multiple first cells.
  • the identification list of the first cell is sent to the user equipment, it indicates that there are multiple cells in the first network that can provide the user equipment to access through the access device.
  • the first message when the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is paged by the first network and the second network, the first message also includes the first A reason value and/or a second reason value, where the first reason value is used to indicate the reason why the first network paged the user equipment, and the second reason value is used to indicate the reason why the second network paged the user equipment; or, When the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is paged by the second network, the first message also includes the second cause value.
  • the paging method provided in the embodiment of the present application may include the reason why the network paging the user equipment in the first message, so that the user equipment can learn the reasons why different networks initiate paging, and can assist the user equipment in quickly locating the paging message initiation The reason is to distinguish the paging scene so that the user equipment can quickly make appropriate strategies and actions.
  • the first message when the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is paged by the second network, the first message further includes the first duration and/or the first Two durations, the first duration is used to identify that the user equipment accesses the first network through the access device within the first duration, and the second duration is used to identify that the user equipment accesses the first network through the access device within the second duration Access to the second network; or, when the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is paged by the second network, the first message includes the second duration.
  • the first message may include the length of time that the user equipment is expected to respond when the network paging the user equipment, so that the user equipment can learn which networks initiate paging and need to respond as soon as possible.
  • the terminal device can continue to receive services from other networks within the time threshold, and then access the paging network when the time threshold is approaching to ensure the continuity of user services.
  • the duration of the first duration may be stipulated in the agreement, or the duration of the first duration may be stipulated by the core network side, or the duration of the first duration may be stipulated between the user equipment and the core network.
  • the specific length of the duration is not limited.
  • the first duration is 10 ms, that is, the user equipment needs to access the first network within 10 ms after receiving the paging message.
  • the duration of the second duration may be stipulated in the agreement, or the duration of the second duration may be stipulated by the core network side, or the duration of the second duration may be stipulated between the user equipment and the core network, this application
  • the specific length of the second duration is not limited.
  • the second duration is 20 ms, that is, the user equipment needs to access the second network within 20 ms after receiving the paging message.
  • the user equipment has accessed the first network
  • the paging method further includes: the user equipment receives the first network from the access device through the first network.
  • the message includes: the user equipment receives the first message from the access device through the signaling radio bearer SRB in the first network, for example, receives the first message from the access device through the radio resource control (RRC) message in the first network
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the user equipment receives the first message from the access device through the paging information in the first network, and the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is paged by the second network.
  • the first network when the user equipment has access to the first network, the first network can assist the second network to page the user equipment, so that the user equipment in the connected state can respond to other networks. Paging.
  • that the user equipment has accessed the first network may be understood as an RRC connection established in the first network between the user equipment and the aforementioned access device.
  • the paging method further includes: the user equipment sending a first response message to the access device.
  • the first response message can be understood as a response to the aforementioned first message.
  • the first response message includes information about a third cell, and the third cell is a cell in the second network that the user equipment determines to access.
  • the user equipment receives a second message sent by the access device through the first network, and the second message includes at least one of the following parameters: a first parameter for supporting the user equipment to randomly access the third cell, The second parameter indicating the resources of the third cell, the fourth parameter indicating the context information of the user equipment in the second network, or the fifth parameter indicating the safety and integrity protection information of the user equipment in the second network parameter.
  • the above-mentioned first response message can be a radio resource control reconfiguration complete (RRC reconfiguration complete) message; it can also be a radio resource control setup complete (RRC setup complete) message; it can also be Uplink information transfer (uplink information transfer) message; it can also be a radio resource control setup request (radio resource control setup request, RRC setup request) message; it can also be a random access process message 1 (message1, MSG1) message, or Medium access control (MAC) layer signaling, for example, including MAC control element (CE); or physical layer signaling, for example, including uplink control information (UCI), etc. .
  • RRC reconfiguration complete radio resource control reconfiguration complete
  • RRC setup complete Uplink information transfer
  • uplink information transfer uplink information transfer
  • RRC setup request radio resource control setup request
  • RRC setup request radio resource control setup request
  • it can also be a random access process message 1 (message1, MSG1) message, or Medium access control (MAC) layer signaling, for example, including MAC control element (CE
  • the first response message may be an RRC reconfiguration complete message; optionally, when the above first message is an RRC setup message, the first response The message may be an RRC setup complete message; optionally, when the above-mentioned first message is a paging message, the first response message may be an uplink control information in response to the paging message.
  • the user equipment responds to the paging of the second network, selects the third cell in the second network to access, and informs the access device of related information about the third cell, and the access device can provide access to the third cell.
  • the relevant parameters of the three cells assist the user equipment to access the third cell through the access device.
  • the fourth and fifth parameters can be configured by the second network, for example, by the third cell, the third cell transmits the configuration parameters to the first network, and the first network transmits the configuration parameters to the user equipment through the first cell; or It is directly configured by the first network.
  • a cell in the first network configured by a cell in the first network sends the existing user context parameters, security and integrity protection information parameters to the user equipment, that is, the second network is complex. Use the user's context parameter, security and integrity protection information parameter in the first network.
  • the user equipment receiving the second message sent by the access device through the first network may be understood as transmitting the aforementioned parameters included in the second message to the user equipment via the first network.
  • the first message includes at least one of the following parameters: a sixth parameter for supporting the user equipment to randomly access the second cell, and indicating the second The seventh parameter of the resource of the cell, the ninth parameter indicating the context information of the user equipment in the second network, or the tenth parameter indicating the security and integrity protection information of the user equipment in the second network.
  • the access device can provide the user equipment with related parameters of multiple cells for the user equipment to choose to access.
  • the paging method when the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is paged by the second network, the paging method further includes: the user equipment receives the message through the first network A third message sent by the access device, where the third message is used to instruct the user equipment to access the first network through the access device, and the third message includes at least one of the following information: Identity, identity of the first network, or identity of the first cell, where the first identity of the user equipment is used to indicate the identity of the user equipment in the first network, and the identity of the first network is used to indicate that the user equipment needs The first network to be accessed, where the identifier of the first cell is used to indicate a cell in the first network that the user equipment accesses through the access device.
  • the paging of the first network and the second network can be sent to the user equipment by the access device respectively. After the user equipment responds to the paging of the first network, it is assisted by the first network Respond to the paging of the second network.
  • the user equipment includes user equipment that has been connected to the first network. It can be understood that the access device receives the first paging message and the second paging message sent by the second core network device and the first core network device respectively. Message, but the user equipment first responds to the first paging message and accesses the cell in the first network.
  • the aforementioned second core network device and the first core network device may be the same core network device.
  • the first network is PNI-NPN
  • the second network is PLMN, where PNI-NPN and PLMN share core network equipment.
  • the paging method further includes: the user equipment sends a second response message to the access device, the second response message includes information about the fourth cell,
  • the fourth cell is a cell in the first network that the user equipment determines to access.
  • the user equipment may send a second response message to the access device for responding to the paging of the first network. It can be understood as a response to the aforementioned third message.
  • the second response message can be an RRC reconfiguration complete message, an RRC setup complete message, an uplink information transfer message, an MSG1 message for a random access process, MAC CE information, or UCI, etc. .
  • the second response message may be an RRC reconfiguration complete message; optionally, when the foregoing third message is an RRC setup message, the second response The message can be an RRC setup complete message.
  • the user equipment After the user equipment accesses the fourth cell through the access device, it may only detect paging messages in the fourth cell, and the second network may page the user equipment in the fourth cell, which can save energy consumption of the user equipment. For example, the access device may send an RRC message or a paging message in the fourth cell to inform the user equipment that the second network is paging the user equipment.
  • the third message further includes a first cause value, and the first cause value is used to indicate a reason why the first network paged the user equipment.
  • the third message further includes a first duration, and the first duration is used to identify that the user equipment accesses the second duration through the access device within the first duration.
  • the paging method further includes: the user equipment sends a first identifier of the user equipment and a second identifier of the user equipment to the access device, and the user The first identifier of the device is used to indicate the identifier of the user equipment in the first network, and the second identifier of the user equipment is used to indicate the identifier of the user equipment in the second network.
  • the user equipment can notify the access device of the identities in different networks, so that when the access device receives paging from different networks, it can determine different user equipment based on the identities of different user equipment.
  • the paging message is paging the same user equipment.
  • the user equipment includes a first user identification card SIM and a second SIM, wherein the first identifier of the user equipment is used to indicate that the first SIM is in the The identifier in the first network, and the second identifier of the user equipment is used to indicate the identifier of the second SIM in the second network.
  • the aforementioned user equipment may be a user equipment connected to the access device, may be a user equipment in a dual wireless state, or may be a user equipment with multiple SIM cards.
  • the user equipment can have two Uu interfaces, and each Uu interface can be configured with a set of SRB, DRB and other resources, that is, the user equipment can be configured with two sets of SRB, DRB and other resources.
  • the Uu interface between the first network is the first Uu interface
  • the Uu interface between the user equipment and the second network is the second Uu interface.
  • the method of this application can solve the problem that the first Uu interface assists the second Uu interface to page the user equipment and assist
  • the second Uu interface is configured with related SRB and DRB parameters.
  • the user identification of the user equipment in the first network may be the identification of the first SIM card
  • the user identification of the user equipment in the second network may be the identification of the second SIM card, that is, this application It can solve the problem that the first SIM card assists in paging the second SIM card and assists the second SIM card to configure related parameters. For example, when the first SIM card and the second SIM in the user equipment share a single sending and single receiving antenna Equipment.
  • the aforementioned first network and the second network may be the same network or different networks.
  • the paging method further includes: the user equipment sends a first identifier of the user equipment and a second identifier of the user equipment to the access device, and the user The first identifier of the device is used to indicate the identifier of the first SIM card of the user equipment in the first network, and the second identifier of the user equipment is used to indicate the identifier of the second SIM card of the user equipment in the second network; And/or, the user equipment sends a third identifier of the user equipment and a fourth identifier of the user equipment to the access device, where the third identifier of the user equipment is used to indicate that the first SIM card of the user equipment is in the second The identifier in the network, where the fourth identifier of the user equipment is used to indicate the identifier of the second SIM card of the user equipment in the first network.
  • different networks page different SIM cards of the user equipment, for example, the first network sends the first identification to page the first SIM card of the user equipment, and the second network sends The second identifier pages the second SIM card of the user equipment.
  • the same network pages different SIM cards of the user equipment, for example, the first network sends the first identification and the fourth identification to page the first SIM card and the second SIM card of the user equipment, or the second network sends the The three identifiers and the second identifier page the first SIM card and the second SIM card of the user equipment.
  • different networks page the same SIM card of the user equipment, for example, the first network sends a first identification to page the first SIM card of the user equipment, and the second network sends a third identification to page the first SIM of the user equipment card.
  • the user equipment can notify the access device of the identity of the same SIM card of the user equipment in different networks, the identity of different SIM cards in the same network, or the identity of different SIM cards in different networks, so that the connection
  • the incoming device receives pages from different networks or the same network, it can determine that different paging messages are paging the same user equipment according to the identifiers of different user equipment.
  • a paging method including: an access device receives a first paging message from a second core network device, where the first paging message is used at least for the second network to page user equipment; The access apparatus sends a first message to the user equipment through the first network, where the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is at least paged by the second network.
  • the access device can send a first message to the user equipment through the first network, so that the user equipment responds to the paging of the second network, and accesses the first message through the access device.
  • the user equipment can respond to paging from different networks.
  • the first network assists the second network in paging.
  • terminal devices that cannot receive the paging information of the second network can receive the paging message of the second network, and on the other hand, the first network assists the second network.
  • the network performs control plane signaling transmission, which realizes the load balancing of control plane signaling between networks, and at the same time prevents the second network from sending paging messages all the time because the paging response of the terminal device has not been obtained, reducing the signaling of the second network storm. It can guarantee normal paging in the shared wireless access network scenario.
  • the first paging message and the first message respectively include the following At least one of the information: the second identity of the user equipment, the identity of the second network, or the identity of the second cell.
  • the second identity of the user equipment is used to indicate the identity of the user equipment in the second network.
  • the network identifier is used to indicate a second network that the user equipment needs to access, and the second cell identifier is used to indicate a cell in the second network that the user equipment accesses through the access device.
  • the terminal device is assisted to analyze that the second network is paging the user equipment.
  • Terminal equipment and provide reference information for the terminal equipment to access the second network, so that the terminal equipment can select a suitable cell and access it as soon as possible.
  • the first paging message is used at least for the first network to page the user equipment includes: the first paging message is used for the first network and the second network The network pages the user equipment; when the first paging message is used for the first network and the second network to page the user equipment, the first paging message and the first message respectively include the user equipment Two identification, at least one of the identification of the second network or the identification of the second cell, and at least one of the following information: the first identification list of the user equipment, the identification list of the first network, or the identification of the first cell Identity, the first identity of the user equipment is used to indicate the identity of the user equipment in the first network, the identity of the first network is used to indicate the first network that the user equipment needs to access, and the identity of the first cell is used To indicate a cell in the first network for the user equipment to access through the access device.
  • the terminal device by including in the first message at least one of the second identity of the user equipment, the identity of the second network, or the identity of the second cell, the first identity of the user equipment, the identity of the first network, or At least one of the identities of the first cell to assist the terminal device in analyzing that the first network and the second network are paging the terminal device, and to provide reference information for the terminal device to access the first network and the second network to Make the terminal equipment select the appropriate cell and access it as soon as possible.
  • the first identifier of the user equipment included in the first paging message may be included in the first identifier list of the user equipment, that is, there may be multiple identifiers of the user equipment in the first network, and the first paging message The first identifiers of the multiple user equipments may be sent to the user equipment as a first identifier list of the user equipment to instruct the first network to page the user equipment.
  • the second identifier of the user equipment included in the first paging message may be included in the second identifier list of the user equipment, that is, there may be multiple identifiers of the user equipment in the second network.
  • the paging message may send the second identifiers of the multiple user equipments to the user equipment as a second identifier list of the user equipment to instruct the second network to page the user equipment.
  • the first paging message includes a second identifier of the user equipment, indicating the identifier of the user equipment in the second network. If the user equipment receives the second identity of the user equipment through the first paging message after accessing the first network through the access device, it is determined that it is necessary to access the second network through the access device.
  • the second identifier of the user equipment included in the first paging message may be included in the second identifier list of the user equipment, that is, there may be multiple identifiers of the user equipment in the second network, and the first paging message may The second identities of the multiple user equipments are sent to the user equipment as a second identification list of the user equipment to instruct the second network to page the user equipment.
  • the first paging message includes an identifier of the second network, indicating that the second network needs to page the user equipment.
  • the identifier of the second network included in the first paging message may be included in the identifier list of the second network, that is, there may be multiple identifiers of the second network, and the first paging message may include the identifiers of the multiple second networks.
  • the identifier is sent to the user equipment as an identifier list of the second network, indicating that there is a second network to page the user equipment.
  • the first paging message includes the identity of the second cell, indicating that the cell in the second network is available for user equipment to access.
  • the identity of the second cell is sent to the user equipment as an identity list of the second cell, indicating that multiple cells in the second network can provide the user equipment to access through the access device.
  • the first paging message includes a first identifier of the user equipment, indicating the identifier of the user equipment in the first network.
  • the user equipment determines that it needs to access the first network through the first identifier of the user equipment received by the first paging message.
  • the first identification of the user equipment included in the first paging message may be included in the first identification list of the user equipment, that is, there may be multiple identifications of the user equipment in the first network, and the first paging message may include The first identities of the multiple user equipments are sent to the user equipment as a first identification list of the user equipment to instruct the first network to page the user equipment.
  • the first paging message includes an identifier of the first network, indicating that the first network needs to page the user equipment;
  • the identifier of the first network included in the first paging message may be included in the identifier list of the first network, that is, there may be multiple identifiers of the second network, and the first paging message may include the identifiers of the multiple first networks.
  • the identifier is sent to the user equipment as an identifier list of the first network to instruct the first network to page the user equipment.
  • the first paging message includes the identity of the first cell, indicating that the cell in the first network is available for the user equipment to access through the access device.
  • the identity of a cell is sent to the user equipment as an identity list of the first cell, indicating that there are multiple cells in the first network that the user equipment can access through the access device.
  • the first paging message when the first paging message is used for the first network and the second network to page the user equipment, the first paging message further includes a A reason value and/or a second reason value, where the first reason value is used to indicate the reason why the first network paged the user equipment, and the second reason value is used to indicate the reason why the second network paged the user equipment; or When the first paging message is used for the second network to page the user equipment, the first paging message also includes the second reason value.
  • the paging method provided in the embodiment of the present application may include the reason why the network paging the user equipment in the first paging message, so that the user equipment can learn the reasons why different networks initiate paging based on the first paging message, and can assist The user equipment quickly locates the reason for the initiation of the paging message, and distinguishes the paging scenario, so that the user equipment can quickly make appropriate strategies and actions next.
  • the first paging message when the first paging message is used for the first network and the second network to page the user equipment, the first paging message further includes a A duration and/or a second duration, where the first duration is used to identify that the user equipment accesses the first network within the first duration, and the second duration is used to identify that the user equipment accesses within the second duration The second network; or, when the first paging message is used for the second network to page user equipment, the first paging message includes the second duration.
  • the first paging message may include the length of time that the user equipment is expected to respond when the user equipment is paged by the network, so that the user equipment can learn which network initiated the user equipment based on the first paging message Paging needs to be responded as quickly as possible.
  • the terminal device can continue to receive services from other networks within the time threshold, and then access the paging network when the time threshold is approaching to ensure the continuity of user services.
  • the method before the access device sends the first message to the user equipment, the method further includes: the access device establishes a connection with the user equipment; the access The apparatus sending the first message to the user equipment through the first network includes: the access apparatus sends the first message to the user equipment through the signaling radio bearer SRB in the first network, and the first message is used to instruct the user equipment Is paged by the second network, or the access device sends the first message to the user equipment through paging information in the first network.
  • the first network when the user equipment has access to the first network, the first network can assist the second network to page the user equipment, so that the user equipment in the connected state can respond to other networks. Paging.
  • the paging method further includes: the access device receives the first response message sent by the user equipment.
  • the first response message can be understood as a response to the aforementioned first message.
  • the first response message includes information about a third cell, and the third cell is a cell in the second network that the user equipment determines to access; the access device sends a second message to the user equipment through the first network, and
  • the second message includes at least one of the following parameters: a first parameter used to support the user equipment to randomly access the three cells, a second parameter indicating the resources of the third cell, and a second parameter indicating that the user equipment is in the second
  • the fourth parameter of the context information of the network or the fifth parameter indicating the security and integrity protection information of the user equipment in the second network.
  • the user equipment responds to the paging of the second network, selects the third cell in the second network to access, and informs the access device of related information about the third cell, and the access device can provide access to the third cell.
  • the relevant parameters of the third cell assist the user equipment to access the third cell.
  • the first message includes at least one of the following parameters: the first message used to support the user equipment to randomly access the second cell in the second network Six parameters, the seventh parameter indicating the resources of the second cell, the ninth parameter indicating the context information of the user equipment in the second network, or the security and integrity protection information indicating the user equipment in the second network The tenth parameter.
  • the access device can provide the user equipment with related parameters of multiple cells for the user equipment to choose to access.
  • the method when the first paging message is used by the second network to page the user equipment, the method further includes: the access device receives the first A second paging message sent by a core network device, the access device sends a third message to the user equipment through the first network, and the third message is used to instruct the user equipment to access the first network, and the second paging
  • the message and the third message respectively include at least one of the following information: the first identification list of the user equipment, the identification list of the first network, or the identification of the first cell, the first identification of the user equipment is used to indicate the user equipment
  • the identity of the first network the identity of the first network is used to indicate the first network that the user equipment needs to access
  • the identity of the first cell is used to indicate the first network that the user equipment accesses Of the cell.
  • the paging of the first network and the second network can be sent to the user equipment by the access device respectively. After the user equipment responds to the paging of the first network, it is assisted by the first network Respond to the paging of the second network.
  • the method further includes: the access device receives a second response message sent by the user equipment, the second response message includes information about the fourth cell, the The fourth cell is a cell in the first network that the user equipment determines to access.
  • the user equipment may send a second response message to the access device to respond to the paging of the first network. , And notify the access device of relevant information of the fourth cell, and the access device can provide related parameters for accessing the fourth cell to assist the user equipment in accessing the fourth cell.
  • the paging method further includes: the access device determines based on the first paging message and the second paging message: the access device is The cell in the first network and the cell in the second network page the user equipment; or, the access device in the cell in the second network page the user equipment.
  • the access device after receiving the paging messages respectively sent by multiple networks, the access device can determine the sequence of different networks to page the user equipment.
  • the access device when the access device decides to page the user equipment in a cell in the first network or a cell in the second network, the first message It includes a first identification of the user equipment and a second identification of the user equipment, where the first identification of the user equipment is used to indicate the identification of the user equipment in the first network, and the second identification of the user equipment is used to indicate the user equipment
  • the identifier in the second network; the third message includes the first identifier of the user equipment and the second identifier of the user equipment.
  • the access device when the access device decides to page the user equipment in the first network and the second network at the same time, it may include the user equipment in the first message or the third message at the same time.
  • the identification in the first network and the second network when the access device decides to page the user equipment in the first network and the second network at the same time, it may include the user equipment in the first message or the third message at the same time. The identification in the first network and the second network.
  • the method before the access apparatus sends the first message to the user equipment, the method further includes: the access apparatus receives the user equipment's first message from the user equipment. An identifier and a second identifier of the user equipment, where the first identifier of the user equipment is used to indicate that the user equipment is in the first network; the second identifier of the user equipment is used to indicate that the user equipment is in the second network Or, the access apparatus receives the first identifier of the user equipment and the second identifier of the user equipment from the first core network equipment; or, the access apparatus receives the user from the second core network equipment The first identification of the device and the second identification of the user equipment.
  • the access device can learn the identity of the user equipment in different networks.
  • the access device includes: access network equipment; or, the access device includes a distributed unit DU and a centralized unit CU, where the CU is used for Receiving the signaling of the first core network device and receiving the signaling of the second core network device, and sending a fourth message to the DU.
  • the access device may be an access network device or an access device including a CU and a DU. Provide flexible options.
  • the CU used to receive the signaling of the first core network device and the signaling of the second core network device includes: the CU receives the first paging message from the second core network device, and the CU receives the first paging message from the first core network device.
  • the second paging message of the core network device includes: the CU receives the first paging message from the second core network device, and the CU receives the first paging message from the first core network device.
  • the second paging message of the core network device includes: the CU receives the first paging message from the second core network device, and the CU receives the first paging message from the first core network device.
  • the second paging message of the core network device includes: the CU receives the first paging message from the second core network device, and the CU receives the first paging message from the first core network device.
  • the second paging message of the core network device includes: the CU receives the first paging message from the second core network device, and
  • the CU is used to receive the signaling sent by the core network device, and send a fourth message to the DU, when the fourth message is used for the second network to page the user Device, the fourth message includes at least one of the following information: the second identity of the user equipment, the identity of the second network, or the identity of the second cell, where the second identity of the user equipment is used to indicate that the user equipment is The identifier of the second network, the identifier of the second network is used to indicate the second network that the user equipment needs to access, and the identifier of the second cell is used to indicate the cell in the second network for the user equipment to access; when the fourth message Used to instruct the second network and the first network to page the user equipment, the fourth message includes at least one of the second identity of the user equipment, the identity of the second network, or the identity of the second cell, and the following information At least one of: the first identity of the user equipment, the identity of the first network, or the identity of the first cell, where the first
  • the access device may include a DU and multiple CUs.
  • the above-mentioned access device includes a DU, a first CU, and a second CU.
  • the first CU is used to receive the signaling of the first core network device
  • the second CU is used to receive the signaling of the second core network device
  • the first CU and the second CU respectively send paging information to the DU.
  • the DU then pages the user equipment in the first network cell and the second network cell respectively, and respectively includes the first identifier and the second identifier of the user equipment, or DU
  • a piece of paging message informs the user equipment that both the first network and the second network are paging the equipment.
  • the cells of the first network under the first CU and DU assist in configuring the random access parameters or bearer parameters of the cells of the second network under the second CU and DU of the user equipment.
  • the method further includes: the DU sends first signaling to the CU, and the first signaling is used to indicate The DU can support access to the network; the DU receives the second signaling sent by the CU, the second signaling is used to indicate that the CU and the DU can jointly support the access network, or the second signaling is used To indicate that the CU can support access to the network, or the second signaling is used to send the auxiliary configuration parameters of the CU to the DU, and the auxiliary configuration parameters are used to assist the DU to configure related parameters of the network supported, for example, the CU sends The DU sends a network access rate reduction (network access rate reduction) signaling to assist the DU in configuring the user access control (UAC) parameters of the network cell under it.
  • a network access rate reduction network access rate reduction
  • the CU and the DU can learn about the network that the other party supports access through signaling interaction, so as to determine the network that the CU and the DU support access at the same time.
  • the first signaling includes any one of the following signaling: F1 interface establishment request signaling, DU configuration update request signaling, or DU serving cell message , Where the DU serving cell message includes the cell identity and the network identity of the network that the cell supports to access; the second signaling includes any one of the following signaling: F1 interface establishment response signaling, DU configuration update response signaling , CU configuration update request signaling, lower network access rate signaling, F1 interface establishment failure signaling, DU configuration update failure signaling, or information about the network that the CU can support access to, where the CU can support access
  • the network information includes the network identification of the network that the CU can support access to.
  • the CU includes a control plane CU-CP and a user plane CU-UP; the paging method further includes: the CU-UP sends the second aspect to the CU-CP Three signaling, the third signaling is used to indicate the network that the CU-UP can support access; the CU-UP receives the fourth signaling sent by the CU-CP, and the fourth signaling is used to indicate the CU-
  • the CP and the CU-UP can jointly support the access network, or the fourth signaling is used to indicate the network that the CU-CP can support access.
  • the CU-CP and the CU-UP can interact through signaling to learn the network that the other party supports to access, so as to determine the network to which the CU-CP and the CU-UP simultaneously support access.
  • the third signaling includes any one of the following signaling: E1 interface establishment request signaling, CU-UP configuration update request signaling, or CU- CP configuration update response signaling; this fourth signaling includes any one of the following signaling: E1 interface establishment response signaling, CU-UP configuration update response signaling, CU-CP configuration update request signaling, E1 interface establishment Failure signaling or CU-UP configuration update failure signaling.
  • a paging method including: a second core network device sends a first paging message to an access device, where the first paging message is used at least for the second network to page user equipment.
  • the first paging message when the first paging message is used for the second network to page the user equipment, the first paging message includes at least one of the following information : The second identity of the user equipment, the identity of the second network or the identity of the second cell, the second identity of the user equipment is used to indicate the identity of the user equipment in the second network, and the identity of the second network is used to indicate The second network that the user equipment needs to access, the identifier of the second cell is used to indicate the cell in the second network for the user equipment to access; the first paging message is used at least for the first network to page the user
  • the device includes: the first paging message is used for the first network and the second network to page the user equipment; when the first paging message is used for the first network and the second network to page the user equipment, The first paging message and the first message respectively include at least one of the second identity of the user equipment, the identity of the second network, or the identity of the second cell, and at least one of the following
  • a communication method including: a DU sends a first signaling to a CU, the first signaling is used to indicate a network that the DU can support access to; the DU receives a second signaling sent by the CU , The second signaling is used to indicate the network that the CU and the DU can support access together, or the second signaling is used to indicate the network that the CU can support access, or the second signaling is used for the
  • the CU fails to respond to the first signaling and includes the reason for the response failure, or the second signaling is used to send the auxiliary configuration parameters of the CU to the DU, and the auxiliary configuration parameters are used to assist the DU to configure the related network support Parameters, for example, the CU sends network access rate reduction signaling to the DU to assist the DU in configuring the user access control UAC parameters of the network cell under it.
  • the CU fails to respond to the first signaling.
  • the CU and the DU can learn about the network that the other party supports access through signaling interaction, so as to determine the network that the CU and the DU support access at the same time.
  • the DU can select the correct CU.
  • the CU can select the correct DU when establishing user plane resources for the UE, selecting the handover target cell, and initiating paging to the UE.
  • the DU can quickly locate the problem based on the failure reason value, and distinguish the specific time and scenario corresponding to the failure, so that the DU can quickly make appropriate strategies and actions next.
  • the first signaling includes any one of the following signaling: F1 interface establishment request signaling, DU configuration update request signaling, or DU serving cell message , Where the DU serving cell message includes the cell identity and the network identity of the network that the cell supports to access;
  • the second signaling includes any one of the following signaling: F1 interface establishment response signaling, DU configuration update response signaling , Reduce network access rate signaling, CU configuration update request signaling, F1 interface establishment failure signaling, DU configuration update failure signaling, or information about the network that the CU can support access to, where the CU can support access
  • the network information includes the network identification of the network that the CU can support access to.
  • the CU includes a control plane CU-CP and a user plane CU-UP; the communication method further includes: the CU-UP sends a third message to the CU-CP Command, the third signaling is used to indicate the network that the CU-UP can support access; the CU-UP receives the fourth signaling sent by the CU-CP, and the fourth signaling is used to indicate the CU-CP and The CU-UP can jointly support the access network, or the fourth signaling is used to indicate that the CU-CP can support access to the network, or the fourth signaling is used to indicate that the CU-CP supports the third The signaling response failed and includes the reason for the response failure.
  • the CU-CP fails to respond to the third letter signaling.
  • the CU-CP and the CU-UP can learn about the networks that the other party supports to access through signaling interaction, so as to determine the networks to which the CU-CP and the CU-UP support access at the same time.
  • the third signaling includes any one of the following signaling: E1 interface establishment request signaling, CU-UP configuration update request signaling, or CU- CP configuration update response signaling; this fourth signaling includes any one of the following signaling: E1 interface establishment response signaling, CU-UP configuration update response signaling, CU-CP configuration update request signaling, E1 interface establishment Failure signaling or CU-UP configuration update failure signaling.
  • a communication method including: a CU receives a first signaling sent by a DU, the first signaling is used to indicate a network that the DU can support access; the CU sends a second signaling to the DU , The second signaling is used to indicate the network that the CU and the DU can support access together, or the second signaling is used to indicate the network that the CU can support access, or the second signaling is used to indicate The CU fails to respond to the first signaling, and includes the reason for the response failure.
  • the CU and the DU can learn about the network that the other party supports access through signaling interaction, so as to determine the network that the CU and the DU support access at the same time.
  • the first signaling includes any one of the following signaling: F1 interface establishment request signaling, DU configuration update request signaling, or DU serving cell message , Where the DU serving cell message includes the cell identity and the network identity of the network that the cell supports to access;
  • the second signaling includes any one of the following signaling: F1 interface establishment response signaling, DU configuration update response signaling , Reduce network access rate signaling, CU configuration update request signaling, F1 interface establishment failure signaling, DU configuration update failure signaling, or information about the network that the CU can support access to, where the CU can support access
  • the network information includes the network identification of the network that the CU can support access to.
  • a communication method including: a user equipment receives a first message from an access device through a first network, the first message is used to indicate a data transmission device in the first network Resources, where the first network and the second network are networks supported by the access device to access; the user equipment determines the resources in the first network for transmitting data of the second network.
  • the user equipment can receive a first message indicating that the user equipment is at least paged by the second network through the first network, and determine the resource used to transmit the data of the second network in the first network, In this way, the resources in the first network are used to transmit the data of the second network.
  • the first network can assist the second network to transmit user plane and control plane data, realize load balancing between networks, and offload data traffic of high-load networks on low-load networks, reducing signaling interactions between networks to prevent signaling storms.
  • the access device side can perform control plane signaling offloading and user plane data offloading based on paging to achieve load balancing of different cells on different networks.
  • the above-mentioned data of the second network includes user plane data of the second network and signaling plane data of the second network, for example, PDU session user plane data.
  • the user equipment has accessed the first network
  • the communication method further includes: the user equipment receiving the first message from the access device through the first network includes : The user equipment receives the first message from the access device through the signaling radio bearer SRB in the first network, for example, receives the first message from the access device through the RRC message in the first network; or, the user equipment The first message from the access device is received through the paging information in the first network.
  • the first network when the user equipment has access to the first network, the first network can assist the second network to page the user equipment, so that the user equipment in the connected state can respond to paging of other networks .
  • the communication method further includes: the user equipment sends a first response message to the access device, the first response message includes information about the third cell, and the first response message
  • the third cell is a cell in the second network that the user equipment determines to access; the user equipment receives a second message sent by the access device through the first network, and the second message includes: indicating the resource of the first network
  • the third parameter of and the first indication information, the first indication information is used to indicate that the resources of the first network carry the data of the second network.
  • the aforementioned resources of the first network are resources in the first network configured via the first network.
  • the user equipment responds to the paging of the second network, selects the third cell in the second network to be accessed, and informs the access device of relevant information of the third cell.
  • the access device can Provide resources for transmitting data of the second network in the first network through the second message, and assist the user equipment and the second network to transmit the data of the second network.
  • the first message includes an eighth parameter indicating a resource of the first network and first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the first network
  • the resource carries the data of the second network.
  • the access device can provide resources for transmitting the data of the second network in the first network through the first message, and assist the user equipment and the second network to transmit the data of the second network.
  • the aforementioned resources of the first network are resources in the first network configured via the first network.
  • the communication method further includes: the user equipment receives a third message sent by the access device through the first network, and the third message is used to instruct the user equipment To access the first network, the third message includes at least one of the following information: the first identification of the user equipment, the identification of the first network, or the identification of the first cell, where the first identification of the user equipment is used To indicate the identity of the user equipment in the first network, the identity of the first network is used to indicate the first network that the user equipment needs to access, and the identity of the first cell is used to indicate the identity of the user equipment to access A cell in the first network.
  • the first network paging may be sent by the access device to the user equipment, and the user equipment responds to the paging of the first network and allocates resources for transmitting data of the second network in the first network.
  • the communication method further includes: the user equipment sends a first identifier of the user equipment and a second identifier of the user equipment to the access device, and the user equipment The first identifier of is used to indicate the identifier of the user equipment in the first network, and the second identifier of the user equipment is used to indicate the identifier of the user equipment in the second network.
  • the user equipment can notify the access device of the identities in different networks, so that when the access device receives paging from different networks, it can determine different user equipment based on the identities of different user equipment.
  • the paging message is paging the same user equipment.
  • the communication method further includes: the user equipment sends a first identifier of the user equipment and a second identifier of the user equipment to the access device, and the user equipment The first identifier of is used to indicate the identifier of the first SIM card of the user equipment in the first network, and the second identifier of the user equipment is used to indicate the identifier of the second SIM card of the user equipment in the second network; and /or,
  • the user equipment sends a third identification of the user equipment and a fourth identification of the user equipment to the access device, where the third identification of the user equipment is used to indicate the identification of the first SIM card of the user equipment in the second network ,
  • the fourth identifier of the user equipment is used to indicate the identifier of the second SIM card of the user equipment in the first network.
  • a communication method including: an access device receives a first paging message from a second core network device, the first paging message is used at least for the second network to page user equipment; the access The apparatus sends a first message to the user equipment through the first network, where the first message is used to indicate a resource in the first network for transmitting data of the second network.
  • the access device can send the data in the first network for transmitting the data of the second network to the user equipment through the first network of the two different networks supported by the access device.
  • the resources enable the user equipment to transmit data of the second network in the first network.
  • the communication method before the access device sends the first message to the user equipment, the communication method further includes: the access device establishes a connection with the user equipment;
  • the access device sending the first message to the user equipment via the first network includes: the access device sends the first message to the user equipment via the signaling radio bearer SRB in the first network, or the access device sends the first message via the first network
  • the paging information in the network sends the first message to the user equipment.
  • the first network when the user equipment has access to the first network, the first network can assist the second network to page the user equipment, so that the user equipment in the connected state can respond to paging of other networks .
  • the access device receives a first response message sent by the user equipment, where the first response message includes information about a third cell, and the third cell is the user
  • the device determines the cell in the second network to be accessed; the access device sends a second message to the user equipment through the first network, and the second message includes: a third parameter indicating resources of the first network and a second message An indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the resources of the first network carry data of the second network.
  • the user equipment responds to the paging of the second network, selects the third cell in the second network to be accessed, and informs the access device of relevant information of the third cell.
  • the access device can Provide resources for transmitting data of the second network in the first network through the second message, and assist the user equipment and the second network to transmit the data of the second network.
  • the first message includes an eighth parameter indicating a resource of the first network configured via a cell in the first network and first indication information, and the An indication information is used to indicate that the resources of the first network configured via cells in the first network carry data of the second network.
  • the access device can provide resources for transmitting the data of the second network in the first network through the first message, and assist the user equipment and the second network to transmit the data of the second network.
  • the method when the first paging message is used by the second network to page the user equipment, the method further includes: the access device receives the first A second paging message sent by a core network device, the access device sends a third message to the user equipment through the first network, and the third message is used to instruct the user equipment to access the first network, and the second paging
  • the message and the third message respectively include at least one of the following information: the first identification list of the user equipment, the identification list of the first network, or the identification of the first cell, the first identification of the user equipment is used to indicate the user equipment
  • the identity of the first network the identity of the first network is used to indicate the first network that the user equipment needs to access
  • the identity of the first cell is used to indicate the first network that the user equipment accesses Of the cell.
  • the paging of the first network and the second network can be sent to the user equipment by the access device respectively.
  • the second network is allocated and transmitted in the first network. Network data resources.
  • a paging device including a receiver, configured to receive a first message from an access device through a first network, the first message being used to indicate that the user equipment is at least paged by the second network. Call; processor, used to page the second network.
  • the paging apparatus is the user equipment as an example.
  • the first message when the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is paged by the second network, the first message includes at least one of the following information: The second identity of the user equipment, the identity of the second network, or the identity of the second cell, where the second identity of the user equipment is used to indicate the identity of the user equipment in the second network, and the identity of the second network is used for Indicate the second network that the user equipment needs to access, the identifier of the second cell is used to indicate the cell in the second network that the user equipment accesses; the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is at least the second network
  • the second network paging includes: the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is paged by the second network and the first network; when the first message is used to instruct the user equipment to access the second network and the first network During paging, the first message includes at least one of the second identity of the user equipment, the identity of the second network, or the identity of the second cell, and at least one of the following
  • the first message when the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is paged by the first network and the second network, the first message also includes the first A reason value and/or a second reason value, where the first reason value is used to indicate the reason why the first network paged the user equipment, and the second reason value is used to indicate the reason why the second network paged the user equipment; or, When the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is paged by the second network, the first message also includes the second cause value.
  • the first message when the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is paged by the second network and the first network, the first message also includes the first Duration and/or second duration, the first duration is used to identify that the user equipment accesses the first network within the first duration, and the second duration is used to identify that the user equipment accesses the first network within the second duration Second network; or, when the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is paged by the second network, the first message includes the second duration.
  • the user equipment has accessed the first network; the receiver receiving the first message from the access device through the first network includes: The signaling radio bearer SRB in a network receives the first message from the access device. For example, the receiver receives the first message from the access device through the RRC message in the first network; or, the user equipment through the first message The paging information in the network receives a first message from the access device, and the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is paged by the second network.
  • the signaling radio bearer SRB in a network receives the first message from the access device.
  • the receiver receives the first message from the access device through the RRC message in the first network
  • the paging information in the network receives a first message from the access device, and the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is paged by the second network.
  • the paging device further includes: a transmitter, configured to send a first response message to the access device, where the first response message includes the Information, the third cell is a cell in the second network that the user equipment determines to access; the receiver is also configured to receive a second message sent by the access device, and the second message includes the following parameters At least one of: a first parameter used to support the user equipment to randomly access the three cells, a second parameter indicating resources of the third cell, and a fourth parameter indicating context information of the user equipment in the second network , Or the fifth parameter indicating the security and integrity protection information of the user equipment in the second network.
  • the first message includes at least one of the following parameters: a sixth parameter for supporting the user equipment to randomly access the second cell, indicating the second The seventh parameter of the resource of the cell, the ninth parameter indicating the context information of the user equipment in the second network, or the tenth parameter indicating the security and integrity protection information of the user equipment in the second network.
  • the receiver when the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is paged by the second network, the receiver is also used to receive the access through the first network
  • a third message sent by the apparatus the third message is used to instruct the user equipment to access the first network
  • the third message includes at least one of the following information: the first identifier of the user equipment, the identifier of the first network Or the identity of the first cell, where the first identity of the user equipment is used to indicate the identity of the user equipment in the first network, and the identity of the first network is used to indicate the first network that the user equipment needs to access,
  • the identity of the first cell is used to indicate a cell in the first network for the user equipment to access.
  • the transmitter is further configured to send a second response message to the access device, where the second response message includes information about the fourth cell, and the fourth The cell is a cell in the first network that the user equipment determines to access.
  • the third message further includes a first cause value, and the first cause value is used to indicate a reason for the first network to page the user equipment.
  • the third message further includes a first duration, and the first duration is used to identify that the user equipment accesses the first network within the first duration.
  • the transmitter is further configured to send the first identifier of the user equipment and the second identifier of the user equipment to the access device, and the first identifier of the user equipment The identifier is used to indicate the identifier of the user equipment in the first network, and the second identifier of the user equipment is used to indicate the identifier of the user equipment in the second network.
  • the user equipment includes a first user identification card SIM and a second SIM, wherein the first identifier of the user equipment is used to indicate that the first SIM is in the The identifier in the first network, and the second identifier of the user equipment is used to indicate the identifier of the second SIM in the second network.
  • the paging apparatus provided in the eighth aspect and any possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect may be used to perform the operation of the user equipment in the first aspect and any possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • the paging apparatus includes means for performing the steps or functions described in the first aspect and any possible implementation of the first aspect.
  • the corresponding means may be the user equipment or the user in the first aspect.
  • the steps or functions can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
  • a paging apparatus including: a receiver, configured to receive a first paging message from a second core network device, where the first paging message is used at least for the second network to page user equipment;
  • the transmitter is configured to send a first message to the user equipment through the first network, where the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is at least paged by the second network.
  • the first paging message and the first message respectively include the following At least one of the information: the second identity of the user equipment, the identity of the second network, or the identity of the second cell.
  • the second identity of the user equipment is used to indicate the identity of the user equipment in the second network.
  • the identifier of the network is used to indicate the second network that the user equipment needs to access, and the identifier of the second cell is used to indicate the cell in the second network that the user equipment accesses.
  • the first paging message is used at least for the first network to page the user equipment includes: the first paging message is used for the first network and the second network The network pages the user equipment; when the first paging message is used for the first network and the second network to page the user equipment, the first paging message and the first message respectively include the user equipment Two identification, at least one of the identification of the second network or the identification of the second cell, and at least one of the following information: the first identification list of the user equipment, the identification list of the first network, or the identification of the first cell Identity, the first identity of the user equipment is used to indicate the identity of the user equipment in the first network, the identity of the first network is used to indicate the first network that the user equipment needs to access, and the identity of the first cell is used To indicate a cell in the first network for the user equipment to access.
  • the first paging message includes the first identifier of the user equipment and the second identifier of the user equipment, it
  • the first paging message and the first The message also includes a first reason value and/or a second reason value respectively.
  • the first reason value is used to indicate the reason for the first network to page the user equipment
  • the second reason value is used to instruct the second network to page the user equipment.
  • the first paging message and the first The message when the first paging message is used for the first network and the second network to page user equipment, the first paging message and the first The message also includes a first duration and/or a second duration respectively.
  • the first duration is used to identify that the user equipment accesses the first network within the first duration
  • the second duration is used to identify within the second duration.
  • the user equipment accesses the second network; or, when the first paging message is used for the second network to page the user equipment, the first paging message and the first message respectively include the second duration .
  • the access device before the sender sends the first message to the user equipment, the access device establishes a connection with the user equipment; the sender communicates to the user equipment through the first network
  • the user equipment sending the first message includes: the transmitter sends the first message to the user equipment through the signaling radio bearer SRB in the first network, and the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is paged by the second network.
  • the receiver is further configured to receive a first response message sent by the user equipment, where the first response message includes information about a third cell, and the third cell Determine the cell in the second network to be accessed for the user equipment;
  • the transmitter is further configured to send a second message to the user equipment through the first network, and the second message includes at least one of the following parameters: The first parameter used to support the user equipment to randomly access the three cells, the second parameter indicating the resources of the third cell, the fourth parameter indicating the context information of the user equipment in the second network, or the fourth parameter indicating the user The fifth parameter of the security and integrity protection information of the device in the second network.
  • the first message includes at least one of the following parameters: the first message for supporting the user equipment to randomly access the second cell in the second network Six parameters, the seventh parameter indicating the resources of the second cell, the ninth parameter indicating the context information of the user equipment in the second network, or the security and integrity protection information indicating the user equipment in the second network The tenth parameter.
  • the apparatus when the first paging message is used by the second network to page the user equipment, the apparatus further includes: the receiver receives the first core A second paging message sent by a network device, the sender sends a third message to the user equipment through the first network, the third message is used to instruct the user equipment to access the first network, the second paging message and
  • the third message includes at least one of the following information: the first identification list of the user equipment, the identification list of the first network, or the identification of the first cell.
  • the first identification of the user equipment is used to indicate that the user equipment is in the The identifier in the first network
  • the identifier of the first network is used to indicate the first network that the user equipment needs to access
  • the identifier of the first cell is used to indicate the cell in the first network that the user equipment accesses .
  • the receiver is further configured to receive a second response message sent by the user equipment, where the second response message includes information about the fourth cell, and the fourth The cell is a cell in the first network that the user equipment determines to access.
  • the device further includes: a processor, which determines based on the first paging message and the second paging message: the cell and the cell in the first network, respectively The cell in the second network pages the user equipment; or, the cell in the second network pages the user equipment.
  • the apparatus before the transmitter sends the first message to the user equipment, the apparatus further includes: the receiver receives the first identifier of the user equipment from the user equipment And the second identifier of the user equipment, the first identifier of the user equipment is used to indicate the user identifier of the user equipment in the first network, and the second identifier of the user equipment is used to indicate the user equipment in the second network.
  • User identification or, the receiver receives the first identification of the user equipment and the second identification of the user equipment from the first core network device; or, the receiver receives the first identification of the user equipment from the second core network device ID and the second ID of the user equipment.
  • the access device includes: access network equipment; or, the access device includes a distributed unit DU and a centralized unit CU, where the CU is used for Receiving the signaling of the first core network device and receiving the signaling of the second core network device, and sending the signaling to the DU.
  • the device when the access device includes the DU and the CU, the device further includes: the DU sends first signaling to the CU, and the first signaling uses To indicate the network that the DU can support access; the DU receives the second signaling sent by the CU, the second signaling is used to indicate the network that the CU and the DU can support access together, or the second message The command is used to indicate the network that the CU can support access to.
  • the first signaling includes any one of the following signaling: F1 interface establishment request signaling, DU configuration update request signaling, or DU serving cell message , Where the DU serving cell message includes the cell identity and the network identity of the network that the cell supports to access;
  • the second signaling includes any one of the following signaling: F1 interface establishment response signaling, DU configuration update response signaling , Reduce network access rate signaling, CU configuration update request signaling, F1 interface establishment failure signaling, DU configuration update failure signaling, or information about the network that the CU can support access to, where the CU can support access
  • the network information includes the network identification of the network that the CU can support access to.
  • the CU includes a control plane CU-CP and a user plane CU-UP; the device further includes: the CU-UP sends third signaling to the CU-CP , The third signaling is used to indicate the network that the CU-UP can support access; the CU-UP receives the fourth signaling sent by the CU-CP, and the fourth signaling is used to indicate the CU-CP and the The CU-UP can jointly support the access network, or the fourth signaling is used to indicate the CU-CP can support the access network.
  • the third signaling includes any one of the following signaling: E1 interface establishment request signaling, CU-UP configuration update request signaling, or CU- CP configuration update response signaling; this fourth signaling includes any one of the following signaling: E1 interface establishment response signaling, CU-UP configuration update response signaling, CU-CP configuration update request signaling, E1 interface establishment Failure signaling or CU-UP configuration update failure signaling.
  • the paging device provided in the ninth aspect and any possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect may be used to perform the operation of the access device in the second aspect and any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
  • the paging device includes means for performing the steps or functions described in the second aspect and any possible implementation of the second aspect.
  • the corresponding means may be the access device or the function in the second aspect. Access to the chip or functional module inside the device.
  • the steps or functions can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
  • a paging device including a transmitter, configured to send a first paging message to an access device, where the first paging message is used at least for a second network to page user equipment.
  • the first paging message and the first message respectively include the following At least one of the information: the second identity of the user equipment, the identity of the second network, or the identity of the second cell.
  • the second identity of the user equipment is used to indicate the identity of the user equipment in the second network.
  • the identifier of the network is used to indicate the second network that the user equipment needs to access, and the identifier of the second cell is used to indicate the cell in the second network that the user equipment accesses.
  • the first paging message is used at least for the first network to page the user equipment includes: the first paging message is used for the first network and the second network The network pages the user equipment; when the first paging message is used for the first network and the second network to page the user equipment, the first paging message and the first message respectively include the user equipment Two identification, at least one of the identification of the second network or the identification of the second cell, and at least one of the following information: the first identification list of the user equipment, the identification list of the first network, or the identification of the first cell Identity, the first identity of the user equipment is used to indicate the identity of the user equipment in the first network, the identity of the first network is used to indicate the first network that the user equipment needs to access, and the identity of the first cell is used To indicate a cell in the first network for the user equipment to access.
  • the first paging message includes the first identifier of the user equipment and the second identifier of the user
  • the paging apparatus provided in the tenth aspect and any possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect may be used to perform the DU operation in the third aspect and any possible implementation manner of the third aspect.
  • the paging device includes means for executing the steps or functions described in the third aspect and any possible implementation of the third aspect.
  • the means may be the second core network in the third aspect.
  • the steps or functions can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
  • a communication device including: a transmitter for sending a first signaling to a CU, the first signaling for indicating a network that the DU can support access to; a receiver for receiving the CU
  • the second signaling is sent, the second signaling is used to indicate the network that the CU and the DU can support access together, or the second signaling is used to indicate the network that the CU can support access, or the first
  • the second signaling is used to indicate that the CU fails to respond to the first signaling, and includes the reason for the response failure.
  • the first signaling includes any one of the following signaling: F1 interface establishment request signaling, DU configuration update request signaling, or DU service Cell message, where the DU serving cell message includes the cell identity and the network identity of the network that the cell supports to access;
  • the second signaling includes any one of the following signaling: F1 interface establishment response signaling, DU configuration update response Signaling, lower network access rate signaling, CU configuration update request signaling, F1 interface establishment failure signaling, DU configuration update failure signaling, or information about the network that the CU can support access to, where the CU can support access
  • the information of the accessed network includes the network identifier of the network to which the CU can support access.
  • the communication device includes a control plane CU-CP and a user plane CU-UP; the CU-UP sends third signaling to the CU-CP, and The third signaling is used to indicate the network that the CU-UP can support access; the CU-UP receives the fourth signaling sent by the CU-CP, and the fourth signaling is used to indicate the CU-CP and the CU-CP.
  • the UP can jointly support the access network, or the fourth signaling is used to indicate the network that the CU-CP can support access, or the fourth signaling is used to indicate that the CU-CP responds to the third signaling Failure, and include the reason for the response failure.
  • the third signaling includes any one of the following signaling: E1 interface establishment request signaling, CU-UP configuration update request signaling, or CU-CP configuration update response signaling; this fourth signaling includes any one of the following signaling: E1 interface establishment response signaling, CU-UP configuration update response signaling, CU-CP configuration update request signaling, E1 Interface establishment failure signaling or CU-UP configuration update failure signaling.
  • the paging apparatus provided in the eleventh aspect and any possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect may be used to perform the operation of the DU in the fourth aspect and any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
  • the paging device includes means for performing the steps or functions described in any possible implementation of the third aspect and the fourth aspect.
  • the corresponding means may be the DU or the internal DU in the fourth aspect.
  • the steps or functions can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
  • a communication device including: a receiver, configured to receive first signaling sent by a DU, where the first signaling is used to indicate a network to which the DU can support access; and a transmitter, configured to send The DU sends second signaling, the second signaling is used to indicate the network that the CU and the DU can support access together, or the second signaling is used to indicate the network that the CU can support access, or the first The second signaling is used to indicate that the CU fails to respond to the first signaling, and includes the reason for the response failure.
  • the first signaling includes any one of the following signaling: F1 interface establishment request signaling, DU configuration update request signaling, or DU service Cell message, where the DU serving cell message includes the cell identity and the network identity of the network that the cell supports to access;
  • the second signaling includes any one of the following signaling: F1 interface establishment response signaling, DU configuration update response Signaling, lower network access rate signaling, CU configuration update request signaling, F1 interface establishment failure signaling, DU configuration update failure signaling, or information about the network that the CU can support access to, where the CU can support access
  • the information of the accessed network includes the network identifier of the network to which the CU can support access.
  • the paging apparatus provided in the twelfth aspect and any possible implementation manner of the twelfth aspect may be used to perform the operation of the CU in the fifth aspect and any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect.
  • the paging apparatus includes the steps or functions corresponding to the steps or functions described in the foregoing fourth aspect and any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, which may be the CU in the fifth aspect or the internal CU Chip or functional module.
  • the steps or functions can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
  • a communication device including: a receiver, configured to receive a first message from an access device via a first network, the first message being used to indicate that the second network is used to transmit the second message.
  • the data resources of the network where the first network and the second network are networks supported by the access device to access; the processor is configured to determine the resources in the first network used to transmit the data of the second network.
  • the communication device includes user equipment that has accessed the first network, and the receiver is configured to receive data from the access device through the first network
  • the first message includes: the receiver receives the first message from the access device through the signaling radio bearer SRB in the first network. For example, the receiver receives the first message from the access device through the RRC message in the first network. Message; or, the receiver receives the first message from the access device through the paging information in the first network.
  • the communication device further includes: a transmitter, configured to send a first response message to the access device, where the first response message includes the information of the third cell Information, the third cell is a cell in the second network that the user equipment determines to access; the user equipment receives a second message sent by the access device through the first network, and the second message includes: indicating the second message A third parameter of a resource of a network and first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the resource of the first network carries data of the second network.
  • the first message includes an eighth parameter indicating a resource of the first network and first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the The resources of one network carry the data of the second network.
  • the receiver when the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is paged by the second network, the receiver is also used to receive the A third message sent by the access device, the third message is used to instruct the user equipment to access the first network, and the third message includes at least one of the following information: the first identifier of the user equipment, the first network The identity of the user equipment or the identity of the first cell, where the first identity of the user equipment is used to indicate the identity of the user equipment in the first network, and the identity of the first network is used to indicate the first network that the user equipment needs to access.
  • the identifier of the first cell is used to indicate a cell in the first network for the user equipment to access.
  • the transmitter is further configured to send the first identifier of the user equipment and the second identifier of the user equipment to the access device, and the user The first identifier of the device is used to indicate the identifier of the user equipment in the first network, and the second identifier of the user equipment is used to indicate the identifier of the user equipment in the second network.
  • the transmitter is further configured to send the first identifier of the user equipment and the second identifier of the user equipment to the access device, and the user equipment
  • the first identifier of is used to indicate the identifier of the first SIM card of the user equipment in the first network
  • the second identifier of the user equipment is used to indicate the identifier of the second SIM card of the user equipment in the second network.
  • the communication device provided in the thirteenth aspect and any possible implementation manner of the thirteenth aspect may be used to perform the operation of the user equipment in the sixth aspect and any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect.
  • the paging apparatus includes means for performing the steps or functions described in the first aspect and any possible implementation of the first aspect.
  • the corresponding means may be the user equipment or the user in the first aspect.
  • the steps or functions can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
  • a communication device including: a receiver, configured to receive a first paging message from a second core network device, where the first paging message is used at least for the second network to page user equipment
  • the sender is used to send a first message to the user equipment through the first network, the first message is used to indicate the resource in the first network used to transmit the data of the second network.
  • the access device before the transmitter sends the first message to the user equipment, the access device establishes a connection with the user equipment; the transmitter passes through the first network
  • Sending the first message to the user equipment includes: the sender sends the first message to the user equipment through the signaling radio bearer SRB in the first network, or the sender sends the first message to the user equipment through the paging information in the first network.
  • the user equipment sends the first message.
  • the receiver is further configured to receive a first response message sent by the user equipment, where the first response message includes information about the third cell, and the first response message
  • the three cells are the cells in the second network that the user equipment determines to access;
  • the transmitter sends a second message to the user equipment through the first network, and the second message includes: the first network indicating the resources of the first network Three parameters and first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that resources of the first network carry data of the second network.
  • the first message includes an eighth parameter indicating resources of the first network and first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the first network.
  • the resources of one network carry the data of the second network.
  • the receiver when the first paging message is used for the second network to page the user equipment, the receiver is also used to receive the first A second paging message sent by a core network device.
  • the transmitter sends a third message to the user equipment through the first network.
  • the third message is used to instruct the user equipment to access the first network.
  • the second paging message And the third message respectively include at least one of the following information: the first identification list of the user equipment, the identification list of the first network, or the identification of the first cell, the first identification of the user equipment is used to indicate that the user equipment is The identity of the first network, the identity of the first network is used to indicate the first network that the user equipment needs to access, and the identity of the first cell is used to indicate the identity of the first network for the user equipment to access Community.
  • the fourteenth aspect and the communication device provided in any possible implementation manner of the fourteenth aspect may be used to perform the operation of the access device in the seventh aspect and any possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect.
  • the paging device includes the steps or functions corresponding to the steps or functions described in the seventh aspect and any possible implementation of the seventh aspect.
  • the means may be the access device in the seventh aspect or Access to the chip or functional module inside the device.
  • the steps or functions can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by a combination of hardware and software.
  • a paging device in a fifteenth aspect, includes a processor for implementing the function of the user equipment in the method described in the first aspect.
  • the paging apparatus may further include a memory coupled with the processor, and the processor is configured to implement the function of the user equipment in the method described in the first aspect.
  • the memory is used to store program instructions and data.
  • the memory is coupled with the processor, and the processor can call and execute the program instructions stored in the memory to implement the functions of the user equipment in the method described in the first aspect.
  • the paging apparatus may further include a communication interface, and the communication interface is used for the paging apparatus to communicate with other devices.
  • the transceiver may be a communication interface or an input/output interface.
  • the paging device includes a processor and a communication interface, which are used to implement the function of the user equipment in the method described in the first aspect, specifically including:
  • the processor uses the communication interface to communicate with the outside;
  • the processor is used to run a computer program, so that the device implements any of the methods described in the first aspect.
  • the exterior may be an object other than the processor, or an object other than the device.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related on the chip or chip system. Circuit etc.
  • the processor can also be embodied as a processing circuit or a logic circuit.
  • a paging device in a sixteenth aspect, includes a processor for implementing the function of the access device in the method described in the second aspect.
  • the paging device may further include a memory coupled to the processor, and the processor is configured to implement the function of the access device in the method described in the second aspect.
  • the memory is used to store program instructions and data.
  • the memory is coupled with the processor, and the processor can call and execute the program instructions stored in the memory to implement the function of the access device in the method described in the second aspect.
  • the paging apparatus may further include a communication interface, and the communication interface is used for the paging apparatus to communicate with other devices.
  • the communication interface is a transceiver, an input/output interface, or a circuit.
  • the paging device includes a processor and a communication interface
  • the processor uses the communication interface to communicate with the outside;
  • the processor is used to run a computer program, so that the device implements any of the methods described in the second aspect.
  • the paging device is a chip or a chip system.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit on the chip or chip system.
  • the processor may also be embodied as a processing circuit or a logic circuit.
  • a paging device in a seventeenth aspect, includes a processor, configured to implement the function of the second core network device in the method described in the third aspect.
  • the paging apparatus may further include a memory coupled with the processor, and the processor is configured to implement the function of the second core network device in the method described in the third aspect.
  • the memory is used to store program instructions and data.
  • the memory is coupled with the processor, and the processor can call and execute the program instructions stored in the memory to implement the function of the second core network device in the method described in the third aspect.
  • the paging apparatus may further include a communication interface, and the communication interface is used for the paging apparatus to communicate with other devices.
  • the communication interface is a transceiver, an input/output interface, or a circuit.
  • the paging device includes a processor and a communication interface
  • the processor uses the communication interface to communicate with the outside;
  • the processor is used to run a computer program, so that the device implements any of the methods described in the third aspect.
  • the paging device is a chip or a chip system.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit on the chip or chip system.
  • the processor may also be embodied as a processing circuit or a logic circuit.
  • a communication device configured to implement the function of the DU in the method described in the fourth aspect.
  • the communication device may further include a memory, the memory is coupled to the processor, and the processor is configured to implement the function of the DU in the method described in the fourth aspect.
  • the memory is used to store program instructions and data.
  • the memory is coupled with the processor, and the processor can call and execute program instructions stored in the memory to implement the function of the DU in the method described in the fourth aspect.
  • the communication device may further include a communication interface, and the communication interface is used for the communication device to communicate with other devices.
  • the transceiver may be a communication interface or an input/output interface.
  • the communication device includes: a processor and a communication interface, used to implement the function of the DU in the method described in the fourth aspect, specifically including:
  • the processor communicates with the outside by using the communication interface
  • the processor is configured to run a computer program, so that the device implements any of the methods described in the fourth aspect.
  • the external may be an object other than the processor, or an object other than the device.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit on the chip or chip system Wait.
  • the processor may also be embodied as a processing circuit or a logic circuit.
  • a communication device in a nineteenth aspect, includes a processor, configured to implement the function of the CU in the method described in the fifth aspect.
  • the communication device may further include a memory, the memory is coupled to the processor, and the processor is configured to implement the function of the CU in the method described in the fifth aspect.
  • the memory is used to store program instructions and data.
  • the memory is coupled with the processor, and the processor can call and execute the program instructions stored in the memory to implement the function of the CU in the method described in the fifth aspect.
  • the communication device may further include a communication interface, and the communication interface is used for the communication device to communicate with other devices.
  • the communication interface is a transceiver, an input/output interface, or a circuit.
  • the communication device includes a processor and a communication interface
  • the processor communicates with the outside by using the communication interface
  • the processor is used to run a computer program, so that the device implements any of the methods described in the fifth aspect.
  • the communication device is a chip or a chip system.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit on the chip or chip system.
  • the processor may also be embodied as a processing circuit or a logic circuit.
  • a communication device in a twentieth aspect, includes a processor, configured to implement the function of the user equipment in the method described in the sixth aspect.
  • the communication device may further include a memory, the memory is coupled with the processor, and the processor is configured to implement the function of the user equipment in the method described in the sixth aspect.
  • the memory is used to store program instructions and data.
  • the memory is coupled with the processor, and the processor can call and execute program instructions stored in the memory to implement the function of the user equipment in the method described in the sixth aspect.
  • the communication device may further include a communication interface, and the communication interface is used for the communication device to communicate with other devices.
  • the transceiver may be a communication interface or an input/output interface.
  • the communication device includes: a processor and a communication interface, configured to implement the function of the user equipment in the method described in the sixth aspect, specifically including:
  • the processor communicates with the outside by using the communication interface
  • the processor is used to run a computer program, so that the device implements any of the methods described in the fifth aspect.
  • the external may be an object other than the processor, or an object other than the device.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit on the chip or chip system Wait.
  • the processor may also be embodied as a processing circuit or a logic circuit.
  • a communication device in a twenty-first aspect, includes a processor, configured to implement the function of the access device in the method described in the seventh aspect.
  • the communication device may further include a memory, the memory is coupled to the processor, and the processor is configured to implement the function of the access device in the method described in the seventh aspect.
  • the memory is used to store program instructions and data.
  • the memory is coupled with the processor, and the processor can call and execute program instructions stored in the memory to implement the function of the access device in the method described in the seventh aspect.
  • the communication device may further include a communication interface, and the communication interface is used for the communication device to communicate with other devices.
  • the communication interface is a transceiver, an input/output interface, or a circuit.
  • the communication device includes a processor and a communication interface
  • the processor communicates with the outside by using the communication interface
  • the processor is configured to run a computer program, so that the device implements any one of the methods described in the seventh aspect.
  • the communication device is a chip or a chip system.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit on the chip or chip system.
  • the processor may also be embodied as a processing circuit or a logic circuit.
  • a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored.
  • the communication device realizes the first to seventh aspects and the first aspect and The method in any possible implementation of the seventh aspect.
  • a computer program product containing instructions that, when executed by a computer, enable a communication device to implement the first aspect to the seventh aspect and any of the first aspect and the seventh aspect in any possible implementation manner Methods.
  • a communication system including the paging device shown in the ninth aspect and the paging device shown in the tenth aspect.
  • a paging method including: a second core network device sends a first paging message to an access device, the first paging message is used at least for the second network to page user equipment; The access device sends a first message to the user equipment through the first network, where the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is paged by at least the second network.
  • the second core network device sends the first paging message to the access device.
  • the access device can send the first message to the user equipment through the first network, so that the user equipment can page the second network.
  • the first network assists the second network in paging.
  • terminal devices that cannot receive the paging information of the second network can receive the paging message of the second network, and on the other hand, the first network assists the second network.
  • the network performs control plane signaling transmission, which realizes the load balancing of control plane signaling between networks, and at the same time prevents the second network from sending paging messages all the time because the paging response of the terminal device has not been obtained, reducing the signaling of the second network storm. It can guarantee normal paging in the shared wireless access network scenario.
  • a paging system including: a second core network device and an access device, wherein the second core network device is used to send a first paging message to the access device, and the first paging message The paging message is used at least for the second network to page the user equipment; the access device is used for sending a first message to the user equipment through the first network, and the first message is used for indicating that the user equipment is at least paged by the second network.
  • Figure 1 is a network architecture suitable for an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 2 is a schematic block diagram of another communication system suitable for an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of SNPN and PLMN provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram of a PNI-NPN and PLMN provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of SNPN and PLMN in a shared-RAN scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of PNI-NPN and PLMN in a shared-RAN scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of PNI-NPN and SNPN in a shared-RAN scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a paging method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another paging method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of another paging method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of another paging method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a paging apparatus 1400 proposed in this application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 1500 applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a paging apparatus 1600 proposed in this application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of an access device 1700 applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of a paging apparatus 1800 proposed in this application.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of an access device 1900 applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD time division duplex
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
  • 5G fifth generation
  • the 5G mobile communication system described in this application includes non-independent networking (non- Standalone (NSA) 5G mobile communication system or standalone (SA) 5G mobile communication system.
  • NSA non- Standalone
  • SA standalone
  • 5G mobile communication system can also be applied to future communication systems, such as the sixth generation mobile communication system.
  • the communication system can also be a public land mobile network (PLMN), a device-to-device (D2D) communication system, a machine-to-machine (M2M) communication system, and the Internet of Things (Internet of Things, IoT) communication system or other communication systems.
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • D2D device-to-device
  • M2M machine-to-machine
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • FIG. 1 is a network architecture suitable for an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 1, the various parts involved in the network architecture are described below.
  • User equipment (UE) 110 It can include various handheld devices with wireless communication functions, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, as well as various forms of terminals.
  • Mobile station mobile station, MS
  • terminal terminal
  • soft terminal etc.
  • water meters electricity meters, sensors, etc.
  • (Radio access network, (R)AN) network element 120 used to manage wireless resources, provide access services for user equipment, and complete the control signal and user equipment data in the user equipment and core network Forwarding between.
  • User plane network element 130 used for packet routing and forwarding and quality of service (QoS) processing of user plane data, etc.
  • QoS quality of service
  • the user plane network element may be a user plane function (UPF) network element.
  • UPF user plane function
  • the user plane network element may still be a UPF network element, or may also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
  • Data network element 140 used to provide a network for transmitting data.
  • the data network element may be a data network (DN) network element.
  • DN data network
  • the data network network element may still be a DN network element, or may also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
  • Access and mobility management network element 150 Mainly used for mobility management and access management, etc., and can be used to implement other functions other than session management in the mobility management entity (mobility management entity, MME) function, such as , Legal monitoring and access authorization/authentication functions.
  • mobility management entity MME
  • the access and mobility management network element may be an access and mobility management function (AMF).
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • the access and mobility management equipment may still be AMF, or may also have other names, which are not limited by this application.
  • Session management network element 160 Mainly used for session management, user equipment Internet Protocol (IP) address allocation and management, selection of end points that can manage user plane functions, policy control and charging function interfaces, and downlink Data notification, etc.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the session management network element may be a session management function (session management function, SMF) network element.
  • SMF session management function
  • the session management network element may still be an SMF network element, or may also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
  • Policy control network element 170 a unified policy framework used to guide network behavior, and provide policy rule information for control plane function network elements (such as AMF, SMF network elements, etc.).
  • the policy control network element may be a policy and charging rules function (PCRF) network element.
  • the policy control network element may be a policy control function (PCF) network element.
  • PCF policy control function
  • the policy control network element may still be a PCF network element, or may also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
  • Authentication server 180 used for authentication services, generating keys to realize two-way authentication of user equipment, and supporting a unified authentication framework.
  • the authentication server may be an authentication server function (authentication server function, AUSF) network element.
  • the authentication server function network element may still be an AUSF network element, or may have other names, which is not limited by this application.
  • Data management network element 190 used to process user equipment identification, access authentication, registration, and mobility management.
  • the data management network element may be a unified data management (UDM) network element; in a 4G communication system, the data management network element may be a home subscriber server (HSS) network In the future communication system, the unified data management can still be a UDM network element, or it can have other names, which is not limited in this application.
  • UDM unified data management
  • HSS home subscriber server
  • Application network element 1100 used for data routing affected by applications, access to network open function network elements, interaction with policy frameworks for policy control, etc.
  • the application network element may be an application function (AF) network element.
  • AF application function
  • the application network element may still be an AF network element, or may also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
  • Network storage network element used to maintain real-time information of all network functions and services in the network.
  • the network storage network element may be a network repository function (NRF) network element.
  • NRF network repository function
  • the network storage network element may still be an NRF network element, or may also have other names, which are not limited by this application.
  • the foregoing network elements or functions may be network elements in hardware devices, software functions running on dedicated hardware, or virtualization functions instantiated on a platform (for example, a cloud platform).
  • the access and mobility management device is the AMF
  • the data management network element is the UDM network element
  • the session management network element is the SMF network element
  • the user plane network element is the UPF network element.
  • the device is an AMF entity and a UDM entity as examples to describe the method for paging.
  • the implementation method of the device being a chip in the AMF entity and a chip in the UDM entity, refer to The devices are specific descriptions of the AMF entity and UDM entity respectively.
  • user equipment is connected to AMF through an interface (for example, N1 interface)
  • (R)AN is connected to AMF through an interface (for example, N2 interface)
  • (R)AN is connected to AMF through an interface (for example, N3 Interface) connected with UPF.
  • UPFs are connected through interfaces (for example, N9 interface), and UPFs are interconnected with DN through interfaces (for example, N6 interface).
  • SMF controls UPF through the N4 interface.
  • AMF interfaces with SMF through interfaces (for example, N11 interface).
  • the AMF obtains user equipment subscription data from the UDM unit through an interface (for example, an N8 interface), and the SMF obtains user equipment subscription data from the UDM unit through an interface (for example, an N10 interface).
  • the above-mentioned network architecture applied to the embodiments of the present application is only an example, and the network architecture applicable to the embodiments of the present application is not limited to this. Any network architecture that can realize the functions of the above-mentioned network elements is applicable to the embodiments of the present application. .
  • network function network element entities such as AMF, SMF network elements, PCF network elements, BSF network elements, and UDM network elements are all called network function (NF) network elements.
  • NF network function
  • a collection of network elements such as AMF, SMF network elements, PCF network elements, BSF network elements, UDM network elements, etc. may all be called control plane function network elements.
  • the user equipment (UE) in the embodiments of this application may refer to an access terminal, a user unit, a user station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a relay station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, Terminal equipment (terminal equipment), terminal, wireless communication equipment, user agent or user device.
  • UE user equipment
  • the user equipment can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), with wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, user equipment in the future 5G network or user equipment in the future evolved PLMN or user equipment in the future Internet of Vehicles, etc., The embodiment of the application does not limit this.
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • wearable devices can also be referred to as wearable smart devices. It is a general term for using wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, Gloves, watches, clothing and shoes, etc.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones.
  • the user equipment can also be the user equipment in the IoT system.
  • IoT is an important part of the development of information technology in the future. Its main technical feature is to connect objects to the network through communication technology to realize human-machine Interconnection, an intelligent network of interconnection of things.
  • the IOT technology can achieve massive connections, deep coverage, and power saving of the terminal through, for example, narrowband (NB) technology.
  • NB narrowband
  • user equipment may also include devices such as smart printers, train detectors, driving recorders, or car audio devices.
  • the main functions include collecting data, receiving control information and downlink data from network devices, and sending electromagnetic waves. , To transmit uplink data to network equipment.
  • the access network device in the embodiment of the present application may be any communication device with a wireless transceiving function for communicating with user equipment.
  • This equipment includes but is not limited to: evolved Node B (eNB), radio network controller (RNC), Node B (NB), base station controller (BSC) , Base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (home evolved NodeB, HeNB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseband unit, BBU), wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WIFI) system Access point (AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (TP) or transmission and reception point (TRP), etc., can also be 5G, such as NR ,
  • the gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a DU.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic block diagram of another communication system suitable for an embodiment of the present application. Including core network equipment and wireless access network equipment.
  • the wireless access network equipment includes a centralized unit and a distributed unit.
  • the core network devices shown in FIG. 2 in the embodiments of the present application may be core network devices in different communication systems.
  • core network equipment in a 5G communication system or core network equipment in an LTE communication system.
  • the wireless access network device includes a first wireless access network device and a second wireless access network device).
  • the first radio access network device in FIG. 2 may be a base station (gNodeB, gNB) or (ng-eNodeB, ng-eNB); the second radio access network device may also be a gNB or ng-eNB.
  • gNB provides NR user plane and control plane protocols and functions for terminal devices
  • ng-eNB provides terminal devices with evolved universal terrestrial radio access (evolved universal terrestrial radio access, E-UTRA) user plane and control plane protocols and functions.
  • E-UTRA evolved universal terrestrial radio access
  • the interfaces between wireless access network devices are all Xn interfaces; the interfaces between wireless access network devices and core network devices are called NG interfaces.
  • gNB or ng-eNB may include CU and DU.
  • a radio access network device may include a centralized unit and one or more distributed units.
  • the second wireless access network device includes a first distributed unit and a second distributed unit).
  • the CU device has a (hosting) wireless high-level protocol stack function.
  • the CU has an RRC layer, a packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer, and so on.
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • Even CU can support the sinking of some core network functions to the access network, called edge computing network, which can meet the higher requirements of network latency for emerging services of future communication networks (for example, video, online shopping, virtual/augmented reality) .
  • CU has a part of the radio access network high-level protocol stack and core network functions.
  • the main protocol layers involved include RRC function, service discovery application protocol (service discovery application protocol, SDAP), packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) Sub-layer function.
  • the DU has the physical layer of baseband processing and the part of layer 2 functions. Specifically, the DU implements radio frequency processing functions and radio link control (radio link control, RLC), medium access control (MAC), and physical layer (physical layer). layer, PHY) and other baseband processing functions.
  • the CU can be deployed in a centralized manner. The deployment of the DU depends on the actual network environment. The core urban area has high traffic density, small distance between stations, and areas with limited computer room resources, such as universities and large performance venues. The DU can also be deployed in a centralized manner. , And areas such as sparse traffic and large distance between stations, such as suburban counties, mountainous areas, etc., DU can be deployed in a distributed manner.
  • the CU may also include a centralized unit of the control plane (i.e., centralized unit control plane CU-CP network element) and a centralized unit of the user plane (i.e. centralized unit user plane CU-UP network element), where CU-CP and CU- UP can also be deployed on different physical devices.
  • CU-CP is responsible for the processing of the control plane at the RRC layer and PDCP layer
  • CU-UP is responsible for the processing of the user plane at the SDAP layer and PDCP layer.
  • One gNB may include one CU-CP, one or more CU-UPs, and one or more DUs.
  • a CP-UP and a CU-CP are connected through a control plane interface (such as E1) for transmission of control plane data; a DU and a CU-CP are connected through a control plane interface (such as F1-C) for transmission of the control plane data.
  • a DU can be connected to one or more CU-UPs, and a CU-UP can also be connected to one or more DUs.
  • CU-UP and DU are connected through a user plane interface (such as F1- U) Connection, used to transmit user plane data. It is worth noting that, in order to maintain the flexibility of the network, one DU or one CU-UP can also be connected to multiple CU-CPs.
  • the above-mentioned protocol stack division method is only exemplary.
  • the RAN device may also divide CU and DU according to other division methods.
  • the CU may be responsible for the RRC layer, SDAP layer, PDCP layer, and
  • the DU is responsible for the operations of the MAC layer and the PHY layer; or the CU is responsible for the operations of the RRC layer and the SDAP layer, and the DU is responsible for the operations of the PDCP layer, RLC layer, MAC layer, and PHY layer.
  • the division of the protocol stack between the CU-CP and CU-UP in the CU is also variable. The application does not make specific restrictions on this.
  • the gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU).
  • AAU active antenna unit
  • CU implements part of the functions of gNB
  • DU implements part of the functions of gNB. Since the information of the RRC layer will eventually become the information of the PHY layer, or be transformed from the information of the PHY layer, under this architecture, high-level signaling, such as RRC layer signaling, can also be considered to be sent by DU , Or, sent by DU+AAU.
  • the network device may be a device that includes one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node.
  • the user equipment or network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer.
  • the hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and memory.
  • the operating system may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, for example, Linux operating system, Unix operating system, Android operating system, iOS operating system, or windows operating system.
  • the application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software.
  • the embodiments of the application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution subject of the methods provided in the embodiments of the application, as long as the program that records the codes of the methods provided in the embodiments of the application can be provided according to the embodiments of the application.
  • the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiments of the present application may be user equipment or access network equipment, or a functional module in the user equipment or access network equipment that can call and execute programs.
  • various aspects or features of the present application can be implemented as methods, devices, or products using standard programming and/or engineering techniques.
  • article of manufacture as used in this application encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier, or medium.
  • computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (for example, hard disks, floppy disks, or tapes, etc.), optical disks (for example, compact discs (CD), digital versatile discs (DVD)) Etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.).
  • various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information.
  • the term "machine-readable storage medium” may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
  • NPN Non-public networks
  • NPN is a network under discussion in the 3GPP standard. Different from traditional cellular networks, NPN networks allow certain users with specific permissions to access. NPN includes two network architectures, one is standalone (SA) networking, and the other is non-standalone (NSA) networking. Among them, the non-independent networking NPN may also be referred to as (public network integrated NPN, PNI-NPN). For ease of description, the independent networking NPN is denoted as SNPN and the non-independent networking NPN is denoted as PNI-NPN in the following. The connection and difference between NPN and PLMN are briefly introduced below in conjunction with Figure 3 and Figure 4.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of SNPN and PLMN according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • SNPN and PLMN have independent RAN and core networks.
  • SNPN is regarded as a non-3GPP network.
  • the core networks of SNPN and PLMN are connected through non-3GPP interworking function (N3IWF) network elements through N3IWF.
  • N3IWF non-3GPP interworking function
  • the network elements can communicate between the user plane and the control plane.
  • NID and PLMN ID together identify an SNPN.
  • a certain cell in SNPN can be jointly identified by Cell ID, PLMN ID and NID.
  • the first cell (Cell ID is the first Cell) can simultaneously access the first network and the second network (PLMN IDs are the first PLMN and the second PLMN respectively), and a first independent private network ( NID is the first NID)
  • PLMN IDs are the first PLMN and the second PLMN respectively
  • NID is the first NID
  • the identifiers that need to be included include the first Cell, the first PLMN, and the first NID.
  • the UE’s PLMN PDU session resources are carried in: UE, NPN-RAN, NPN-UPF, DN, PLMN-N3IWF, PLMN-UPF, DN; from Figure 3, it can be seen that the UE’s NPN PDU session resources are carried in: UE, NPN-RAN, NPN-UPF, and DN.
  • the "session resources carried on” certain devices or network elements involved in this application can be understood as the "session resources" provided by the certain devices or network elements.
  • 5GC is a 5G core network device.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a PNI-NPN and PLMN provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • PNI-NPN and PLMN share the core network or access network.
  • users who have permission to access the PNI-NPN are referred to as users belonging to the CAG, and a cell in the PNI-NPN can be identified by the PLMN ID, CAG ID, and Cell ID.
  • PLMN and PNI-NPN networks share a core network (AMF, UPF, etc.), and PLMN-RAN and PNI-NPN-RAN are deployed respectively, and Xn interfaces may be provided between different RANs.
  • AMF AMF, UPF, etc.
  • the UE’s PLMN PDU session resources are carried in: UE, PLMN-RAN, UPF, and DN; as can be seen from Figure 4, the UE’s NPN PDU session resources are carried in: UE, INPN-RAN, UPF, DN.
  • a network device or cell belongs to PNI-NPN, the network device or cell will broadcast the CAG identification, then only the registered terminal devices of this closed access group can access the network. In other words, only terminal equipment registered in this closed access group can be served by the cell.
  • Different CAGs correspond to different CAG identifiers (identify, ID).
  • Shared-RAN refers to a cell where different networks can be configured under one RAN, and user equipment can access different networks through one RAN (for example, access to networks with different PLMN IDs).
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of SNPN and PLMN in a shared-RAN scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • NPN-RAN is shared-RAN
  • shared-RAN is configured with PLMN and NPN cells
  • PLMN protocol data unit (PDU) session resource of the user equipment can be established directly through shared-RAN
  • the PLMN PDU session resources of the UE are carried in: UE, shared-RAN, PLMN UPF, and DN.
  • the NPN PDU session resource of the UE is carried in: There may be an Xn interface between the UE, shared-RAN, NPN UPF, DNshared-RAN and PLMN-RAN.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of PNI-NPN and PLMN in a shared-RAN scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the PNI-NPN and PLMN in Figure 6(a) share the core network and RAN
  • the PNI-NPN and PLMN in Figure 6(b) share the RAN, and the core networks are deployed separately.
  • PLMN cells and PNI-NPN cells are configured in shared-RAN.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of PNI-NPN and SNPN in a shared-RAN scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • PLMN and SNPN are respectively connected to their respective CUs
  • PNI-NPN-CU and SNPN-CU share Shared-DU, and there may be an Xn port between PNI-NPN-CU and SNPN-CU.
  • PNI-NPN and SNPN, PNI-NPN and PLMN also have similar derivative scenarios
  • Shared-CU also has similar derivative scenarios, so I won't repeat them one by one.
  • Paging includes paging triggered by the core network (CN paging) and paging triggered by the RAN side (RAN paging).
  • CN paging paging triggered by the core network
  • RAN paging paging triggered by the RAN side
  • the paging information includes the PLMN ID to be paged, tracking area code (TAC), cell ID, and user equipment identification (for example, the user equipment's 5G S-temporary mobile user identification (5G S-temporary) mobile subscriber identity, 5G-S-TMSI)), RAN node ID and other information.
  • TAC tracking area code
  • 5G S-temporary mobile user identification 5G S-temporary mobile subscriber identity
  • 5G-S-TMSI 5G-S-TMSI
  • the RAN After the RAN receives CN paging, it initiates RAN paging and continues to page the user equipment through the Uu port in the corresponding cell.
  • the Uu port paging information includes the user equipment identifier (5G-S-TMSI).
  • the user equipment in the RRC-idle state may initiate an RRC establishment procedure in response to paging.
  • UPF For user equipment in RM-Registered and RRC inactive state, when user equipment data arrives at UPF, CN paging is not required, UPF sends the data to RAN, RAN triggers RAN paging, and the user is paged on the Uu port Device, Uu port paging information includes user equipment identification (5G-S-TMSI, I-RNTI) and other information.
  • RRC resume request radio resource control resume request
  • the embodiments of the present application may be applicable to the paging of the user equipment in the RM-Registered and RRC-idle state, as well as the paging of the user equipment in the RM-Registered and RRC-inactive state.
  • used to indicate can include both direct indication and indirect indication.
  • the indication information can directly indicate A or indirectly indicate A, but it does not mean that A must be included in the indication information.
  • the information used for the indication can be called the information to be indicated.
  • the information to be indicated may be directly indicated, such as the information to be indicated or the index of the information to be indicated.
  • the information to be indicated can also be indicated indirectly by indicating other information, where there is an association relationship between the other information and the information to be indicated. It is also possible to indicate only a part of the information to be indicated, and other parts of the information to be indicated are known or agreed in advance. For example, it is also possible to realize the indication of specific information by means of the pre-arranged order (for example, stipulated in the agreement) of various information, thereby reducing the indication overhead to a certain extent.
  • the required instruction method can be selected according to specific needs.
  • the embodiment of the application does not limit the selected instruction method.
  • the instruction method involved in the embodiment of the application should be understood as covering the instructions to be Various methods for obtaining information to be indicated.
  • the information to be instructed can be sent together as a whole, or divided into multiple sub-information to be sent separately, and the sending period and/or sending timing of these sub-information can be the same or different.
  • the specific sending method is not limited in this application.
  • the sending period and/or sending timing of these sub-information may be pre-defined, for example, pre-defined according to a protocol, or configured by the transmitting end device by sending configuration information to the receiving end device.
  • the configuration information may include, for example, but not limited to, one or a combination of at least two of radio resource control signaling, MAC layer signaling, and physical layer signaling.
  • radio resource control signaling includes, for example, RRC signaling
  • MAC layer signaling for example, includes MAC control element (CE)
  • physical layer signaling for example, includes downlink control information (DCI).
  • preset may include a network device signaling instruction or pre-defined, for example, protocol definition.
  • pre-defined can be implemented by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other methods that can be used to indicate related information in the device (for example, including user equipment and network equipment). This application does not make any specific implementation methods. limited.
  • the "saving" involved in the embodiments of the present application may refer to storing in one or more memories.
  • the one or more memories may be provided separately or integrated in an encoder, decoder, processor, or communication device.
  • the one or more memories may also be partly provided separately, and partly integrated in the encoder, decoder, processor, or communication device.
  • the type of the memory may be any form of storage medium, which is not limited in this application.
  • the “protocols” involved in the embodiments of the present application may refer to standard protocols in the communication field, for example, may include LTE protocol, NR protocol, and related protocols applied to future communication systems, which are not limited in this application.
  • the user equipment after the user equipment receives the paging message, it will respond to the paging message to access the corresponding cell, and then the user equipment will switch to the RRC connection ( connected) state. After that, the user equipment no longer monitors or receives paging information from other cells, but only receives paging information in the accessed cell.
  • the shared-RAN scenario cells of different networks can be configured under a shared-RAN.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a paging method to ensure normal paging in the shared-RAN scenario.
  • the method provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to different communication systems, for example, the communication system shown in FIG. 1 or FIG. 2.
  • the communication system may include at least one network device and at least one user equipment.
  • the embodiments shown below do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution body of the method provided by the embodiments of the present application, as long as the program that records the code of the method provided by the embodiments of the present application can be executed according to the embodiments of the present application.
  • the provided method can be used for communication.
  • the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiments of the present application may be user equipment or network equipment, or a functional module or chip in the user equipment or network equipment that can call and execute the program.
  • the interaction between the network device and the user equipment is taken as an example to describe in detail the paging method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a paging method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the execution subject includes the second user plane function network element, the second core network equipment, the access device, and the user equipment.
  • the second user plane function network element, the second core network Equipment and access devices can be collectively referred to as network equipment.
  • the access device in the embodiment of this application may be the aforementioned shared-RAN, or other access equipment capable of supporting access to multiple networks, and this application does not limit the specific form of the access device.
  • the core network equipment in the embodiments of this application may be the access and mobility management function (AMF) shown in FIG. 1, or may be other devices that can realize the role of AMF in the embodiments of this application.
  • the core network equipment of this application is not limited.
  • the second user plane function network element in the embodiment of the present application may be the UPF shown in FIG. 1, or other equipment that can realize the role played by the UPF in the embodiment of the present application, which is not limited in the present application .
  • the user equipment accessing the network or accessing the cell in the network may be understood as the user equipment accessing the network or accessing the cell in the network through the access device.
  • the user equipment is already in the RRC-connected state of the first network and in the RRC-idle state of the second network.
  • the user equipment needs to access the second network under the access device.
  • data of the second network reaches the second user plane function network element, and the second user plane function network element triggers the second core network device to perform paging.
  • the paging method includes the following steps.
  • the second core network device sends a first paging message to the access device.
  • the access device receives the first paging message from the second core network device.
  • the first paging message When the first paging message is used by the second network to page the user equipment, the first paging message includes at least one of the following information: the second identity of the user equipment, the identity of the second network, or the second The identity of the cell.
  • the second identifier of the user equipment is used to indicate the identifier of the user equipment in the second network
  • the identifier of the second network is used to indicate the second network that the user equipment needs to access
  • the second cell The identifier of is used to indicate a cell in the second network for the user equipment to access.
  • the second identifier of the user equipment included in the above-mentioned first paging message may be included in a second identifier list of the user equipment.
  • the first paging message may send the multiple second identities of the user equipment as the second identification list of the user equipment to the user equipment, indicating the second Network paging user equipment.
  • the identifier of the second network included in the above-mentioned first paging message may be included in an identifier list of the second network.
  • the first paging message may send the multiple identities of the second network to the user equipment as a list of identifications of the second network, indicating that there is a second network to page the user equipment.
  • the second network there may be multiple cells in the second network that can provide user equipment access, that is, there may be multiple identities of the second cells included in the first message, and the first message may use the multiple identities of the second cells as The identification list of the second cell is sent to the user equipment, indicating that there are multiple cells in the second network that can provide user equipment access.
  • the identification list of the second network includes a NID list and a PLMN ID list, or includes a PLMN ID list.
  • the PLMN ID is used to identify the SNPN network, where the NID and PLMN ID included in the NID list and PLMN ID list are used to indicate the SNPN for user equipment to access.
  • the NID list included in the first paging message includes the first NID, the second NID, and the third NID
  • the PLMN ID list includes the PLMN ID as the first PLMN ID, the second PLMN ID, and the third PLMN ID
  • the first PLMN ID and the first NID are used to identify the first SNPN
  • the second PLMN ID, and the second NID are used to identify the second SNPN
  • the third PLMN ID, and the third NID are used to identify the third NPN, which means the aforementioned user equipment Access to one or more independent private networks among the first SNPN, the second SNPN, and the third NPN.
  • the first network that the user equipment has accessed may be PNI-NPN or PLMN or another SNPN.
  • the identification list of the second network includes CAG ID list and PLMN ID list, or includes PLMN ID List, for example, using PLMN
  • the ID is used to identify the PNI-NPN network, where the CAG ID and PLMN ID included in the CAG ID list and PLMN ID list are used to indicate the PNI-NPN for user equipment to access.
  • the CAG ID list included in the first paging message includes the CAG ID as the first CAG ID, CAG ID#2, and the third CAG ID
  • the PLMN ID list includes the PLMN ID as the first PLMN ID, the second PLMN ID, and the second CAG ID.
  • Three PLMN ID, and the first PLMN ID and the first CAG ID are used to identify the first PNI-NPN, the second PLMN ID, and the second CAG ID are used to identify the second PNI-NPN, the third PLMN ID, and the third CAG ID Used to identify the third PNI-NPN, it means that the user equipment can access one or more non-independent private networks among the first PNI-NPN, the second PNI-NPN, and the third PNI-NPN.
  • the first network that the user equipment has accessed may be SNPN or PLMN or another PNI-NPN.
  • the identification list of the second network is a PLMN ID list, where the PLMN ID included in the PLMN ID list is used to indicate a PLMN for user equipment to access.
  • the PLMN ID list included in the first paging message includes that the PLMN ID is the first PLMN ID, the second PLMN ID, and the third PLMN ID, and the first PLMN ID is used to identify the first PLMN and the second PLMN ID is used for Identifying the second PLMN and the third PLMN ID is used to identify the third PLMN, which means that the above-mentioned user equipment can access one or more of the first PLMN, the second PLMN, and the third PLMN.
  • the first network that the user equipment has accessed may be SNPN or PNI-NPN or another PLMN.
  • the second identification list of the user equipment included in the first paging message may notify the access device that the object of paging is the aforementioned user equipment.
  • the first paging message includes the 5G-S-TMSI of the user equipment in the second network, the 5G globally unique temporary identity (5G-GUTI), or the international mobile subscriber identity (international mobile subscriber identity) of the user equipment. at least one of user equipment identification numbers such as mobile subscriber identification number, IMSI).
  • the identification list of the second cell included in the first paging message enables the access device to notify the user equipment of which cells in the second network can be accessed.
  • the above-mentioned first paging message also includes a second cell ID list (cell ID list), an access network device ID list (RAN Node ID list), and a second tracking area code list (TAC list).
  • the second cell identifier included in the second cell identifier list is used to indicate the cell in the second network for the user equipment to access
  • the access network device identifier included in the access network device identifier list is used to indicate that the user equipment can
  • the second TAC included in the second tracking area code list through which access network devices access the cell is used to indicate the tracking area (tracking area, TA) to which the cell for user equipment access belongs.
  • the above-mentioned first paging message may further include a second cause value (cause), where the second cause value is used to indicate a reason for the second network to page the user equipment. That is to say, when the first paging message includes the second cause value, the user equipment can learn the reason why the second network initiates paging based on the second cause value.
  • the second reason value can assist the user equipment to quickly locate the cause of the paging message initiation and distinguish the paging scenario, so that the user equipment can quickly make appropriate strategies and actions next.
  • the foregoing first paging message may also include a second duration (timer), and the second duration is used to identify that the user equipment needs to access the cell in the foregoing second network within the second duration. That is, when the first paging message includes the second duration, the user equipment can learn the time when the second network expects the user equipment to respond to the paging based on the second duration.
  • the second duration provides a time threshold reference value for the network and the terminal side to access the network. For example, if the terminal device is receiving services from other networks when receiving a paging message, the terminal device can continue to receive services from other networks within the time threshold and wait Access the paging network again when the time threshold is approaching to ensure the continuity of user services.
  • the aforementioned second reason value includes the following possible forms:
  • the second network is SNPN
  • the first network is PNI-NPN or PLMN or another SNPN
  • the second cause value may be an SNPN character, which identifies that paging is initiated due to the SNPN service.
  • the second network is PNI-NPN
  • the first network is SNPN or PLMN or another PNI-NPN.
  • the second cause value can be a PNI-NPN character, which indicates that the PNI-NPN service initiated a search. call.
  • the second network is a PLMN
  • the first network is SNPN or PNI-NPN or another PLMN
  • the second cause value may be a PLMN character, which identifies that paging is initiated due to a PLMN service.
  • the second network is SNPN
  • the first network is PNI-NPN or PLMN or another SNPN
  • the second cause value can be PNI-NPN to SNPN (PNI-NPN to SNPN) or PLMN to SNPN (PLMN to SNPN) or SNPN to SNPN (SNPN to SNPN) characters, which identify that the user equipment has previously connected to PNI-NPN or PLMN or another SNPN network, and then the user equipment moves, from PNI-NPN or PLMN or another SNPN The network moves to the SNPN network, and the user equipment is paged due to the service of PNI-NPN or PLMN or another SNPN network.
  • the second network is PNI-NPN or PLMN or another SNPN
  • the first network is SNPN
  • the second cause value can be SNPN to PNI-NPN (SNPN to PNI-NPN) or SNPN to PLMN (SNPN to PLMN) or SNPN to SNPN (SNPN to SNPN) characters, which indicate that the user equipment previously connected to the SNPN network, and then the user equipment moved from the SNPN network to PNI-NPN or PLMN or another SNPN network.
  • the service of the network initiates paging to the user equipment.
  • the second network is SNPN
  • the first network is PNI-NPN or PLMN or another SNPN
  • the second cause value can be PNI-NPN to SNPN (PNI-NPN to SNPN) or PLMN to SNPN (PLMN to SNPN) or SNPN to SNPN (SNPN to SNPN) characters, indicating that the user equipment has previously connected to the PNI-NPN or PLMN network, and established the PDU session resource of the SNPN network through the PNI-NPN or PLMN network, and then the user equipment Move, move from PNI-NPN or PLMN or another SNPN network to SNPN network, SNPN network initiates paging to user equipment on this network due to the business of this network.
  • the second network is PNI-NPN or PLMN
  • the first network is SNPN
  • the second cause value can be SNPN to PNI-NPN (SNPN to PNI-NPN) or SNPN to PLMN (SNPN to PLMN) or SNPN to SNPN (SNPN to SNPN) characters, which identify that the user equipment has previously accessed the SNPN network, and established the PNI-NPN or PLMN network PDU session resource through the SNPN network, and then the user equipment moves from the SNPN network to the PNI -NPN or PLMN or another SNPN network, PNI-NPN or PLMN or another SNPN network initiates paging to user equipment on this network due to the services of this network.
  • the reason why the second core network device sends the first paging message to the access device may be that the second user plane function network element receives the user equipment data. That is, the method flow shown in FIG. 8 also includes S811, the second user The plane function network element receives the first data, where the first data is data that the second network needs to send to the user equipment.
  • the aforementioned user equipment is in an RRC-connected state in a certain cell in the first network.
  • the access device After the access device receives the above-mentioned first paging message, it is determined that the user equipment that needs to be paged by the second network has been connected to the cell in the first network configured in the access device, that is, in the method flow shown in FIG. 8 It also includes S820.
  • the access device sends a first message to the user equipment.
  • the user equipment receives the first message from the access device.
  • the foregoing first message is a radio resource control reconfiguration (radio resource control reconfiguration, RRC reconfiguration) message.
  • the foregoing first message is a radio resource control setup (radio resource control setup, RRC setup) message.
  • the above-mentioned first message is a paging message.
  • the specific form of the first paging message is not limited. It can be any existing signaling used by the second core network device to page the user equipment, or the user equipment and the second core network device Any kind of signaling used for paging the user equipment, or any existing signaling between the second core network device and the access device.
  • the first message When the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is paged by the second network, the first message includes at least one of the following parameters: the second identity of the user equipment, the identity of the second network or the identity of the second cell, The second identity of the user equipment, the identity of the second network, and the identity of the second cell are similar to the second identity of the user equipment, the identity of the second network, and the identity of the second cell that may be included in the first paging message, I won't repeat it here.
  • the first message also includes a second reason value.
  • the first message also includes the second duration.
  • the first message also includes a second access network device identification list and a second tracking area code list.
  • the user equipment has already accessed the first network, and the user equipment receives the first message from the access device through a signaling radio bearer (SRB) in the first network.
  • SRB signaling radio bearer
  • the user equipment receives a first message from the access device through paging information in the first network, where the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is paged by the second network.
  • the user equipment receives the first message from the access device through the RRC message in the first network.
  • the user equipment accesses the second network through the access apparatus. For example, the user equipment selects a third cell in the second network, and accesses the second network by accessing the third cell in the second network.
  • the method flow shown in FIG. 8 may further include S821: the user equipment determines the third cell in the second network to be accessed.
  • the information included in the first message may identify multiple different cells in the second network, and the user equipment may select a third cell in the second network to access from multiple different cells, or the user equipment may only be based on the first
  • the message learns the paging of the second network it does not select the cell corresponding to the cell identification provided in the first message to access, but selects the third cell not identified in the first message to access, and determines the corresponding third cell Network identification, cell identification, access network equipment identification, or tracking area code.
  • the above-mentioned third cell may be randomly selected among the accessible cells, or it may be selected based on a preset strategy. Access to the appropriate cell.
  • the process performed includes the following two possibilities:
  • the user equipment selects a third cell in the second network to initiate a random access procedure.
  • S860 may specifically include S822: the user equipment randomly accesses the third cell through the access device. After accessing the third cell, the user equipment configures data transmission resources in the third cell.
  • a radio resource control setup complete (RRC setup complete) signaling of the user equipment random access process needs to include the identity of the NPN network selected by the user equipment and report it to the access device.
  • RRC setup complete Radio resource control setup complete
  • the access device needs to notify the core network equipment of the network information selected by the user equipment.
  • the access equipment selects the network to which the user equipment is connected through initial UE message signaling. It is reported to the core network device.
  • the initial UE message signaling includes the identity of the NPN network selected by the user and is reported to the access device.
  • PNI-NPN Need to include the selected (selected) PLMN ID and CAG ID.
  • the user equipment notifies the access device of the information of the third cell in the second network selected for access, and the access device can assist the user equipment to access the third cell, for example:
  • the user equipment sends a first response message to the access device, and the first response message may be regarded as a response to the foregoing first message.
  • the first response message includes information about a third cell, and the third cell is a cell in the second network that the user equipment determines to access. S860 may specifically include S823.
  • the user equipment sends a first response message to the access device.
  • the access device receives the first response message from the user equipment.
  • the first response message includes the identity of the NPN network. For example, for SNPN, it is necessary to include the selected PLMN ID and NID, and for PNI-NPN, it is necessary to include the selected PLMN ID and CAG ID.
  • the foregoing first response message is a radio resource control reconfiguration complete (radio resource control reconfiguration complete, RRC reconfiguration complete) message.
  • the foregoing first response message is a radio resource control setup complete (radio resource control setup complete, RRC setup complete) message.
  • the above-mentioned first response message is an uplink information transfer (uplink information transfer) message.
  • the foregoing first response message is a radio resource control setup request (radio resource control setup request, RRC setup request) message.
  • the aforementioned first response message is a message 1 (message1, MSG1) message of the random access procedure.
  • the foregoing first response message is media access control (medium access control, MAC) layer signaling, for example, including a MAC control element (CE).
  • media access control medium access control, MAC
  • CE MAC control element
  • the foregoing first response message is physical layer signaling, for example, uplink control information (UCI).
  • UCI uplink control information
  • the first response message may be an RRC reconfiguration complete message; optionally, when the above first message is an RRC setup message, the first response The message can be an RRC setup complete message.
  • the specific form of the first response message in the embodiments of this application is not limited. It may be any existing signaling used between the user equipment and the access device to transmit the information of the third cell, or the user equipment and Any kind of signaling that is newly added between the access devices and used to transmit the above-mentioned third cell information, or any existing signaling between the user equipment and the access device.
  • the paging method shown in FIG. 8 further includes the following steps:
  • the access apparatus sends the information of the third cell to the second core network device.
  • the second core network device receives the information of the third cell from the access device.
  • the information of the third cell is used to notify the second core network device that the user equipment that needs to be paged has been paged, and the information of the third cell includes the aforementioned cell identity of the third cell, the network identity corresponding to the third cell, Access network device identification or tracking area code.
  • the foregoing third cell information may be included in an initial user message (initial UE message), and the initial user message is used to notify the second core network device that the user equipment that needs to be paged has been paged.
  • the initial UE message includes the identity of the NPN network.
  • the existing signaling may be reused, and the third cell may be added to the existing signaling.
  • the information may also be newly added signaling used to transmit the third cell information between the second core network device and the access device.
  • the second user plane function network element in the first network needs to configure session resources for the user equipment. That is, the method flow shown in FIG. 8 also includes S840, the access device and The second user plane function network element configures resources for the user equipment.
  • the user equipment and the access device configure the user equipment to select the first access point through the signaling radio bearer in the cell that the user equipment has accessed. Three resources and/or parameters required by the cell.
  • the method flow shown in FIG. 8 also includes S850, the access device sends a second message to the user equipment through the first network.
  • the user equipment receives the second message sent from the access device.
  • the second message includes at least one of the following parameters: a first parameter used to support the user equipment to randomly access the third cell, a second parameter indicating resources of the third cell, The fourth parameter of the context information of the user equipment in the second network, or the fifth parameter indicating the security and integrity protection information of the user equipment in the second network.
  • the second message may also include a third parameter indicating a resource of the first network configured via a cell in the first network and first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the The resources of the first network configured by cells in the network carry data of the second network.
  • the access device may issue the third parameter without receiving the aforementioned third cell.
  • the third cell that the user equipment selects to access may be the cell corresponding to the identity of the second cell issued by the access device through the first message, or it may be the identity of the second cell that the user equipment selects to access.
  • the third cell is a cell in SNPN, and the information of the third cell includes Cell ID, NID, PLMN ID, or TAC.
  • the third cell is a cell in the PNI-NPN, and the information of the third cell includes Cell ID, CAG ID, PLMN ID, or TAC.
  • the third cell is a cell in the PLMN, and the information of the third cell includes Cell ID, PLMN ID, or TAC.
  • the user equipment may perform random access to the third cell based on the first parameter in the second message, There is no need to monitor and analyze the relevant system information of the third cell, and perform random access after obtaining the first parameter used to support the user equipment to randomly access the third cell.
  • the first parameter may include a preamble.
  • Information the user equipment can randomly access the third cell based on the preamble and non-contention. That is, in this case, if the user equipment wants to perform subsequent data transmission in the third cell, it also needs to configure the resources in the third cell through the third cell.
  • the specific configuration method refer to the current protocol for users after random access. The configuration of the transmission resources of the device will not be repeated in this application.
  • the user equipment may learn, based on the second parameter, the resource in the third cell that needs to be occupied for data transmission in the third cell, After randomly accessing the third cell, the third cell configures the resources required for data transmission.
  • the user equipment may learn that data in the second network needs to be transmitted based on the third parameter Occupy the resources in the first network without accessing the second network or configuring the resources required for data transmission in the second network.
  • the PDU session resources of the UE on the SNPN network are carried on the PLMN network That is, the corresponding DRB resource needs to be configured in the cell (first cell) of the PLMN network to transmit the PDU session data of the SNPN network (second network).
  • the reverse is also true.
  • the PDU session resource of the UE on the PLMN network is carried by the PDU session of the SNPN network, that is, it needs Configure the corresponding DRB resources in the cell (first cell) of the SNPN network to transmit PDU session data of the PLMN network (second network).
  • the user equipment can learn the context information in the second network based on the fourth parameter without random access.
  • the context information of the user equipment in the second network is obtained from the third cell.
  • the user equipment may learn the security and integrity in the second network based on the fifth parameter.
  • the security and integrity protection information of the user equipment in the second network is obtained from the third cell after randomly accessing the third cell.
  • the fourth parameter and the fifth parameter may be configured by the second network, for example, configured by the third cell.
  • the third cell transmits the configuration parameters to the first network
  • the first network transmits the configuration parameters to the first cell.
  • the second network multiplexes user context parameters and parameters of security and integrity protection information of users in the first network.
  • the first parameter includes RACH, PRACH, preamble and other parameters indicating random access to the third cell in the second network.
  • the second parameter includes resources such as SRB and DRB in the third cell.
  • the third parameter includes resources such as SRB and DRB in the first network.
  • the second message includes the second parameter, indicating that when the user equipment that has accessed the cell in the first network is paged by the second network, it can be configured via the cell in the first network
  • the parameters that can be included in the above second message are just examples, and do not constitute any limitation to the scope of protection of the present application.
  • the second message may also include other relevant information of the user equipment in the second network. for example.
  • the access device provides the user equipment with the information needed to access the cell through the first message, or notifies the resource in the first network that can be used to transmit data of the second network through the first message, for example :
  • the first message includes at least one of the following parameters:
  • the sixth parameter used to support the user equipment to randomly access the second cell the seventh parameter indicating the resources of the second cell, the eighth parameter indicating the resources of the first network, indicating that the user equipment is in
  • the ninth parameter of the context information of the second network or the tenth parameter indicating the security and integrity protection information of the user equipment in the second network
  • the first message when the first message includes the eighth parameter, the first message also includes first indication information, which is used to indicate the information of the first network configured via a cell in the first network The resource bears the service of the second network.
  • the user equipment may perform random access to the cell in the second network based on the sixth parameter in the first message.
  • the first message may respectively include the sixth parameter required for accessing multiple second cells.
  • the user equipment wants to perform subsequent data transmission in the second cell, it also needs to configure the resources in the second cell through the second cell.
  • the specific configuration method please refer to the current protocol for the user equipment after random access. The configuration of transmission resources is not repeated in this application.
  • the first message includes a sixth parameter #1 for supporting the user equipment to randomly access the second cell #1 and a sixth parameter #2 for supporting the user equipment to randomly access the second cell #2
  • the sixth parameter #3 for supporting the user equipment to randomly access the second cell #3
  • the user equipment can select to access the second cell #1, the second cell #2, or the second cell #3 based on the first message .
  • After the user equipment selects to access the second cell #1 it can perform resource configuration via the second cell #1, so that the user equipment can perform data transmission in the second cell #1.
  • the "#1", “#2", and “#3" in the examples of this application are just for distinguishing different objects, and the functions similar to "first", "second” and “third” do not affect the protection scope of this application. Constitute any limitation.
  • the user equipment may learn, based on the seventh parameter, the resource in the second cell that needs to be occupied when data transmission is performed in the second cell, After randomly accessing the second cell, the second cell configures the resources required for data transmission.
  • the first message may respectively include seventh parameters corresponding to multiple second cells.
  • the user equipment may learn, based on the eighth parameter, the second parameter that the data in transmission needs to occupy. Resources in one network without access to the second network and no need to configure resources required for data transmission in the second network.
  • the user equipment can learn the context information in the second network based on the ninth parameter, without the need for random access. After entering the second cell, obtain context information of the user equipment in the second network from the second cell.
  • the user equipment may learn the security and integrity in the second network based on the fifth parameter.
  • the security and integrity protection information of the user equipment in the second network is obtained from the second cell after randomly accessing the second cell.
  • the sixth parameter includes RACH, PRACH, Preamble and other parameters indicating random access to the second cell in the second network.
  • the seventh parameter includes resources such as SRB and DRB in the second cell.
  • the eighth parameter includes resources such as SRB and DRB in the first network.
  • the first message may include either the seventh parameter or the eighth parameter, indicating that the user equipment that has access to the cell in the first network is blocked by the second parameter in the second network.
  • the resources of the second cell may be configured through the cells in the first network, or after the user equipment randomly accesses the second cell, the resources of the second cell may be configured through the second cell.
  • the above resources can be carried on shared-RAN, PLMN-UPF, DN, N3IWF, NPN-UPF, DN.
  • IPsec Internet protocol security
  • the above session resources can be carried in: shared-RAN, NPN-UPF, DN, in this case it can be dual radio, the PDU session resource of the second network, for example, the second network
  • the DRB resources are configured in a cell in the second network of the access device.
  • the user equipment in this application may be a user equipment connected to an access device, may be a user equipment in a dual radio state, or may be a user equipment with multiple SIM cards.
  • the user equipment can have two Uu interfaces, and each Uu interface can be configured with a set of SRB, DRB and other resources, that is, the user equipment can be configured with two sets of SRB, DRB and other resources ,
  • the Uu interface between the user equipment and the first network is the first Uu interface
  • the Uu interface between the user equipment and the second network is the second Uu interface.
  • the method of this application can solve the problem that the first Uu interface assists the second Uu interface in paging
  • the user equipment also assists the second Uu interface to configure related SRB and DRB parameters.
  • the user identification of the user equipment in the first network may be the identification of the first SIM card
  • the user identification of the user equipment in the second network may be the identification of the second SIM card, that is, this application
  • This can solve the problem that the second SIM card assists in paging the first SIM card and assists the first SIM card in configuring related parameters, for example, when the first SIM card and the second SIM in the user equipment share an antenna device.
  • the user equipment may first access the cell in the first network device.
  • the access device can send the first message to the user equipment in the first network through the signaling radio bearer of the cell in the first network.
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 does not limit how the user equipment accesses the cell in the first network.
  • it may be any one of the following possibilities:
  • the access device Before receiving the above-mentioned first paging message, the access device receives the second paging message sent by the first core network device, and the user equipment responds to the second paging message and changes to RRC-connected state;
  • the access device receives the above-mentioned first paging message and the second paging message at the same time.
  • the access device first pages the user equipment in a cell in the first network, and the user equipment responds to the The second paging message changes to the RRC-connected state in the first network; this situation will be described below in conjunction with FIG. 9.
  • the access device simultaneously receives the above-mentioned first paging message and the second paging message.
  • the access device simultaneously pages the user equipment in the cell in the first network and the cell in the second network, and the user equipment responds first
  • the second paging message changes to the RRC-connected state in the first network; this situation will be described below in conjunction with FIG. 9 and FIG. 10.
  • the access device receives the above-mentioned first paging message and the second paging message at the same time, and the access device first pages the user equipment in the cell in the second network according to its own paging strategy, but does not page the user equipment , So that the user equipment is paged in the cell in the first network, the user equipment responds to the second paging message, and after transitioning to the RRC-connected state in the first network, assists the user equipment in responding to the second network via the laundry network. Paging.
  • the above-mentioned first paging message can be used for the first network and the second network to page the user equipment, and the user equipment chooses to access the first network first. This situation will be described below with reference to FIG. 9 and FIG. 10.
  • the user equipment is in the RRC-connected state in a certain cell in the first network, and then responds to the paging of the second network with the assistance of the cell in the first network that has been accessed.
  • the user equipment can be made to respond to paging of different networks.
  • the user equipment can only detect the paging message in the third cell selected for access, which can save the energy consumption of the user equipment for the user equipment.
  • the network accessed by the user equipment assists another network to page the user equipment, thereby improving the performance of the user equipment being paged by multiple networks through a shared-RAN.
  • the user equipment has two Uu interfaces, each Uu interface can be configured with SRB, DRB and other resources, that is, the user equipment can be configured with two sets of SRB, DRB and other resources, the user equipment and
  • the Uu interface between the first network is the first Uu interface
  • the Uu interface between the user equipment and the second network is the second Uu interface.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a paging method, by making the first Uu interface assist the second Uu interface.
  • the Uu interface pages the user equipment and/or assists the second Uu interface to configure related SRB and DRB parameters, so that the user equipment can respond to paging of different networks in the scenario of a dual wireless state.
  • the first identification of the user equipment in the first network may be the identification of the first SIM card
  • the second identification of the user equipment in the second network may be the second SIM The identification of the card.
  • This embodiment of the application provides a paging method, through the first SIM card to assist in paging the second SIM card and/or assist the second SIM card to configure related parameters, so that there are multiple SIM card users
  • the device can respond to different paging for different SIM cards.
  • the access device receives different paging messages, based on the user equipment identifiers included in the different paging messages, and learns that the objects paged by the different paging messages are the same user equipment , How to realize that user equipment responds to paging of different networks.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another paging method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the executive body includes a first user plane function network element, a first core network device, a second user plane function network element, a second core network device, an access device, and user equipment.
  • the aforementioned first user plane function network element, first core network equipment, and access device may be collectively referred to as network equipment, and the aforementioned second user plane function network element, second core network equipment, and access device may also be collectively referred to as network equipment. .
  • the user equipment is in the RRC-idle state in the two networks supported by the access device.
  • Data from the first network reaches the first user plane function network element and data from the second network reaches the second user plane function network element.
  • the first user plane function network element and the second user plane function network element respectively trigger the A core network device and a second core network device perform paging. After first receiving the page of the first network, the user equipment accesses the first network and enters the RRC-connected state.
  • the paging method includes the following steps.
  • the second core network device sends a first paging message to the access device.
  • the access device receives the first paging message from the second core network device.
  • the first paging message includes at least one of the following information: the second identity of the user equipment, the identity of the second network, or the identity of the second cell, where the second identity of the user equipment is used to indicate that the user equipment is The identifier in the second network, the identifier of the second network is used to indicate the second network that the user equipment needs to access, and the identifier of the second cell is used to indicate the Cells in the second network;
  • the second identity of the user equipment, the identity of the second network, or the identity of the second cell and the second identity of the user equipment, the identity of the second network, or the second cell included in the above-mentioned first paging message The logo is similar, so I won’t repeat it here.
  • the above-mentioned first paging message may also include an access network device identification list (RAN Node ID list) and a second tracking area code list (TAC list).
  • RAN Node ID list access network device identification list
  • TAC list second tracking area code list
  • the access network device identification list and the second tracking area code list are similar to the above-mentioned access network device identification list and the second tracking area code list, and will not be repeated here.
  • the foregoing first paging message may also include the foregoing second cause value
  • the foregoing first paging message may also include the foregoing second duration.
  • the first core network device sends a second paging message to the access device.
  • the access device receives the second paging message from the first core network device.
  • the second paging message includes at least one of the following information: the first identification list of the user equipment, the identification list of the first network, or the identification of the first cell, where the first identification of the user equipment is used to indicate the user equipment
  • the identity of the first network the identity of the first network is used to indicate the first network that the user equipment needs to access
  • the identity of the first cell is used to indicate the identity of the user equipment to access The cell in the first network.
  • the first identifier of the user equipment included in the second paging message may be included in the first identifier list of the user equipment. For example, if there are multiple identities of the user equipment in the first network, the second paging message may send the multiple first identities of the user equipment as the first identification list of the user equipment to the user equipment, indicating the first Network paging user equipment.
  • the identity of the first network included in the second paging message may be included in the identity list of the first network.
  • the second paging message may send the multiple identities of the first network as an identification list of the first network to the user equipment to instruct the first network to page the user equipment.
  • the first network there may be multiple cells in the first network that can provide user equipment access, that is, there may be multiple identities of the first cell included in the first message, and the first message may use the multiple identities of the first cells as The identification list of the first cell is sent to the user equipment, indicating that there are multiple cells in the first network that can provide user equipment access.
  • the identification list of the first network includes NID list and PLMN ID list, or includes PLMN ID list, for example, PLMN ID is used to identify the SNPN network, Among them, the NID and PLMN ID included in the NID list and PLMN ID list are used to indicate the SNPN for the user equipment to access.
  • SNPN independent private network
  • the NID list included in the second paging message includes the first NID, the second NID, and the third NID
  • the PLMN ID list includes the PLMN ID as the first PLMN ID, the second PLMN ID, and the third PLMN ID
  • the first PLMN ID and the first NID are used to identify the first SNPN
  • the second PLMN ID, and the second NID are used to identify the second SNPN
  • the third PLMN ID, and the third NID are used to identify the third NPN, which means the aforementioned user equipment Can access one or more independent private networks among the first SNPN, the second SNPN, and the third NPN.
  • the identification list of the first network includes CAG ID list and PLMN ID list, or includes PLMN ID list, for example, use PLMN ID To identify the SNPN network, where the CAG ID and PLMN ID included in the CAG ID list and PLMN ID list are used to indicate the PNI-NPN for user equipment to access.
  • the CAG ID list included in the second paging message includes the CAG ID as the first CAG ID, the second CAG ID, and the third CAG ID
  • the PLMN ID list includes the PLMN ID as the first PLMN ID, the second PLMN ID, and the second CAG ID.
  • Three PLMN ID, and the first PLMN ID and the first CAG ID are used to identify the first PNI-NPN, the second PLMN ID, and the second CAG ID are used to identify the second PNI-NPN, the third PLMN ID, and the third CAG ID Used to identify the third PNI-NPN, it means that the user equipment can access one or more non-independent private networks among the first PNI-NPN, the second PNI-NPN, and the third PNI-NPN.
  • the identification list of the first network is a PLMN ID list, where the PLMN ID included in the PLMN ID list is used to indicate a PLMN for user equipment to access.
  • the PLMN ID list included in the second paging message includes that the PLMN ID is the first PLMN ID, the second PLMN ID, and the third PLMN ID, and the first PLMN ID is used to identify the first PLMN and the second PLMN ID is used for Identifying the first PLMN and the third PLMN ID is used to identify the third PLMN, which means that the above-mentioned user equipment can access one or more of the first PLMN, the second PLMN, and the third PLMN.
  • the first identification list of the user equipment included in the second paging message may notify the access device that the object of paging is the aforementioned user equipment.
  • the second paging message includes at least one of user equipment identifiers such as 5G-S-TMSI, 5G-GUTI, or IMSI of the user equipment in the first network.
  • the identification list of the first cell included in the second paging message enables the access device to notify the user equipment which cells in the first network can be accessed.
  • the second paging message also includes at least one of the following Item: the first cell ID list (cell ID list), the access network device ID list (RAN Node ID list), or the first tracking area code list (TAC list).
  • the first cell identifier included in the first cell identifier list is used to indicate the cell in the first network that the user equipment accesses
  • the access network device identifier included in the access network device identifier list is used to indicate that the user equipment can pass through Which access network equipment accesses the cell
  • the first TAC included in the first tracking area code list is used to indicate the TA to which the cell for user equipment access belongs.
  • the foregoing second paging message may further include a first cause value (cause), where the first cause value is used to indicate a reason why the first network paging the user equipment. That is, when the second paging message includes the first cause value, the user equipment can learn the reason why the first network initiates paging based on the first cause value.
  • the first reason value can assist the user equipment in quickly locating the reason for the initiation of the paging message, and distinguish the paging scenario, so that the user equipment can quickly make appropriate strategies and actions next.
  • the foregoing second paging message may further include a first duration, and the first duration is used to identify that the user equipment needs to access the cell in the foregoing first network within the first duration. That is, when the second paging message includes the first duration, the user equipment can learn the time when the first network expects the user equipment to respond to paging based on the first duration.
  • the first duration provides a time threshold reference value for the network and the terminal side to access the network. For example, if the terminal device is receiving services from other networks when receiving a paging message, the terminal device can continue to receive services from other networks within the time threshold and wait Access the paging network again when the time threshold is approaching to ensure the continuity of user services.
  • the aforementioned second reason value includes the following possible forms:
  • the second network is SNPN
  • the first network is PNI-NPN or PLMN or another SNPN
  • the first cause value can be PNI-NPN or PLMN characters
  • the identification is due to the PNI-NPN or PLMN service initiated Paging.
  • the second network is PNI-NPN
  • the first network is SNPN or PLMN or another PNI-NPN.
  • the first cause value can be SNPN or PLMN characters, which indicates that the search is initiated by the SNPN or PLMN service. call.
  • the second network is PLMN
  • the first network is SNPN or PNI-NPN or another PLMN.
  • the first cause value can be SNPN or PNI-NPN characters, and the identification is due to SNPN or PNI-NPN services Initiate a page.
  • the second network is SNPN
  • the first network is PNI-NPN or PLMN or another SNPN
  • the first cause value can be SNPN to PNI-NPN (SNPN to PNI-NPN) or SNPN to The PLMN (SNPN to PLMN) or SNPN to SNPN (SNPN to SNPN) characters indicate that the user equipment has previously accessed the SNPN network, and then the user equipment has moved from the SNPN network to the PNI-NPN or PLMN or another SNPN network.
  • the network service initiates paging to the user equipment.
  • the second network is PNI-NPN or PLMN or another SNPN
  • the first network is SNPN
  • the first cause value can be PNI-NPN to SNPN (PNI-NPN to SNPN) or PLMN to SNPN (PLMN to SNPN) or SNPN to SNPN (SNPN to SNPN) characters, which indicate that the user equipment was previously connected to PNI-NPN or PLMN or another SNPN network, and then the user equipment moved from PNI-NPN or PLMN or another SNPN The network moves to the SNPN network, and the user equipment is paged due to the service of PNI-NPN or PLMN or another SNPN network.
  • the second network is SNPN
  • the first network is PNI-NPN or PLMN or another SNPN
  • the first cause value can be SNPN to PNI-NPN (SNPN to PNI-NPN) or SNPN to The PLMN (SNPN to PLMN) character indicates that the user equipment has previously accessed the SNPN network and established a PNI-NPN or PLMN or PDU session resource of another SNPN network through the SNPN network, and then the user equipment has moved from the SNPN network to the PNI- NPN or PLMN network, PNI-NPN or PLMN or another SNPN network initiates paging to user equipment on this network due to the services of this network.
  • the second network is PNI-NPN or PLMN
  • the first network is SNPN
  • the first cause value can be PNI-NPN to SNPN (PNI-NPN to SNPN) or PLMN to SNPN (PLMN to SNPN) or SNPN to SNPN (SNPN to SNPN) characters, indicating that the user equipment has previously connected to the PNI-NPN or PLMN network, and established the PDU session resource of the SNPN network through the PNI-NPN or PLMN network, and then the user equipment moves from the PNI -The NPN or PLMN network moves to the SNPN network, and the SNPN network initiates paging to the user equipment on the network due to the services of the network.
  • the above-mentioned first identification of the user equipment and the second identification of the user equipment may be different.
  • the access apparatus may determine that they both identify the same user equipment according to the first identifier of the user equipment and the second identifier of the user equipment.
  • the access device receives the first identification of the user equipment and the second identification of the user equipment from the user equipment, that is, the method flow shown in FIG. 9 further includes S931, the user equipment sends the user equipment to the access device.
  • the access apparatus receives the first identifier of the user equipment and the second identifier of the user equipment from the user equipment.
  • the access apparatus receives the first identifier of the user equipment and the second identifier of the user equipment from the first core network device. That is, the method flow shown in FIG. 9 further includes S932, The core network equipment sends the first identifier of the user equipment and the second identifier of the user equipment to the access device. The access apparatus receives the first identifier of the user equipment and the second identifier of the user equipment from the first core network device.
  • the access apparatus receives the first identifier of the user equipment and the second identifier of the user equipment from the second core network device, that is, the method flow shown in FIG. 9 further includes S933,
  • the core network equipment sends the first identifier of the user equipment and the second identifier of the user equipment to the access device.
  • the access apparatus receives the first identifier of the user equipment and the second identifier of the user equipment from the second core network device.
  • the first identifier of the user equipment is used to indicate the user identifier of the user equipment in the first network
  • the second identifier of the user equipment is used to indicate the user equipment in the second network.
  • S931, S932, or S933 can occur before S910 and S920, and S931, S932, or S933 can also occur after S910 and S920, or release at the same time.
  • sequence of occurrence of S931, S932, S933, S910, and S920 Not limited.
  • the first core network device sends the second paging message to the access device because the second user plane function network element receives the user equipment data, that is, the method flow shown in FIG. 9 also includes S911, the second user plane function network element The meta receives the first data.
  • the reason why the second core network device sends the first paging message to the access device may be that the first user plane function network element receives the user equipment data. That is, the method flow shown in FIG. 9 also includes S921, A user plane function network element receives the second data.
  • the first paging message and the second paging message are the same core
  • the paging message sent by the network device can be collectively referred to as the first paging message.
  • the first paging message is used for the first network and the second network to page the user equipment, and the first paging message includes the second At least one of the identity, the identity of the second network, or the identity of the second cell, and at least one of the first identity of the user equipment, the identity of the first network, or the identity of the first cell.
  • the first paging message may also include the first reason value and/or the second reason value;
  • the second paging message may further include the first duration and/or the second duration.
  • the first core network device and the second core network device are the same core network device, and the first user plane function network element and the second user plane function network element are the same user plane function network element, that is, the user plane function network element.
  • the meta receives the above-mentioned first data and second data at the same time, and the first data and second data belong to different networks.
  • the access device After receiving the first paging message and the second paging message, the access device decides: to page the user equipment in a cell in the first network and a cell in the second network, respectively; Or, paging the user equipment in a cell in the first network or the second network. That is, the method flow shown in FIG. 9 also includes S930, the access device determines a paging strategy.
  • the access device determines, according to the information included in the received first paging message and the second paging message, whether the cells in the first network and the second network supported by the access device The user equipment is paged at the same time in the cell of the first network; or, in another possible implementation manner, the access device only uses the information contained in the received first paging message and the second paging message in the cell or The cell in the second network pages the user equipment, and if the user equipment cannot be paged, page the user equipment in a cell in another network. Wherein, the access device determines the paging priority of the cell according to the duration included in the first paging message and the second paging message, and the shorter duration is paging first.
  • the paging strategy of the access device may be determined by the access device according to the operator's policy, or the first core network device and/or the second core network device side may assist the access device in making the decision, for example, the first core network
  • the paging message includes indication information to inform the access device to only page the user equipment in a cell in the first network or a cell in the second network, or whether it can be in the first network A cell in one network and a cell in a second network page the user equipment, or the paging message includes paging priorities of different networks.
  • the user equipment When the access device respectively page the user equipment in the cell in the first network and the cell in the second network, the user equipment receives the page of the cell in the second network, or when the access device is in the first network, respectively.
  • the user equipment first receives the page of the cell in the first network, or the access device only pages the user equipment in the cell in the first network , The user equipment receives the page of the cell in the first network, or the access device only pages the user equipment in the cell of the second network, and the user equipment receives the page of the cell in the second network. That is, the method flow shown in FIG. 9 also includes S940, where the user equipment receives the fourth and/or fifth paging message from the access device. The access device sends the fourth and/or fifth paging message to the user equipment.
  • the foregoing fourth paging message and fifth paging message It may be a paging message, for example, the fourth paging message and the fifth paging message are the first messages sent by the access apparatus to the user equipment, and the first message instructs the user equipment to access the first network and the second network.
  • the first message includes at least one of the second identity of the user equipment, the identity of the second network, or the identity of the second cell, and also includes the first identity of the user equipment, the identity of the first network, or the identity of the first cell. At least one of them.
  • the first message also includes the first reason value and/or the second reason value.
  • the first message further includes the first duration and/or the second duration.
  • the fourth paging message and the fifth paging message are two paging messages.
  • the fourth paging message is that the access device learns the cell paging in the second network based on the received second paging message. Call the user equipment, the access device sends the fourth paging message to the user equipment. At this time, the fourth paging message is similar to the above-mentioned first message; the fifth paging message understands that the access device is based on the received first paging message. If the paging message learns that the cell in the first network is paging the user equipment, the access device sends the fifth paging message to the user equipment. In order to distinguish the fifth paging message, it may be called a third message, which is used to instruct the user equipment to connect Enter the first network.
  • the paging message received by the user equipment is a fourth paging message sent by the access device to the user equipment based on the foregoing first paging message, and the information included in the fourth paging message is the same as the first paging message.
  • the paging message is similar, so I won’t repeat it here.
  • the paging message received by the user equipment is a fifth paging message sent by the access device to the user equipment based on the foregoing second paging message, and the information in the fifth paging message is the same as the second paging message.
  • the paging message is similar, so I won’t repeat it here.
  • the user equipment responds to the aforementioned paging message and accesses the corresponding network.
  • the user equipment determines to access the first network as an example for description.
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 may be combined, that is, after the user equipment accesses the first network, it may also be combined with the method flow shown in FIG. 8 to respond to the paging of the second network via the first network.
  • the user equipment after determining to access the fourth cell in the first network, the user equipment sends the information of the fourth cell to the access device. That is, the method flow shown in FIG. 9 also includes S950, the user equipment sends a second response message to the access device, and the access device receives the second response message from the user equipment.
  • the second response message includes information about the fourth cell.
  • the second response message includes the identity of the NPN network. For example, for SNPN, it is necessary to include the selected PLMN ID and NID, and for PNI-NPN, it is necessary to include the selected PLMN ID and CAG ID.
  • the foregoing second response message is an RRC setup complete message.
  • the above second response message is the RRC reconfiguration complete message
  • the foregoing second response message is an uplink information transfer message.
  • the foregoing second response message is an RRC setup request message.
  • the foregoing second response message is a random access procedure MSG1 message.
  • the foregoing second response message is MAC layer signaling, for example, MAC CE.
  • the foregoing second response message is physical layer signaling, for example, UCI.
  • the second response message may be an RRC reconfiguration complete message; optionally, when the foregoing third message is an RRC setup message, the second response The message can be an RRC setup complete message.
  • the paging method shown in FIG. 9 further includes the following steps:
  • the access apparatus sends the information of the fourth cell to the second core network device.
  • the second core network device receives the information of the fourth cell from the access device.
  • the information of the fourth cell is used to notify the second core network device that the user equipment that needs to be paged has been paged.
  • the information of the fourth cell includes the cell identity of the fourth cell and the network identity corresponding to the fourth cell. , Access network equipment identification, or tracking area code.
  • the foregoing fourth cell information may be included in an initial user message, and the initial user message is used to notify the second core network device that the user equipment that needs to be paged has been paged.
  • the existing signaling may be reused, and the fourth cell may be added to the existing signaling.
  • the information may also be newly added signaling used to transmit the information of the fourth cell between the second core network device and the access device.
  • the second core network device After learning that the user equipment has successfully paged, the second core network device configures the user equipment with the bearer resources for accessing the fourth cell according to the existing standard procedure, which is not repeated here.
  • the process of the method shown in FIG. 8 can be referred to for processing the paging of the second network, and the access device uses the established SRB of the first network to pass the RRC message Help the second network to continue paging and pre-configure SRB, DRB and PDU session resources for the user equipment, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the method flow shown in FIG. 9 considers that the access device receives different paging messages to determine that different paging messages page the same user equipment. In some possible cases, the access device receives different paging messages. After that, it cannot be judged that the different paging messages page the same user equipment. The following is a detailed description with reference to FIG. 10. When the access device receives different paging messages, it does not judge or cannot judge that the different paging messages page the same user equipment. The situation of a user device.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of another paging method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the executive body includes a first user plane function network element, a first core network device, a second user plane function network element, a second core network device, an access device, and user equipment.
  • the aforementioned first user plane function network element, first core network equipment, and access device may be collectively referred to as network equipment, and the aforementioned second user plane function network element, second core network equipment, and access device may also be collectively referred to as network equipment. .
  • the user equipment is in the RRC-idle state in the two networks supported by the access device.
  • Data from the first network reaches the first user plane function network element and data from the second network reaches the second user plane function network element.
  • the first user plane function network element and the second user plane function network element respectively trigger the A core network device and a second core network device perform paging.
  • the access device cannot recognize that two pages from different networks are paging the same user equipment.
  • the user equipment After receiving the paging from the first network and the second network, the user equipment first accesses the first network and enters the RRC-connected state. , And then notify the access device of the paging information of the second network to the user equipment, and the cell that first accesses the first network assists the user equipment to access the second network.
  • the paging method includes the following steps.
  • the second core network device sends a first paging message to the access device.
  • the access device receives the first paging message from the second core network device.
  • the first paging message is similar to the first paging message in S910 in FIG. 9, and will not be repeated here.
  • the first core network device sends a second paging message to the access device.
  • the access device receives the second paging message from the first core network device.
  • the second paging message is similar to the second paging message in S920 in FIG. 9, and will not be repeated here.
  • the foregoing first identifier of the user equipment and the second identifier of the user equipment may be different, but in this embodiment, the access device does not know that the first identifier of the user equipment and the second identifier of the user equipment both identify the same user equipment.
  • the reason why the first core network device sends the second paging message to the access device may be that the second user plane function network element receives the user equipment data. That is, the method flow shown in FIG. 10 also includes S1011, the second user plane The functional network element receives the first data.
  • the reason why the second core network device sends the first paging message to the access device may be that the first user plane function network element receives the user equipment data. That is, the method flow shown in FIG. 10 also includes S1021. A user plane function network element receives the second data.
  • the above-mentioned first paging message and second paging message are paging messages sent by the same core network device, and may be collectively referred to as the first paging message.
  • the access device needs to page the user equipment after receiving the above-mentioned first paging message and the second paging message, that is, the method flow shown in FIG. 10 also includes S1030: the access device sends the fourth page to the user equipment. Paging message. The user equipment receives the fourth paging message from the access device. S1040: The access device sends a fifth paging message to the user equipment. The user equipment receives the fifth paging message from the access device.
  • the fourth paging message is similar to the fourth paging message shown in FIG. 9, and the fifth paging message is similar to the fifth paging message shown in FIG. 9, and will not be repeated here.
  • the aforementioned fourth paging message and fifth paging message are paging messages sent by the same core network device, and may be collectively referred to as the first message.
  • the access device cannot know in advance that the user equipment to be paged for the first paging message and the second paging message is the same user equipment, the access device will be in the cell in the first network and in the second network. The user equipment is paged simultaneously in the cell.
  • the user equipment identifier included in the first paging message is the first 5G-S-TMSI
  • the user equipment identifier included in the second paging message is the second 5G-S-TMSI
  • the access device is in the first 5G-S-TMSI.
  • the fourth paging message is sent in the cell in the second network, and the paging identifier is the user equipment of the first 5G-S-TMSI;
  • the fifth paging message is sent in the cell in the first network, and the paging identifier is the second 5G- S-TMSI user equipment.
  • the user equipment can receive the user equipment from the cell in the first network and the cell in the second network.
  • the user equipment supports dual radio or the user equipment can access different networks through different SIM cards
  • the user equipment receives the fourth paging message and the fifth paging message.
  • the user equipment responds to the aforementioned fourth paging message or fifth paging message to access the corresponding cell.
  • the user equipment receives the fourth paging message and the fifth paging message, and determines to respond to the fourth paging message first.
  • the user equipment receives the foregoing fourth paging message and the fifth paging message, and determines to respond to the fifth paging message first.
  • processing the paging of the second network may refer to the method flow shown in FIG. 8.
  • the aforementioned user equipment may be provided with multiple SIMs, for example, including a first SIM card and a second SIM card.
  • the aforementioned first identifier of the user equipment may be the identifier of the first SIM card of the user equipment in the second network, and the second identifier of the user equipment may be the identifier of the second SIM card of the user equipment in the first network;
  • the first identification of the user equipment may be the identification of the second SIM card of the user equipment in the second network, and the second identification of the user equipment may be the identification of the first SIM card of the user equipment in the first network; or
  • the first identification of the user equipment may be the identification of the first SIM card of the user equipment in the second network, and the second identification of the user equipment may be the identification of the first SIM card of the user equipment in the first network; or, the user equipment
  • the first identifier of may be the identifier of the second SIM card of the user equipment in the second network, and the second identifier of the user equipment may be the identifier of the second SIM card of the user equipment in the first network.
  • the user equipment may be connected to the first network through the first SIM card, and connected to the second network through the second SIM card.
  • the first network and the second network It can be the same.
  • the first SIM card assists the second SIM card in responding to the paging of the network.
  • the first network pages the first SIM card of the user equipment through the second paging message shown in S1020, and the second network pages the second SIM card of the user equipment through the first paging message shown in S1010. .
  • the access device informs the user equipment that the first network is paging the first SIM card of the user equipment through the fourth paging message shown in S1030, and the access device informs the user equipment of the second SIM card through the fifth paging message shown in S1040.
  • the network is paging the second SIM card of the user equipment.
  • the user equipment responds to the above-mentioned fifth paging message, so that the user equipment is connected to the first network through the first SIM card. That is, the method flow shown in FIG. 10 further includes S1050: the user equipment responds to the fifth paging message.
  • the first SIM can assist the second SIM to connect to the second network through the first network, including the following possibilities:
  • Possibility 1 The second SIM card of the user equipment randomly accesses the third cell of the second network. That is, the method flow shown in FIG. 10 also includes S1060: the user equipment initiates random access.
  • Possibility 2 The user equipment sends a first response message to the access device, informing the access device that the user equipment is connected to the first network through the first SIM card, and the access device sends a second message to the user equipment through the first network.
  • the first network sends the first parameter, second parameter, third parameter, fourth parameter or fifth parameter of the second SIM of the user equipment in the second network to the user equipment through the first SIM card of the user equipment,
  • the user equipment transmits the corresponding parameters to the second SIM card, and the second SIM configures resources according to the corresponding parameters.
  • the second message is similar to the foregoing second message, and will not be repeated here. That is, the method flow shown in FIG. 10 further includes S1070: the user equipment sends a first response message to the access device, and S1080: the access device sends a second message to the user equipment through the first network. The user equipment receives the second message from the access device through the first network.
  • the above-mentioned fifth paging message includes the sixth parameter, the seventh parameter, the eighth parameter, the ninth parameter, or the tenth parameter of the second SIM of the user equipment in the second network.
  • the corresponding parameters included in the fifth paging message are similar to those included in the first message shown in case 3 in FIG. 8, and will not be repeated here.
  • the first network in the embodiment of the present application may be any one of PLMN, PNI-NPN, or SNPN
  • the second network may be any one of PLMN, PNI-NPN, or SNPN
  • the first network and the second network can be the same PLMN, PNI-NPN, or SNPN network.
  • the first network and the second network are the same PLMN network for paging the same terminal equipment. SIM card.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the execution body includes CU and DU.
  • the communication method includes the following steps.
  • the DU sends the first signaling to the CU.
  • the CU receives the first signaling from the DU.
  • the first signaling is used to indicate the network to which the DU can support access.
  • the network to which the DU supports access includes the PLMN
  • the first signaling includes the PLMN identity.
  • the first signaling includes the identity of the first PLMN, the identity of the second PLMN, and the identity of the third PLMN. If the identity of the first PLMN, the identity of the second PLMN, and the identity of the third PLMN are respectively PLMN ID#1 to PLMN ID#3, the first signaling includes PLMN ID#1 to PLMN ID#3.
  • the network to which the DU supports access includes PNI-NPN
  • the first signaling includes the PNI-NPN identifier. For example, if the network supported by the DU includes the first PNI-NPN to the third PNI-NPN, the first signaling includes the identity of the first PNI-NPN, the identity of the second PNI-NPN, and the identity of the third PNI-NPN .
  • One signaling includes PLMN ID#1, CAG ID#1 to PLMN ID#3, and CAG ID#3.
  • the network supported by the DU includes SNPN
  • the first signaling includes the SNPN identifier.
  • the first signaling includes the identity of the first SNPN, the identity of the second SNPN, and the identity of the third SNPN. If the identity of the first SNPN, the identity of the second SNPN, and the identity of the third SNPN are PLMN ID#1, NID#1 ⁇ PLMN ID#3, NID#3, respectively, the first signaling includes PLMN ID# 1. NID#1 ⁇ PLMN ID#3, NID#3.
  • the first signaling is F1 interface setup request (F1 setup request) signaling
  • the DU may include the information of the NPN supported by the DU in the F1 interface establishment signaling.
  • the CU may include the information of the NPN supported by the CU in the F1 interface establishment response signaling.
  • the NPN information includes CAG ID
  • the DU shall consider the difference and proceed with system information
  • the CAG Id(s) supported by both CU and DU can be broadcast.
  • the DU shall consider the difference and perform system information broadcasting , Can broadcast NID(s) supported by both CU and DU.
  • the first signaling is DU configuration update request signaling.
  • the DU configuration update request signaling is used to instruct to update the network to which the DU can support access.
  • the CU receives the DU configuration update
  • the F1 interface establishment request signaling mentioned above has been received before the request signaling, and the network that the DU can support access is learned, and the network that the learned DU can support access is updated after receiving the DU configuration update request signaling.
  • the CU can store the information about the NPN supported by the DU, and replace the NPN supported by the DU previously provided by the DU with the information in the DU configuration update request signaling. NPN supported by the included DU. If the information about the NPN supported by the CU is included in the DU configuration update request confirmation signaling, the DU can store the NPN supported by the CU and cover the information about the NPN supported by the CU maintained by the DU. Correspondingly, the DU can also update the corresponding system information.
  • the DU can store the information of the NPN supported by the CU, and replace the previously received information about the NPN supported by the CU with the CU configuration update request signaling Information about the NPN supported by the included CU. If the information about the NPN supported by the DU is included in the CU configuration update request confirmation signaling, the CU can store the information about the NPN supported by the DU, and replace the previously received information about the NPN supported by the DU with the CU configuration update request confirmation letter Information about the NPN supported by the DU included in the order.
  • the DU sends an F1 interface establishment request to the CU, notifying the DU that the networks that the DU can support access include the first network, the second network, and the third network; after a period of time, the DU determines that the networks it can support access include the first network.
  • the first network, the second network, and the fourth network that is, the DU sends DU configuration update request signaling to the CU to notify the CU that the DU can support access to the network including the first network, the second network, and the fourth network, or the DU configuration
  • the update request signaling informs the CU that the DU cannot support access to the third network and adds support for access to the fourth network.
  • the first signaling includes a DU serving cell message
  • the DU serving cell message includes a cell identifier and a network identifier of a network to which the cell supports access.
  • the DU serving cell message may also be referred to as DU serving cell information (served cell information).
  • the network identifier in the first signaling may be included in the cell information list supported by the DU, and the specific expression form includes the form shown in Table 1:
  • NPN support item IEs Supported NPN >CAG ID list (CAG ID list) CAG logo list >>CAG ID (CAG ID) CAG logo >Network Identification List (NID list) NID list >>Network Identification (NID) NID
  • the CU sends the second signaling to the DU.
  • the DU receives the second signaling from the CU.
  • the second signaling is used to indicate the network to which the CU and the DU can jointly support access.
  • the network that the DU can support access includes the first PLMN corresponding to the first PLMN ID, and the first PLMN corresponding to the first PLMN ID, the first NID, and the first cell ID.
  • SNPN the network supported by the CU includes the first PLMN ID, the first NID, and the first SNPN corresponding to the first Cell ID
  • the second signaling includes the identification of the first SNPN, the first PLMN ID, the first NID, and the first SNPN.
  • a Cell ID indicates that the network that the CU and DU can support access together is the first SNPN.
  • the second signaling is used to indicate the network to which the CU can support access.
  • the second signaling includes the identity of the PLMN. If the network supported by the CU includes PNI-NPN, the second signaling includes the PNI-NPN identifier. If the network supported by the CU includes SNPN, the second signaling includes the identification of the SNPN.
  • NPN network information that the CU in the second signaling can support include the forms shown in Table 3:
  • NPN network information that the CU can support include the forms shown in Table 4:
  • NPN support item IEs Supported NPN >CAG ID list (CAG ID list) CAG logo list >>CAG ID (CAG ID) CAG logo >Network Identification List (NID list) NID list >>Network Identification (NID) NID
  • the second signaling is used to indicate that the CU fails to respond to the foregoing first signaling.
  • the CU and the DU do not jointly support access to the network.
  • the second signaling may be that the F1 interface establishment failed.
  • the second signaling may include the reason for the failure.
  • the CU learns that the network that the DU can support access includes the first PLMN corresponding to the first PLMN ID, and the first PLMN ID, the first NID, and the first SNPN corresponding to the first cell ID. ; And the network supported by the CU includes the second PLMN ID, the second NID, and the second SNPN corresponding to the second Cell ID, the CU determines that the CU and the DU do not jointly support the access network, and the CU sends the second signaling for Indicates that the CU and DU do not jointly support the access network.
  • the second signaling may include the reason for the failure, and the reason for the failure may be the first PLMN ID and the first NID, indicating that the CU does not support (not supported) the first PLMN ID and the first NID.
  • the second signaling is used to send auxiliary configuration parameters of the CU to the DU, and the auxiliary configuration parameters are used to assist the DU to configure related parameters of the network supported by the DU.
  • the CU sends to the DU to reduce network access.
  • Rate signaling is used to assist the DU to configure the UAC parameters of its underlying network cell.
  • the second signaling is used to send the auxiliary configuration parameters of the CU to the DU and does not restrict the CU from receiving the above-mentioned first signaling.
  • the CU may actively send the second signaling to the CU to assist the DU in configuring the relevant parameters of the supported network.
  • the specific representation form of the UAC auxiliary parameter sent in the second signaling includes the form shown in Table 6:
  • the NID, CAG ID, SNPN ID, or PNI-NPN ID added in the above table can be at the same level as other parameters, such as UAC reduction indication, UAC action, access category, or access identity, or are included in the above parameters.
  • the restrictions on the NPN network are further refined within.
  • the second signaling can be used to notify that the DU interface establishment or configuration update fails due to an error.
  • the failure reason can be that the provided CAG ID is not supported (CAG ID(s) not supported) ), the provided NID is not supported (NID(s) not supported), the provided SNPN is not supported (SNPN(s) not supported), the provided PNI-NPN is not supported (PNI-NPN(s) not supported), invalid CAG ID(s), invalid NID(s), invalid SNPN, invalid PNI-NPN, or CAG access only, etc., which indicate the CAG ID, NID, SNPN network, or PNI-NPN network provided by the DU Not supported by CU.
  • the reason value is also applicable to the process of NG interface, Xn interface establishment and network node configuration update, and the application interface is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the reason value is also applicable to the user equipment initial access failure on the Uu interface, F1 interface, E1 interface, NG interface, Xn interface and other interfaces, failure to establish user equipment context, failure to modify user equipment context, or user equipment switching Failure and other processes, the application process is not specifically restricted in this application.
  • the user equipment will report the network identification of the selected network to the DU through the RRC setup complete information of the random access process, and the DU will then report the network identification selected by the user to CU, CU will then report the network identification selected by the user to the core network device AMF, for example, the network identification is NID, CAG ID, PLMN ID, SNPN ID, or PNI-NPN ID, etc.
  • AMF is based on the user stored locally
  • the user’s subscription information stored locally in AMF can be CAG ID list information, NID list information, and user access allowed in the mobility restriction list (mobility restriction).
  • the device can only access 5CG (CAG access only) through the CAG cell, and whether the user equipment can only access 5CG (NID access only) through the NID cell and other information. If the verification is unsuccessful, the AMF will reject the user's access and notify the CU that the user device has failed to access the device through an error indication on the NG interface.
  • the notification information will include the reason for the error or the reason for the failure, and the error
  • the reason or the failure reason can be the above reason value. Because the user fails to access, the CU can further send the UE CONTEXT RELEASE COMMAND to the DU through the F1 interface to release the resources that have been configured for the user equipment at the DU, such as SRB and DRB resources.
  • the release reason can be included in the UE CONTEXT RELEASE COMMAND, and the release reason can be the above reason value.
  • the CU and DU may further send an RRC release message to the user equipment to instruct the user equipment to release the configured air interface resources.
  • the RRC release message may include a release cause value, and the release cause may be the above cause value.
  • SNPN not supported can also be invalid NID (invalid NID), invalid PLMN (invalid PLMN), NID not supported by the CU (NID not served by the gNB-CU), PLMN not supported Supported by CU (PLMN not served by the gNB-CU), or replaced by a combination of the above two or more elements.
  • PNI-NPN not supported can also be invalid CAG ID (invalid CAG ID), invalid PLMN (invalid PLMN), CAG not supported by the CU (CAG not served by the gNB-CU), PLMN Not supported by CU (PLMN not served by the gNB-CU), or a combination of the above two or more elements.
  • Invalid NID can also be NID not supported by the CU (NID not served by the gNB-CU), invalid PLMN (invalid PLMN), PLMN not supported by CU (PLMN not served by the gNB-CU), Or a combination of two or more of the above elements is substituted.
  • Invalid CAG ID can also be CAG not served by the gNB-CU, invalid PLMN (invalid PLMN), PLMN not supported by the gNB-CU (PLMN not served by the gNB-CU) ), or a combination of two or more of the above elements.
  • the second signaling includes the NPN network identifier, which is used by the CU to indicate the auxiliary configuration parameters of the NPN network to the DU, and the auxiliary configuration parameters are used to assist the DU to configure the supported NPN network Related parameters, for example, the CU sends a Network access rate reduction signaling to the DU.
  • the signaling includes the NPN network identity to assist the DU in configuring the UAC parameters of the NPN network cell under it.
  • the NPN network identity can be PLMN ID, NID, CAG ID, PLMN ID and NID, PLMN ID and CAG ID, SNPN ID, PNI-NPN ID, etc.
  • NID, CAG ID, SNPN ID, or PNI-NPN ID can be added to UAC assistance information (UAC assistance information) as parameters of the same level as PLMN ID to assist the DU in configuring NPN network parameters, or the added NID, CAG ID, SNPN ID, or PNI-NPN ID, etc. can be at the same level as other parameters in UACassistance information, such as UAC reduction indication (UAC reduction indication), UAC action (UAC action), access category (access category), or access identification (access identity) is equivalent, or is included in the above parameters to further refine restrictions on the NPN network, for example, define a new access category or access identifier based on NID, CAG ID, SNPN ID, or PNI-NPN ID, etc. (access identity) etc.
  • UAC reduction indication UAC reduction indication
  • UAC action UAC action
  • access category access category
  • access identification access identity
  • the second signaling is F1 interface setup response (F1 setup response) signaling
  • the second signaling is DU configuration update response signaling
  • the second signaling is CU configuration update request signaling
  • the second signaling is F1 interface establishment failure (F1 setup failure) signaling
  • the second signaling is DU configuration update failure signaling
  • the second signaling is signaling for reducing network access rate.
  • the second signaling is information of a network to which the CU can support access
  • the information of the network to which the CU can support access includes a network identifier of the network to which the CU can support access.
  • it includes the aforementioned PLMN ID, NID, and Cell ID.
  • the second signaling is F1 setup response signaling; optionally, when the above first signaling is DU configuration update signaling In this case, the second signaling is DU configuration update response signaling.
  • the DU sends the first signaling to the CU.
  • the signaling includes the NPN network identification list, and the NPN network identification of the NPN network identification list to indicate the NPN network supported by the DU.
  • the NPN network identification may be PLMN ID , NID, CAG ID, PLMN ID and NID, PLMN ID and CAG ID, SNPN ID, PNI-NPN ID, etc.
  • each CAG ID may correspond to a user-readable network name (human-readable network name)
  • each NID may correspond to a user-readable network name (human-readable network name).
  • the user-readable network name can facilitate the user to manually select the NPN network.
  • the first signaling can also carry the user-readable network name corresponding to each CAG ID, or the user-readable network name corresponding to each NID, so that the name of the NPN network can be displayed to the user on the terminal device, which is convenient The user manually selects the corresponding NPN network.
  • the CU sends the second signaling to the DU.
  • the signaling includes the NPN network identification list, the NPN network identification of the NPN network identification list to indicate the NPN network supported by the CU or the NPN network supported by the CU and the DU.
  • the NPN network identification can be For the above logo.
  • the second signaling may also include the user-readable network name corresponding to each CAG ID, or the user-readable network name corresponding to each NID, so as to display the name of the NPN network on the terminal device To the user, it is convenient for the user to manually select the corresponding NPN network.
  • the information included in the above-mentioned first signaling and second signaling is also applicable to the process of NG interface, Xn interface establishment and network node configuration update, and the specific applicable interface is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the Uu interface, F1 interface, E1 interface, NG interface, Xn interface and other interfaces respectively corresponding to the initial access of the user equipment, the establishment of the user equipment context, the modification of the user equipment context, or the user equipment handover process, which is specifically applicable
  • the process of this application is not specifically limited.
  • the first signaling can be used not only to inform the CU of the NPN network supported by the DU, but also to inform the CU of the NPN network supported by the DU adjacent to the DU.
  • the second signaling can not only inform the DU of the NPN network supported by the CU or the RAN, but also can be used to inform the DU of the NPN network supported by the CU adjacent to the CU or the RAN adjacent to the RAN.
  • the first CU or the first RAN establishes a request process (Xn setup request) or an update request process (NG-RAN) through the Xn interface supported by the NPN network supported by the first CU or its neighboring CU or its neighboring RAN. node configuration update request) inform the second CU.
  • the NPN network may be PLMN ID, and/or CAG ID and/or CAG ID corresponding to a user-readable network name, or PLMN ID, and/or NID and/or NID corresponding to a user-readable network name To identify.
  • the second CU informs the DU of the above information through the F1 interface establishment response signaling (F1 setup response), and the DU uses broadcast or RRC information to notify the DU, the DU adjacent to the DU, or the RAN adjacent to the DU to support the NPN
  • the network identification of the informing terminal equipment so that the terminal equipment can perform automatic network selection and access, manual network selection and access, etc.
  • the target CU or target RAN can confirm the network identification of the NPN supported by the target CU, the target RAN, the neighboring CU of the target CU, or the neighboring RAN of the target RAN through the handover request through the NG interface.
  • the process informs the core network equipment AMF, and the AMF sends the above network identification to the source CU or source RAN through the handover command process (hanover command) of the NG interface, and the source CU sends the above network identification through the user context modification process (UE context modification) is sent to the DU, and the source DU or source RAN sends the above network identification to the terminal device through broadcast or RRC reconfiguration signaling (RRC reconfiguration), so that the terminal device can perform automatic network selection and access, manual network selection and Access, automatic switching and manual switching, etc.
  • RRC reconfiguration RRC reconfiguration signaling
  • the target CU or target RAN can confirm the network identification of the NPN supported by the target CU, the target RAN, the neighboring CU of the target CU, or the neighboring RAN of the target RAN through the handover request through the Xn interface.
  • the process informs the source CU or source RAN, the source CU sends the above-mentioned network identifier to the DU through the user context modification request process (UE context modification request), and the source DU or source RAN then broadcasts or RRC reconfiguration signaling ( RRC reconfiguration) sends the above network identification to the terminal device so that the terminal device can perform automatic network selection and access, manual network selection and access, automatic switching and manual switching, etc.
  • the target DU can use the F1 interface to modify the network identity of the NPN supported by the target DU, the DU adjacent to the target DU, or the RAN adjacent to the target DU through the user context modification response process (UE context).
  • modification response Notify the source CU, the source CU sends the above network identification to the source DU through the user context modification request process (UE context modification request), and the source DU sends the above network identification through broadcast or RRC reconfiguration signaling (RRC reconfiguration) Provide terminal equipment so that the terminal equipment can perform automatic network selection and access, manual network selection and access, automatic switching and manual switching, etc.
  • the DU and CU interact with the networks supported by each.
  • the cell identities corresponding to the first SNPN to the fourth NPN are the first cell ID to the fourth cell ID
  • the network identities corresponding to the first SNPN to the fourth NPN are the first PLMN ID and the first NID to the fourth PLMN. ID, the fourth NID.
  • the foregoing first signaling may include the content shown in Table 8:
  • the foregoing second signaling may include the content shown in Table 9:
  • the foregoing second signaling may include the content shown in Table 10:
  • the number of CUs may be multiple, for example, the access device includes one DU and two CUs.
  • the above-mentioned second signaling includes second signaling #1 and second signaling #2, which are sent to the DU by the first CU and the second CU, respectively.
  • the second signaling #1 and the second signaling #2 may be The form is similar to the above-mentioned second signaling, which will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the execution subject in this flowchart includes CU-CP and CU-UP.
  • the communication method includes the following steps.
  • S1210 The CU-UP sends the third signaling to the CU-CP.
  • CU-CP receives the third signaling from CU-UP.
  • the third signaling may be used to indicate the network to which the CU-UP can support access.
  • Transmission ID Transmission identification
  • gNB-CU-UP ID gNB-CU-UP ID
  • CU-UP logo indicates a CU-UP
  • gNB-CU-UP name gNB-CU-UP name
  • CU-UP name indicates a certain CU-UP
  • Supported core network CN support
  • PLMN supported PLMNs
  • PLMN identity PLMN logo
  • Slice support list Indicates the list of supported slices >NR cell global identification list (NR CGI support list)
  • the cell global identity is used to identify the cell >QoS parameter list (QoS parameters support list)
  • QoS related parameters >Supported NPN network list (NPN support list) NPN network supported by each PLMN gNB-CU-UP capacity (gNB-CU-UP capacity)
  • NPN support list NPN network supported by each PLMN gNB-CU-UP capacity
  • the network supported by the CU-UP for access includes the PLMN
  • the third signaling includes the PLMN identity
  • the networks supported by CU-UP include the first PLMN to the third PLMN
  • the identities of the first PLMN to the third PLMN are respectively the first PLMN ID to the third PLMN ID
  • the third signaling includes the first PLMN ID ⁇ the third PLMN ID.
  • the network supported by the CU-UP for access includes PNI-NPN
  • the third signaling includes the PNI-NPN identifier.
  • the networks supported by CU-UP include the first PNI-NPN to the third PNI-NPN, and the identities of the first PNI-NPN to the third PNI-NPN are the first PLMN ID, the first CAG ID, and the first PNI-NPN.
  • Cell ID to third PLMN ID, third CAG ID, third cell ID, the third signaling includes the first PLMN ID, the first CAG ID, the first cell ID to the third PLMN ID, the third CAG ID, The third cell ID.
  • the network supported by the CU-UP includes SNPN
  • the third signaling includes the SNPN identifier.
  • the networks supported by CU-UP include the first SNPN to the third NPN, and the identities of the first SNPN to the third NPN are the first PLMN ID, the first NID, the first cell ID to the third PLMN ID, and the Three NID and third cell ID
  • the third signaling includes the first PLMN ID, the first NID, the first cell ID to the third PLMN ID, the third NID, and the third cell ID.
  • CU-UP sends a third signaling to the CU-CP, the signaling includes the NPN network identification list, and the NPN network identification of the NPN network identification list to indicate the CU-UP
  • the supported NPN network for example, the NPN network identifier can be PLMN ID, NID, CAG ID, PLMN ID and NID, PLMN ID and CAG ID, SNPN ID, PNI-NPN ID, etc.
  • CU-CP sends fourth signaling to CU-UP.
  • the signaling includes the NPN network identification list, and the NPN network identification of the NPN network identification list to indicate the NPN network supported by the CU-CP or CU-CP and CU-UP
  • the NPN network identifier may be the above identifier.
  • the third signaling is E1 interface setup request (E1 setup request) signaling;
  • the third signaling is CU-UP configuration update request signaling.
  • the CU-UP configuration update request signaling is used to instruct to update the network that the CU-UP can support access to.
  • the CU-UP -The CP has received the above-mentioned E1 interface establishment request signaling before receiving the CU-UP configuration update request signaling, and learned about the network that CU-UP can support access, and after receiving the CU-UP configuration update request signaling update The learned CU-UP can support the connected network.
  • CU-UP sends an E1 interface establishment request to CU-CP to notify CU-UP that the networks that the CU-UP can support access include the first network, the second network, and the third network; after a period of time, the CU-UP It is determined that the network that it can support access includes the first network, the second network and the fourth network, that is, the CU-UP sends the CU-UP configuration update request signaling to the CU-CP to notify the CU-CP that the CU-UP can support the access
  • the incoming network includes the first network, the second network, and the fourth network, or the CU-UP configuration update request signaling informs the CU-CP that the CU-UP cannot support access to the third network, and the fourth network is added.
  • the internet includes the first network, the second network, and the fourth network, or the CU-UP configuration update request signaling informs the CU-CP that the CU-UP cannot support access to the third network, and the fourth network is added.
  • the third signaling is CU-CP configuration update response signaling.
  • S1220 The CU-CP sends the fourth signaling to the CU-UP.
  • CU-UP receives the fourth signaling from CU-CP.
  • the fourth signaling is used to indicate the network to which the CU-CP and the CU-UP can jointly support access.
  • the network that CU-UP can support access includes the first PLMN corresponding to the first PLMN ID, and the first PLMN ID, the first NID, and the first cell ID corresponding to the The first SNPN of the CU-CP; and the network supported by the CU-CP includes the first PLMN ID, the first NID, and the first SNPN corresponding to the first Cell ID, and the second signaling includes the identification of the first SNPN, the first PLMN ID, The first NID and the first Cell ID indicate that the network that the CU-CP and CU-UP can jointly support access is the first SNPN.
  • the fourth signaling is used to indicate the network to which the CU-CP can support access.
  • the second signaling includes the PLMN identification; and/or, if the network supported by CU-CP includes PNI-NPN, the second signaling includes PNI-NPN. Identification; and/or, if the network supported by the CU-CP includes SNPN, the second signaling includes the identification of SNPN.
  • the fourth signaling is used to indicate that the CU-CP fails to respond to the above-mentioned third signaling.
  • CU-CP and CU-UP do not jointly support access to the network, and the CU-CP The response to the third signaling sent by the CU-UP failed and includes the reason for the response failure.
  • CAG ID and NID involved in Table 13 are as shown in Table 12 above, and will not be repeated here.
  • CU-CP After CU-CP receives the above-mentioned third signaling, it learns that the network that CU-UP can support access includes the first PLMN corresponding to the first PLMN ID, and the first PLMN ID, the first NID, and the first cell ID corresponding to the If the network supported by CU-CP for access includes the second PLMN ID, the second NID, and the second SNPN corresponding to the second Cell ID, the CU-CP determines that CU-CP and CU-UP do not support access together In the connected network, the CU-CP sends the fourth signaling to indicate that the CU-CP and the CU-UP do not jointly support the access network.
  • the fourth signaling may include the reason for the failure of the CU-CP in response to the third signaling sent by the DU.
  • the failure reason may be the first A PLMN ID and first NID indicates that the CU-CP does not support (not supported) the first PLMN ID and the first NID.
  • the fourth signaling is used to instruct the CU-CP to notify the CU-UP to establish a bearer context for the corresponding UE.
  • the CU-CP sends bearer context request signaling to the CU-UP.
  • the order includes the aforementioned network identification information.
  • the manifestation of the network identification in the bearer context request signaling includes the forms shown in Table 14:
  • the CU-CP sends the fourth signaling to the CU-UP, which can also be used to notify that the CU-UP interface establishment or configuration update fails due to an error.
  • the failure reason can be that the CAG ID is not blocked.
  • CAG ID(s) not supported NID is not supported (NID(s) not supported), PNI-NPN is not supported (PNI-NPN(s) not supported), invalid CAG ID (invalid CAG ID( s)), invalid NID (invalid NID(s)), invalid SNPN (invalid SNPN), invalid PNI-NPN (invalid PNI-NPN), or CAG access only (CAG access only), etc., which indicate The CAG ID, NID, SNPN network, or PNI-NPN network provided by CU-UP is not supported by CU-CP.
  • CU-CP and CU-UP do not have a CAG or SNPN network that they support, so the interface establishment fails, CU- UP configuration update failed, or CU-CP configuration update failed.
  • the reason value is also applicable to the process of NG interface, Xn interface establishment and network node configuration update, and the applicable interface is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the reason value is also applicable to the user equipment initial access failure on the Uu interface, F1 interface, E1 interface, NG interface, Xn interface and other interfaces, failure to establish user equipment context, failure to modify user equipment context, or user equipment switching Failure and other processes, the application process is not specifically restricted in this application.
  • the fourth signaling is E1 interface setup response (E1 setup response) signaling
  • the fourth signaling is CU-UP configuration update response signaling
  • the fourth signaling is CU-CP configuration update request signaling
  • the fourth signaling is E1 interface setup failure (E1 setup failure) signaling
  • the fourth signaling is CU-UP configuration update failure signaling.
  • the fourth signaling is E1 setup response signaling; optionally, when the foregoing third signaling is CU-UP configuration update information In the case of command, the fourth signaling is CU-UP configuration update response signaling.
  • CU-UP supports SNPN (first SNPN ⁇ third NPN)
  • CU-CP supports SNPN (first SNPN, second SNPN, and fourth NPN) as an example, the interaction between CU-UP and CU-CP Each supported network.
  • the cell IDs corresponding to the first SNPN to the fourth NPN are cell ID#1 to the fourth cell ID
  • the network IDs corresponding to the first SNPN to the fourth NPN are the first PLMN ID and the first NID to the fourth PLMN. ID, the fourth NID.
  • the third signaling may include the content shown in Table 15:
  • the fourth signaling may include the content shown in Table 16:
  • the foregoing fourth signaling may include the content shown in Table 17:
  • the access device shown in Figs. 8-10 may be an access network device, which can simultaneously support user equipment to access the aforementioned first network and second network, for example, A PLMN cell and an SNPN cell are configured in the access network device, a PLMN cell and a PNI-NPN cell are configured in the access network device, or a PNI-NPN cell and an SNPN cell are configured in the access network device. That is, the user equipment can access two different networks via the one access network device.
  • the access device shown in FIGS. 8-10 may include DU and CU.
  • the DU can perform the aforementioned function of the access device sending signaling to the user equipment, and the CU is used to receive the signaling of the first core network device and the signaling of the second core network device, and send the signaling to the The DU sends the fourth message.
  • the DU is connected to two different CUs, and the two different CUs are respectively connected to the above-mentioned first network and the second network.
  • the DU is connected to the first CU and the second CU, where the first CU supports user equipment accessing PLMN cells, the second CU supports user equipment accessing SNPN cells, or, the first CU supports user equipment accessing PLMN cells, and the second CU supports user equipment accessing PNI-NPN cells, or, the first The CU supports the user equipment to access the SNPN cell, and the second CU supports the user equipment to access the PNI-NPN cell.
  • the CU is used to forward the signaling between the DU and the core network device, such as the aforementioned S910.
  • the second core network device sends the second core network device to the second For the first paging message sent by the CU, the second CU forwards the first paging message to the DU; for example, the above-mentioned S920 can be understood as the first core when the access device includes a DU and two CUs For the second paging message sent by the network device to the first CU, the first CU forwards the second paging message to the DU.
  • the DU and the two CUs need to interact with networks that each support access.
  • FIG. 11 and Figure 12 details are not repeated here.
  • the following is an example with reference to Fig. 13 to illustrate when the access device in Fig. 8-10 includes CU and DU, and the signaling interaction shown in Fig. 11 and Fig. 12 is performed between the CU and DU, and it is learned that the other party can support access
  • the network how to implement the user equipment to respond to different network paging.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of another paging method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the execution body includes a first user plane function network element, a first core network device, a second user plane function network element, a second core network device, a first CU, a second CU, a DU, and user equipment.
  • the foregoing first user plane function network element, first core network device, first CU, and DU may be collectively referred to as network devices
  • the foregoing second user plane function network element, second core network device, and first The two CU and DU can also be collectively referred to as network equipment.
  • the user equipment is in the RRC-idle state in the first network and the second network
  • the DU is shared by the first CU and the second CU
  • the DU is configured with a cell in the first network and a cell in the second network.
  • the paging method includes the following steps.
  • the second core network device sends a first paging message to the second CU.
  • the second CU receives the first paging message from the second core network device.
  • the second CU sends the first paging message to the DU.
  • the DU receives the first paging message from the second CU.
  • the first paging message is similar to the first paging message in S910 in FIG. 9, and will not be repeated here.
  • the first core network device sends a second paging message to the first CU.
  • the first CU receives the second paging message from the first core network device.
  • the first CU sends a second paging message to the DU.
  • the DU receives the second paging message from the first CU.
  • the second paging message is similar to the second paging message in S920 in FIG. 9, and will not be repeated here.
  • the sending of the first paging message by the first CU to the DU may be regarded as a specific form of the foregoing fourth message.
  • the fourth message is used for the first network to page the user equipment.
  • the second paging message sent by the second CU to the DU may also be regarded as another specific form of the foregoing fourth message.
  • the fourth message is used for the second network to page the user equipment.
  • the above-mentioned first paging message and the second paging message are paging messages sent by the same core network device.
  • the second CU sending the first paging message to the DU and the second CU sending the second paging message to the DU can be regarded as another specific form of the fourth message mentioned above, and the fourth message is used to indicate the first paging message.
  • the second network and the first network page the user equipment.
  • the fourth message When the fourth message is used to instruct the second network and the first network to page the user equipment, the fourth message includes at least one of the second identity of the user equipment, the identity of the second network, or the identity of the second cell, And at least one of the following information: the first identity of the user equipment, the identity of the first network, or the identity of the first cell.
  • the first identification of the user equipment is used to indicate the identification of the user equipment in the first network
  • the identification of the first network is used to indicate the first network that the user equipment needs to access
  • the identification of the first cell is used to indicate the identification of the user equipment The cell in the first network accessed.
  • network identification includes: PLMN ID, NID, CAG ID, PLMN ID and NID, PLMN ID and CAG ID, SNPN ID, PNI-NPN ID, etc.
  • the reason why the first core network device sends the second paging message to the first CU may be that the first user plane function network element receives data from the user equipment. That is, the method flow shown in FIG. 13 also includes S1302, the first user plane The functional network element receives the first data.
  • the reason why the second core network device sends the first paging message to the second CU may be that the second user plane function network element receives data from the user equipment. That is, the method flow shown in FIG. 13 also includes S1301. Second, the user plane function network element receives the second data.
  • the first core network device and the second core network device are the same core network device, the first user plane function network element and the second user plane function network element It is the same user plane function network element, that is, the user plane function network element receives the above-mentioned first data and second data at the same time, and the first data and the second data belong to different networks.
  • the DU needs to page the user equipment after receiving the above-mentioned first paging message and the second paging message, that is, the method flow shown in FIG. 13 further includes S1340: the DU sends a fourth paging message to the user equipment. The user equipment receives the fourth paging message from the DU. S1341: The DU sends a fifth paging message to the user equipment. The user equipment receives the fifth paging message from the DU.
  • the fourth paging message is similar to the fourth paging message shown in FIG. 10
  • the fifth paging message is similar to the fifth paging message shown in FIG. 10, and will not be repeated here.
  • the foregoing fourth paging message and fifth paging message may be two paging messages.
  • the first identification of the user equipment and the second identification of the user equipment included in the first paging message and the second paging message may be different, and the DU cannot be based on the inclusion of the first paging message and the second paging message. If the first identifier of the user equipment and the second identifier of the user equipment learn that the first network and the second network page the same user equipment, the DU sends the above-mentioned fourth paging message and fifth paging message respectively.
  • the user equipment responds to the aforementioned fourth paging message or fifth paging message to access the corresponding cell.
  • the user equipment first responds to the fifth paging message to access the first network as an example for description. That is, the method flow shown in FIG. 13 also includes S1350, and the user equipment determines the access Enter the fourth cell in the first network. In addition, the user equipment learns that the third cell in the second network is also paging the user equipment based on the foregoing fifth paging message. Specifically, after the user equipment determines to access the above-mentioned first network, it sends the information of selecting the fourth cell in the first network to be accessed to the DU. That is, the method flow shown in FIG. 13 also includes S1360, and the user equipment sends a second response message to the DU. The second response message includes information about the fourth cell and information about the third cell in the second network. For an NPN network, the fourth cell information includes: PLMN ID, CAG ID, or NID.
  • the user equipment determines to access the fourth cell in the first network, and the DU needs to notify a CU in the first network of the information of the cell that the user equipment selects to access, as shown in FIG. 13
  • the paging method further includes S1370.
  • the DU sends a third response message to the first CU.
  • the third response message is a message including information about the fourth cell.
  • the fourth cell information includes: PLMN ID, CAG ID, or NID.
  • the paging method shown in FIG. 13 further includes S1380.
  • the first CU sends an initial user message to the first core network device, for example, uplink RRC message transfer (uplink RRC message transfer) information.
  • uplink RRC message transfer uplink RRC message transfer
  • the initial user message is used to notify the first core network device that the user equipment that needs to be paged has been found.
  • the initial user message includes the cell identity of the fourth cell, and the network identity, access network device identity, Or tracking area code.
  • the network identification includes: PLMN ID, CAG ID, or NID.
  • the initial user message also includes a PDU session ID, and the user equipment requests to configure the PDU session resource of the fourth cell in the first network to carry the PDU session of the third cell in the second network.
  • the first core network device After the first core network device learns that the user equipment has successfully paged, it configures the user equipment with the bearer resources for accessing the fourth cell according to the procedure specified in the current protocol, which is not repeated here.
  • processing the paging of the second network includes the following possible ways:
  • the DU When the user equipment first accesses the fourth cell, the DU is based on the network supported by the first CU and the second CU, and the third cell information in the second response message reported by the user equipment. The paging of the second CU. Therefore, an uplink RRC message transfer (uplink RRC message transfer) is sent to the second CU.
  • uplink RRC message transfer uplink RRC message transfer
  • the second CU sends an initial user message to the second core network device, including the cell identity of the third cell where the user equipment is located and the identity of the second network.
  • the second CU and the second core network device configure session resources for the user equipment.
  • the second CU and DU interact on the F1 interface to configure bearer resources for the user equipment.
  • the second CU sends the RRC establishment and RRC reconfiguration information to the user equipment in the third cell where the user equipment is located through the DU.
  • the paging method shown in Figure 13 further includes the following steps:
  • S1381 The DU sends an uplink RRC message transfer (uplink RRC message transfer) to the second CU.
  • the first CU and the first core network device initiate an initial user context setup request (Initial UE context setup request).
  • the user's initial context signaling includes network identification, such as PLMN ID, CAG ID, or NID.
  • the DU and the second CU exchange user equipment through information such as user context establishment, uplink RRC message transfer (uplink RRC message transfer), downlink RRC message transfer (dplink RRC message transfer), and user context setup request (UE context setup request). Configuration parameters.
  • the above information may include: PLMN ID, CAG ID, or NID.
  • the DU When the user equipment first accesses the fourth cell, the DU is based on the network supported by the first CU and the second CU, and the third cell information in the second response message reported by the user equipment. The paging of the second CU. Therefore, an uplink RRC message transfer (uplink RRC message transfer) is sent to the second CU.
  • uplink RRC message transfer uplink RRC message transfer
  • the second CU sends an initial user message to the second core network device, including the cell identity of the third cell where the user equipment is located and the identity of the second network.
  • the second CU and the second core network device configure session resources for the user equipment.
  • the second CU sends the bearer resource information of the third cell configured for the user equipment to the first CU through RRC transfer signaling or other newly defined signaling (such as UE context transfer) on the Xn interface, and includes the identity of the third cell And the identity of the second network to inform the information of the third cell corresponding to the bearer configuration information transmitted by the first CU, or include indication information to indicate that the identity of the included third cell is a cell of the second network, Or, cause information is included to indicate that the reason for the signaling is to configure the user equipment in the second network cell through the first network.
  • the first CU sends downlink RRC message transfer (DL RRC message transfer) information to the DU, and forwards the information of the third cell to the DU.
  • DL RRC message transfer downlink RRC message transfer
  • the above information may include: PLMN ID, CAG ID, or NID.
  • the DU sends RRC establishment and RRC reconfiguration information to the user equipment through the SRB bearer of the established fourth cell.
  • the information includes the identity of the third cell and the identity of the second network to inform the user equipment that the bearer configuration information transmitted corresponds to Of the cell.
  • the user equipment is configured based on the bearer configuration information, and then can randomly access the third cell, and receives data based on the configured bearer information of the third cell.
  • the paging method shown in FIG. 13 further includes the following steps:
  • the DU sends an uplink RRC message delivery to the second CU.
  • the second CU sends an initial user message (Initial UE message) to the second core network device.
  • S1393 The second CU and the second core network device initiate an initial user context setup request (Initial UE context setup request).
  • the configuration parameters of the user equipment are exchanged between the DU and the second CU through user context establishment, uplink RRC message transfer (uplink RRC message transfer), and downlink RRC message transfer (dplink RRC message transfer).
  • the above information may include: PLMN ID, CAG ID, or NID.
  • the second CU sends the information of the third cell to the first CU.
  • the cell information includes: PLMN ID, CAG ID, or NID.
  • S1396 The first CU sends the information of the third cell to the DU.
  • the user equipment requests to establish a session of the fourth cell to bear the session of the third cell.
  • the first core network device sends an initial Context Setup Request/PDU Session Resource Setup message to the first CU, informing the first CU to configure the corresponding fourth cell bearer resource for the user equipment (bearer is PDU Session ID, QFI), and inform the corresponding bearer type Type, usage, or reason (for example, including SNPN, NID, CAG ID, PLMNforSNPN, or PLMNforNPN string to identify that the bearer configured in this fourth cell is for transmitting SNPN data).
  • the first CU and DU exchange SRB and DRB bearer configuration resource information with each other, and include the type, purpose, and reason for configuring the corresponding bearer (for example, including SNPN, NID, CAG ID, PLMNforSNPN, or PLMNforNPN string to identify the fourth cell
  • the configured bearer is to transmit SNPN data).
  • the first CU sends RRC setup and RRC reconfiguration information through the DU to inform the user equipment of the corresponding bearer configuration parameters, including the type, purpose, and reason for configuring the corresponding bearer (for example, including SNPN, NID, CAG ID, PLMNforSNPN, or PLMNforNPN string Identifies that the bearer configured in this fourth cell is for transmitting SNPN data).
  • the bearer configuration of the fourth cell is completed to subsequently bear the session of the third cell. For example, an IPSec tunnel is established on the resources of the fourth cell to transmit the session data of the third cell.
  • the paging method shown in FIG. 13 further includes the following steps:
  • the DU sends an initial user context setup request (Initial UE context setup request) to the first CU.
  • the first CU sends a session resource modification indication (PDU session resource modify indication) to the first core network device.
  • PDU session resource modify indication PDU session resource modify indication
  • S1305 The first CU and DU initiate downlink RRC message transfer (dplink RRC message transfer).
  • the paging method provided in the embodiment of this application is applied in a non-share-RAN scenario (that is, for the first network and the second network, there are a first RAN and a second RAN, and the first RAN and There is an Xn interface between the second RAN).
  • the user equipment After the user equipment receives the paging of the two RANs, it will choose to respond to one of the pagings. After accessing the corresponding cell, the user equipment will notify the paging cell information of the other network.
  • the RAN where the accessed cell is located pre-configures the user equipment with the corresponding SRB, DRB and other resources of the unconnected cell; or, if one RAN has not received a paging response, the other RAN can take the initiative to
  • the neighboring RAN seeks assistance in paging through the Xn interface, and sends relevant information about the user equipment to be paged to the neighboring RAN.
  • the size of the sequence numbers of the foregoing processes does not imply the order of execution, and the execution order of the processes should be determined by their functions and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation on the implementation process of the embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of the paging apparatus 1400 proposed in this application.
  • the apparatus 1400 includes a receiver 1410 and a processor 1420.
  • the receiver 1410 is configured to receive a first message from an access device through a first network, where the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is at least paged by the second network, or the first message is used To indicate the resources in the first network used to transmit the data of the second network
  • the processor 1420 is configured to access the second network through the access apparatus, or the user equipment determines, based on the first message, a resource in the first network used to transmit data of the second network.
  • the apparatus 1400 completely corresponds to the terminal device in the method embodiment, and the apparatus 1400 may be the terminal device in the method embodiment, or a chip or functional module inside the terminal device in the method embodiment.
  • the corresponding unit of the apparatus 1400 is used to execute the corresponding steps executed by the terminal device in the method embodiments shown in FIGS. 8-13.
  • the receiver 1410 in the apparatus 1400 executes the steps received by the terminal device in the method embodiment. For example, perform step S820 in FIG. 8, receive the first message from the access device, and also perform step S850 in FIG. 8, receive the second message from the access device through the first network, and also perform the steps in FIG. 9 S940. Receive the fourth and/or fifth paging message from the access device, and further perform step S1030 in FIG. 10, receive the fourth paging message from the access device, and further perform step S1040 in FIG. 10, and receive The fifth paging message from the access device, step S1080 in FIG. 10 is also executed, the second message from the access device is received through the first network, and step S1340 in FIG. 13 is also executed to receive the first message from the access device. Four paging messages, step S1341 in FIG. 13 is also executed, and the fifth paging message from the access device is received.
  • the processor 420 executes steps implemented or processed inside the terminal device in the method embodiment. For example, step S821 in FIG. 8 is executed to determine to access the third cell, step S1050 in FIG. 10 is also executed, and step S1350 in FIG. 13 is also executed in response to the fifth paging message to determine to access the fourth cell.
  • the apparatus 1400 may further include a transmitter, which is used to perform the steps of the terminal device sending, for example, sending information to other devices.
  • the transmitter and the receiver 1410 can form a transceiver unit, and have the functions of receiving and transmitting at the same time.
  • the processor 1420 may be a processor.
  • the transmitter may be a transmitter
  • the receiver 1410 may be a receiver.
  • the receiver and transmitter can be integrated to form a transceiver.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 1500 applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device 1500 can be applied to the system shown in FIG. 1.
  • FIG. 15 only shows the main components of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device 1500 includes a processor (corresponding to the processor 1420 shown in FIG. 14), a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input/output device (corresponding to the receiver 1410 shown in FIG. 14).
  • the processor is used to control the antenna and the input and output devices to send and receive signals
  • the memory is used to store a computer program
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory to execute the corresponding process executed by the terminal device in the paging method proposed in this application And/or operation. I won't repeat them here.
  • FIG. 15 only shows a memory and a processor. In actual terminal devices, there may be multiple processors and memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a paging apparatus 1600 proposed in the present application.
  • the device 1600 includes a receiver 1610 and a transmitter 1620.
  • the receiver 1610 is configured to receive a first paging message from a second core network device, where the first paging message is used at least for the second network to page user equipment;
  • the transmitter 1620 is configured to send a first message to the user equipment through a first network, where the first message is used to indicate that the user equipment is at least paged by the second network, or the first message is used To indicate a resource in the first network for transmitting data of the second network.
  • the device 1600 completely corresponds to the access device in the method embodiment, and the device 1600 may be the access device in the method embodiment, or the chip or functional module inside the access device in the method embodiment.
  • the corresponding unit of the device 1600 is used to execute the corresponding steps performed by the access device in the method embodiments shown in FIGS. 8-13.
  • the receiver 1610 in the device 1600 executes the steps of the access device receiving in the method embodiment. For example, perform step S810 in FIG. 8 to receive the first paging message from the second core network device, and also perform step S823 in FIG. 8, receive the first response message sent by the user equipment, and also perform the steps in FIG. 9 S910.
  • the second response message sent by the device also executes step S1010 in FIG. 10 to receive the first paging message from the second core network device, and also executes step S1020 in FIG. 10 to receive the second response message sent by the first core network device.
  • step S950 in FIG. 10 is also executed to receive the first response message sent by the user equipment.
  • the transmitter 1620 in the device 1600 executes the steps sent by the access device in the method embodiment, for example, executes step S820 in FIG. 8 to send the first message to the user equipment, and also executes step S830 in FIG. 8 to send to the second core
  • the network device sends the information of the third cell, and also performs step S940 in FIG. 9 to send the fourth and/or fifth paging message to the user equipment, and also performs step S960 in FIG. 9 to send the second core network device to the second core network device.
  • step S1030 in FIG. 10 is also executed to send a fourth paging message to the user equipment
  • step S1040 in FIG. 10 is also executed to send a fifth paging message to the user equipment.
  • the device 1600 may further include a processor, configured to execute steps implemented or processed inside the access device.
  • the receiver 1610 and the transmitter 1620 can form a transceiver unit, and have both receiving and sending functions.
  • the processor may be a processor.
  • the transmitter 1620 may be a transmitter.
  • the receiver 1610 may be a receiver.
  • the receiver and transmitter can be integrated to form a transceiver.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of an access device 1700 applicable to an embodiment of the present application, which can be used to implement the function of the access device in the above-mentioned paging method. It can be a schematic structural diagram of an access device.
  • the access device 1700 may include CU, DU, and AAU.
  • the access device consists of one or more radio frequency units, such as remote radio unit (RRU) 1701 and For one or more baseband units (BBU):
  • RRU remote radio unit
  • BBU baseband units
  • the non-real-time part of the original BBU will be divided and redefined as CU, which is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services.
  • Part of the physical layer processing functions of the BBU are merged with the original RRU and passive antenna into AAU, and the remaining functions of the BBU are redefined as DU.
  • CU and DU are distinguished by the real-time nature of processing content, and AAU is a combination of RRU and antenna.
  • CU, DU, and AAU can be separated or co-located. Therefore, there will be multiple network deployment forms.
  • a possible deployment form is shown in Figure 17 and is consistent with traditional 4G access devices.
  • CU and DU share hardware deployment.
  • Figure 17 is just an example, and does not limit the scope of protection of this application.
  • the deployment form may also be DU deployment in a 5G BBU computer room, CU centralized deployment or DU centralized deployment, and CU higher-level centralized deployment.
  • the AAU 1701 that can implement the transceiver function is called a transceiver unit 1701, which corresponds to the receiver 1610 in FIG. 16.
  • the transceiver unit 1701 may also be called a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., and it may include at least one antenna 17011 and a radio frequency unit 17012.
  • the transceiver unit 1701 may include a receiver and a transmitter, the receiver may correspond to the receiver (or receiver, receiving circuit), and the transmitter may correspond to the transmitter (or transmitter, transmitting circuit).
  • the CU and DU 702 that can implement internal processing functions are called a processor 1702.
  • the processor 1702 may control the access device, etc., and may be called a controller.
  • the AAU 701, the CU and the DU 702 may be physically set together, or may be physically separated.
  • CU and DU can also perform signaling interaction, for example:
  • the CU may include a processor and a transceiver unit, where the processor is used to execute steps implemented or processed inside the CU.
  • the transceiver unit is used to perform the transceiver function of the CU, receive signaling sent by the core network device and/or DU, and send signaling to the core network device and/or DU. For example, perform step S1110 in Figure 11 to receive the first signaling sent by the DU; perform step S1120 in Figure 11 to send the second signaling to the DU; perform step S1210 in Figure 12 to receive the third signaling sent by the DU Order; perform step S1220 in Figure 12, send the fourth signaling to the DU.
  • the DU may include a processor and a transceiving unit, where the processor is used to execute steps implemented or processed inside the DU.
  • the transceiver unit is used to perform the transceiver function of the DU, receive signaling sent by the CU and/or user equipment, and send signaling to the CU and/or user equipment. For example, perform step S1110 in Figure 11 to send the first signaling to the CU; perform step S1120 in Figure 11 to receive the second signaling sent by the CU; perform step S1210 in Figure 12 to send the third signaling to the CU ; Perform step S1220 in Figure 12 to receive the fourth signaling sent by the DU.
  • the access device is not limited to the form shown in FIG. 17, and may also be in other forms: for example, including BBU and adaptive radio unit (ARU), or including BBU and active antenna unit (active antenna unit, AAU); it can also be customer premises equipment (CPE), or other forms, which are not limited by this application.
  • BBU and adaptive radio unit ARU
  • BBU and active antenna unit active antenna unit, AAU
  • CPE customer premises equipment
  • the access device 1700 shown in FIG. 17 can implement the access device functions involved in the method embodiments of FIGS. 8-13.
  • the operations and/or functions of each unit in the access device 1700 are respectively for implementing the corresponding process executed by the access device in the method embodiment of the present application. To avoid repetition, detailed description is omitted here.
  • the structure of the access device illustrated in FIG. 17 is only a possible form, and should not constitute any limitation in the embodiment of the present application. This application does not exclude the possibility of other types of access device structures that may appear in the future.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of the paging apparatus 1800 proposed in this application. As shown in FIG. 18, the apparatus 1800 includes a processor 1810 and a transmitter 1820.
  • the processor 1810 is configured to execute internal implementation or processing steps of the second core network device.
  • the transmitter 1820 is configured to send a first paging message to the access device, where the first paging message is used to indicate that the user equipment is at least paged by the second network.
  • the device 1800 completely corresponds to the second core network device in the method embodiment, and the device 1800 may be the second core network device in the method embodiment, or a chip or functional module inside the second core network device in the method embodiment.
  • the corresponding unit of the device 1800 is used to execute the corresponding steps performed by the access device in the method embodiments shown in FIGS. 8-13.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a second core network device 1900 applicable to an embodiment of the present application, which can be used to implement the function of the second core network device in the above-mentioned paging method.
  • the second core network device 1900 includes a processor 1910, a memory 1920, and a transceiver 1930.
  • the memory 1920 stores instructions or programs
  • the processor 1930 is configured to execute instructions or programs stored in the memory 1920.
  • the transceiver 1930 is used to execute the operations performed by the transmitter 1820 in the apparatus 1800 shown in FIG. 18.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes the aforementioned terminal equipment and an access device.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores instructions in the computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer executes the above-mentioned method shown in Figures 8-13. The various steps performed.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores instructions in the computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer executes the access method shown in Figures 8-13. The steps performed by the device.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product When the computer program product is run on a computer, the computer executes the steps performed by the terminal device in the method shown in FIGS. 8-13.
  • This application also provides a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product runs on a computer, the computer executes the steps performed by the access device in the method shown in FIGS. 8-13.
  • This application also provides a chip including a processor.
  • the processor is used to read and run the computer program stored in the memory to execute the corresponding operation and/or process executed by the terminal device in the paging method provided in this application.
  • the chip further includes a memory, the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire, and the processor is used to read and execute the computer program in the memory.
  • the chip further includes a communication interface, and the processor is connected to the communication interface.
  • the communication interface is used to receive data and/or information that needs to be processed, and the processor obtains the data and/or information from the communication interface, and processes the data and/or information.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit on the chip.
  • the processor may also be embodied as a processing circuit or a logic circuit.
  • This application also provides a chip including a processor.
  • the processor is used to read and run the computer program stored in the memory to execute the corresponding operation and/or process executed by the access device in the paging method provided in this application.
  • the chip further includes a memory, the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire, and the processor is used to read and execute the computer program in the memory.
  • the chip further includes a communication interface, and the processor is connected to the communication interface.
  • the communication interface is used to receive data and/or information that needs to be processed, and the processor obtains the data and/or information from the communication interface, and processes the data and/or information.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit on the chip.
  • the processor may also be embodied as a processing circuit or a logic circuit.
  • the aforementioned chip can also be replaced with a chip system, which will not be repeated here.
  • the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components can be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processor, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of this application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .
  • the term "and/or” in this application is only an association relationship describing the associated objects, indicating that there can be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, and both A and B exist. , There are three cases of B alone.
  • the character "/" in this text generally means that the associated objects before and after are in an "or” relationship; the term “at least one” in this application can mean “one” and "two or more", for example, A At least one of, B and C can mean: A alone exists, B alone exists, C exists alone, A and B exist alone, A and C exist simultaneously, C and B exist simultaneously, and A and B and C exist simultaneously, this Seven situations.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请提供了一种寻呼的方法和装置。该寻呼的方法可以应用在共享无线接入网(share radio access network，shared-RAN)的场景下，包括：用户设备通过第一网络接收接入装置发送指示用户设备至少接入第二网络，并且用户设备响应第二网络的寻呼，响应第二网络的寻呼包括经由第一网络的协助通过接入装置接入第二网络，或者经由第二网络通过接入装置接入第二网络。本申请实施例提供的寻呼的方法接入装置支持的两个不同的网络中的一个网络能够协助另一个网络寻呼用户设备。

Description

寻呼的方法和装置 技术领域
本申请涉及通信领域，并且更具体地，涉及一种寻呼的方法和装置。
背景技术
随着通信技术的发展提出共享无线接入网(share radio access network，shared-RAN)设备的概念，即用户设备可以通过一个shared-RAN接入到不同的网络、用户设备还可以通过双无线(dual radio)或者多用户身份识别卡(subscriber identity module，SIM)的方式接入到不同的网络。拥有双无线能力的用户设备，可以通过两个Uu接口接入到不同的网络，拥有多SIM卡的用户设备，可以通过不同SIM卡接入到不同的网络。不同的网络用不同的陆上公用移动通信网络(public land mobile network，PLMN)标识(identify，ID)进行标识，需要保障shared-RAN场景下不同的网络的正常寻呼。
发明内容
本申请提供一种寻呼的方法和装置，以期保障共享无线接入网场景下的正常寻呼。
第一方面，提供了一种寻呼的方法，包括：用户设备通过第一网络接收来自接入装置的第一消息，该第一消息用于指示用户设备至少被第二网络寻呼；用户设备通过接入装置接入第二网络。
本申请实施例提供的寻呼的方法，用户设备可以通过第一网络，接收指示用户设备至少被第二网络寻呼的第一消息，从而对第二网路的寻呼做出响应，通过接入装置接入第二网络，使得用户设备可以响应不同的网络的寻呼。具体地，第一网络协助第二网络进行寻呼，一方面能够使不能接收到第二网络寻呼信息的终端设备可以接收到第二网络的寻呼消息，另一方面第一网络协助第二网络进行控制面信令传输，实现了网络间控制面信令的负载均衡，同时避免第二网络因一直得不到终端设备的寻呼响应而一直发送寻呼消息，减少第二网络的信令风暴。可以保障共享无线接入网场景下的正常寻呼。
例如，在shared-RAN场景中，一个接入装置可以支持接入两个不同的网络。接入装置通过支持接入的两个网络中的一个网络向所述用户设备发送另一个网络的寻呼消息，使得用户设备在shared-RAN场景中可以响应不同的网络的寻呼
一种可能的实现方式，第一网络为独立非公网络(standalone non-public networks，SNPN)，第二网络为非独立非公网络(public network integrated NPN，PNI-NPN)或PLMN。
另一种可能的实现方式，第一网络为PNI-NPN，第二网络为SNPN或PLMN。
又一种可能的实现方式，第一网络为PLMN，第二网络为SNPN或PNI-NPN。
本申请涉及的“资源”可以理解为承载资源，用于承载用户面数据，和/或，用于承载信令面数据。
本申请中用户设备通过接入装置接入第二网络包括以下几种可能的情况：
情况一：第一消息用于指示所述用户设备被所述第二网络寻呼，如果，用户设备已 经接入第一网络，用户设备通过第一网络中的SRB接收来自接入装置的第一消息，或者，用户设备通过第一网络中的寻呼信息接收来自接入装置的第一消息，可以理解为用户设备已经接入的第一网络协助未接入的第二网络寻呼用户设备。
情况二：第一消息用于指示所述用户设备被所述第一网络和所述第二网络寻呼，可选地，用户设备先接入第一网络，再经由已经接入的第一网络的协助未接入第二网络寻呼用户设备。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，当该第一消息用于指示该用户设备被该第二网络寻呼时，该第一消息中包括以下信息中的至少一种：用户设备的第二标识、第二网络的标识或第二小区的标识，其中，该用户设备的第二标识用于指示用户设备在该第二网络中的标识，该第二网络的标识用于指示该用户设备需要接入的第二网络，该第二小区的标识用于指示供该用户设备通过所述接入装置接入的该第二网络中的小区。
基于上述技术方案，通过在第一消息中包括上述用户设备的第二标识、第二网络的标识或第二小区的标识中的至少一种，以协助终端设备解析出第二网络在寻呼该终端设备，并为终端设备接入到第二网络提供参考信息，以使终端设备尽快选择合适的小区并接入。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该第一消息用于指示该用户设备至少被该第二网络寻呼包括：该第一消息用于指示该用户设备被该第一网络和该第二网络寻呼；当该第一消息用于指示该用户设备通过所述接入装置接入该第一网络和该第二网络时，该第一消息中包括用户设备的第二标识、第二网络的标识或第二小区的标识中的至少一种，以及以下信息中的至少一种：用户设备的第一标识、第一网络的标识或第一小区的标识，其中，该用户设备的第一标识用于指示用户设备在该第一网络中的标识，该第一网络的标识用于指示该用户设备需要接入的第一网络，该第一小区的标识用于指示供该用户设备通过所述接入装置接入的该第一网络中的小区。
基于上述技术方案，通过在第一消息中包括上述用户设备的第二标识、第二网络的标识或第二小区的标识中的至少一种以及用户设备的第一标识、第一网络的标识或第一小区的标识中的至少一种，以协助终端设备解析出第一网络和第二网络在寻呼该终端设备，并为终端设备接入到第一网络和第二网络提供参考信息，以使终端设备尽快选择合适的小区并接入。
上述第一消息中包括的用户设备的第一标识可以是包括在用户设备的第一标识列表中，即用户设备在所述第一网络中的标识可以有多个，第一消息可以将该多个用户设备的第一标识作为用户设备的第一标识列表发送给用户设备，指示第一网络寻呼用户设备。同理，上述第一消息中包括的用户设备的第二标识可以是包括在用户设备的第二标识列表中，即用户设备在所述第二网络中的标识可以有多个，第一消息可以将该多个用户设备的第二标识作为用户设备的第二标识列表发送给用户设备，指示第二网络寻呼用户设备。
可选地，用户设备的第一标识可以是用户设备在第一网络中的第一5G S-临时移动用户标识(5G S-temporary mobile subscriber identity，5G-S-TMSI)、第一非激活态无线网络临时标识(inactive radio network temporary identity，I-RNTI)、第一全球唯一临时标识(globally unique temporary identity，GUTI)、第一用户隐藏标识(subscription concealed  identifier，SUCI)或第一临时移动用户标识(temporary mobile subscriber identity，TMSI)等。同理，用户设备的第二标识可以是用户设备在第二网络中的第二5G-S-TMSI、第二I-RNTI、第二GUTI、第二SUCI或第二TMSI等。其中，“第一”、“第二”只是表示用户设备在不同的网络中的标识，对本申请的保护范围不构成任何限定。
可选地，第一消息中包括用户设备的第二标识，指示用户设备在所述第二网络中的标识。如果用户设备通过所述接入装置接入第一网络之后，通过该第一消息接收到用户设备的第二标识，用户设备确定还需要通过接入装置接入第二网络。
第一消息中包括的用户设备的第二标识可以是包括在用户设备的第二标识列表中，即用户设备在所述第二网络中的标识可以有多个，第一消息可以将该多个用户设备的第二标识作为用户设备的第二标识列表发送给用户设备，指示第二网络寻呼用户设备。
可选地，第一消息中包括第二网络的标识，指示第二网络需要寻呼用户设备。
第一消息中包括的第二网络的标识可以是包括在第二网络的标识列表中，即第二网络的标识可以有多个，第一消息可以将该多个第二网络的标识作为第二网络的标识列表发送给用户设备，指示还有第二网络寻呼用户设备。
可选地，第一消息中包括的第二网络的标识可以是第二PLMN ID、第二网络标识(network identifier，NID)、第二封闭访问组(closed access group，CAG)ID、第二PLMN ID和第二NID、第二PLMN ID和CAG第二ID、第而PLMN ID和第二NID、或第二PLMN ID和第一CAG ID等。同理，第一网络的标识可以是第一PLMN ID、第一NID、第一CAG ID、第一PLMN ID和第一NID、或第一PLMN ID和第一CAG ID等。
可选地，第一消息中包括第二小区的标识，指示第二网络需要寻呼用户设备。
第二网络中可以有多个小区可以提供用户设备通过所述接入装置接入，即第一消息中包括的第二小区的标识可以有多个，第一消息可以将该多个第二小区的标识作为第二小区的标识列表发送给用户设备，指示第二网络中多个小区可以提供用户设备通过所述接入装置接入。
可选地，第二小区的标识可以是第二新无线(new radio，NR)、cell ID或第二小区全球标识(cell global identify，CGI)、第二CAG ID或第二NID。同理，第一小区的标识可以是第一NR cell ID、第一CGI、第一CAG ID或第一NID等。
当某个网路中仅包括一个小区的情况下，可以用该网络的标识作为该小区的标识。
可选地，第一消息中包括用户设备的第一标识，指示用户设备在所述第一网络中的标识。用户设备通过该第一消息所接收到用户设备的第一标识，确定需要接入第一网络。
第一消息中包括的用户设备的第一标识可以是包括在用户设备的第一标识列表中，即用户设备在所述第一网络中的标识可以有多个，第一消息可以将该多个用户设备的第一标识作为用户设备的第一标识列表发送给用户设备，指示第一网络寻呼用户设备。
可选地，第一消息中包括第一网络的标识，指示第一网络需要寻呼用户设备；
第一消息中包括的第一网络的标识可以是包括在第一网络的标识列表中，即第二网络的标识可以有多个，第一消息可以将该多个第一网络的标识作为第一网络的标识列表发送给用户设备，指示第一网络寻呼用户设备。
可选地，第一消息中包括第一小区的标识，指示第一网络中的小区可供用户设备通过接入装置接入。
第一网络中可以由多个小区可以提供用户设备通过接入装置接入，即第一消息中包括的第一小区的标识可以有多个，第一消息可以将该多个第一小区的标识作为第一小区的标识列表发送给用户设备，指示还有第一网络中多个小区可以提供用户设备通过接入装置接入。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，当该第一消息用于指示该用户设备被该第一网络和该第二网络寻呼时，该第一消息中还包括第一原因值和/或第二原因值，该第一原因值用于指示第一网络寻呼该用户设备的原因，该第二原因值用于指示第二网络寻呼该用户设备的原因；或者，当该第一消息用于指示该用户设备被该第二网络寻呼时，该第一消息中还包括该第二原因值。
本申请实施例提供的寻呼的方法，可以在第一消息中包括网络寻呼用户设备的原因，从而用户设备可以获知不同的网络发起寻呼的原因，可以协助用户设备快速定位寻呼消息发起的原因，分辨出寻呼场景，以便用户设备接下来快速做出合适的策略和动作。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，当该第一消息用于指示该用户设备被该第二网络寻呼时，该第一消息中还包括第一时长和/或第二时长，该第一时长用于标识在该第一时长内该用户设备通过接入装置接入该第一网络，该第二时长用于标识在该第二时长内该用户设备通过接入装置接入该第二网络；或者，当该第一消息用于指示该用户设备被该第二网络寻呼时，该第一消息中包括该第二时长。
本申请实施例提供的寻呼的方法，可以在第一消息中包括网络寻呼用户设备时希望用户设备做出响应的时长，从而用户设备可以获知哪些网络发起寻呼的需要尽快响应。终端设备可以在时间门限内继续接收其他网络的业务，待临近时间门限时再接入寻呼网络，保证用户业务的连续性。
第一时长的时长可以为协议规定的，或者，第一时长的时长可以为核心网侧规定的，或者，第一时长的时长可以为用户设备和核心网之间约定的，本申请对第一时长的具体长度并不限制。
例如，第一时长为10ms，即用户设备接收到寻呼消息之后，需要在10ms之内接入第一网络。
同理，第二时长的时长可以为协议规定的，或者，第二时长的时长可以为核心网侧规定的，或者，第二时长的时长可以为用户设备和核心网之间约定的，本申请对第二时长的具体长度并不限制。
例如，第二时长为20ms，即用户设备接收到寻呼消息之后，需要在20ms之内接入第二网络。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该用户设备已经接入该第一网络，该寻呼的方法还包括：该用户设备通过第一网络接收来自接入装置的第一消息包括：该用户设备通过第一网络中的信令无线承载SRB接收来自接入装置的第一消息，例如，通过第一网络中的无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)消息接收来自接入装置的第一消息；或者，该用户设备通过第一网络中的寻呼信息接收来自接入装置的第一消息，该第一消息用于指示该用户设备被该第二网络寻呼。
本申请实施例提供的寻呼的方法，在用户设备已经接入了第一网络的情况下，第一网络可以协助第二网络寻呼用户设备，使得处于连接态的用户设备能够响应其他网络的 寻呼。
可选地，用户设备已经接入第一网络可以理解为用户设备与上述的接入装置之间在第一网络中建立了RRC连接。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该寻呼的方法还包括：该用户设备向该接入装置发送第一响应消息。第一响应消息可以理解为对上述的第一消息做出的响应。该第一响应消息包括第三小区的信息，该第三小区为该用户设备确定接入的该第二网络中的小区。该用户设备通过第一网络接收该接入装置发送的第二消息，该第二消息中包括以下参数中的至少一种：用于支持该用户设备随机接入该第三小区的第一参数、指示该第三小区的资源的第二参数、指示经由该用户设备在该第二网络的上下文信息的第四参数、或指示该用户设备在该第二网络的安全和完整性保护信息的第五参数。
上述第一响应消息可以是无线资源控制重配置完成(radio resource control reconfiguration complete，RRC reconfiguration complete)消息；还可以是无线资源控制建立完成(radio resource control setup complete，RRC setup complete)消息；还可以是上行信息传递(uplink information transfer)消息；还可以是无线资源控制建立响应(radio resource control setup request，RRC setup request)消息；还可以是随机接入过程的消息1(message1，MSG1)消息，还可以是媒质接入控制(medium access control，MAC)层信令，例如包括MAC控制元素(control element，CE)；或者还可以是物理层信令，例如包括上行控制信息(uplinlink control information，UCI)等。
可选地，当上述的第一消息为RRC reconfiguration消息的情况下，第一响应消息可以为RRC reconfiguration complete消息；可选地，当上述的第一消息为RRC setup消息的情况下，第一响应消息可以为RRC setup complete消息；可选地，当上述的第一消息为寻呼消息的情况下，第一响应消息可以为响应该寻呼消息的uplinlink control information。
基于上述技术方案，用户设备响应第二网络的寻呼，选择接入的第二网络中的第三小区，并将第三小区的相关信息通知给接入装置，接入装置可以提供接入第三小区的相关参数，协助用户设备通过接入装置接入第三小区。
第四参数和第五参数，可以由第二网络配置，例如，由第三小区配置，第三小区将配置参数传输给第一网络，第一网络经第一小区再传输给用户设备；也可以直接由第一网络配置，例如，由第一网络中的小区配置的第一网络中的小区将已有的用户上下文参数、安全和完整性保护信息的参数发送给用户设备，即第二网络复用第一网络中用户的上下文参数、安全和完整性保护信息的参数。
用户设备通过第一网络接收该接入装置发送的第二消息可以理解为第二消息中包括的上述的参数经由第一网络传输给用户设备。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该第一消息包括以下参数中的至少一种：用于支持该用户设备随机接入第二小区的第六参数、指示该第二小区的资源的第七参数、指示该用户设备在该第二网络的上下文信息的第九参数、或指示该用户设备在该第二网络的安全和完整性保护信息的第十参数。
基于上述技术方案，接入装置可以为用户设备提供多个小区的相关参数，供用户设备选择接入。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，当第一消息用于指示用户设备被所 述第二网络寻呼时，该寻呼方法还包括：该用户设备通过第一网络接收该接入装置发送的第三消息，该第三消息用于指示该用户设备通过接入装置接入该第一网络，该第三消息中包括以下信息中的至少一种：用户设备的第一标识、第一网络的标识或第一小区的标识，其中，该用户设备的第一标识用于指示用户设备在该第一网络中的标识，该第一网络的标识用于指示该用户设备需要接入的第一网络，该第一小区的标识用于指示供该用户设备通过接入装置接入的该第一网络中的小区。
本申请实施例提供的寻呼的方法，第一网络和第二网络的寻呼可以分别由接入装置发送给用户设备，用户设备响应第一网络的寻呼之后，在第一网络的协助下响应第二网络的寻呼。
本申请实施例中用户设备包括已经接入第一网络中的用户设备可以理解为接入装置接收到第二核心网设备和第一核心网设备分别发送的第一寻呼消息和第二寻呼消息，但是用户设备先响应了第一寻呼消息，接入到第一网络中的小区。
当上述的第一网络和第二网络共享核心网的情况下，上述的第二核心网设备和第一核心网设备可以是同一个核心网设备。例如，第一网络为PNI-NPN，第二网络为PLMN，其中，PNI-NPN和PLMN共用核心网设备。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该寻呼方法还包括：该用户设备向该接入装置发送第二响应消息，该第二响应消息中包括第四小区的信息，该第四小区为该用户设备确定接入的该第一网络中的小区。
基于上述技术方案，用户设备可以向接入装置发送第二响应消息，用于响应第一网络的寻呼。可以理解为对上述的第三消息做出的响应。
第二响应消息可以是RRC reconfiguration complete消息，还可以是RRC setup complete消息，还可以是上行信息传递消息，还可以是随机接入过程的MSG1消息，还可以是MAC CE信息，还可以是UCI等。
可选地，当上述的第三消息为RRC reconfiguration消息的情况下，第二响应消息可以为RRC reconfiguration complete消息；可选地，当上述的第三消息为RRC setup消息的情况下，第二响应消息可以为RRC setup complete消息。
当用户设备通过接入装置接入第四小区之后，可以只在第四小区中检测寻呼消息，第二网络可以在第四小区中寻呼用户设备，能够节约用户设备的能耗。例如，接入设备可以在第四小区中发送RRC消息或者寻呼消息告知用户设备第二网络在寻呼该用户设备。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该第三消息还包括第一原因值，该第一原因值用于指示第一网络寻呼该用户设备的原因。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该第三消息还包括第一时长，该第一时长用于标识在该第一时长内该用户设备通过接入装置接入该第一网络。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该寻呼方法还包括：该用户设备向该接入装置发送该用户设备的第一标识和该用户设备的第二标识，该用户设备的第一标识用于指示用户设备在该第一网络中的标识，该用户设备的第二标识用于指示用户设备在该第二网络中的标识。
基于上述技术方案，用户设备可以将在不同网络中的标识通知给接入装置，使得接 入装置在接收到来自不同的网络的寻呼的时候，能够根据不同的用户设备的标识，确定不同的寻呼消息是在寻呼同一个用户设备。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该用户设备包括第一用户身份识别卡SIM和第二SIM，其中，该用户设备的第一标识用于指示该第一SIM在该第一网络中的标识，该用户设备的第二标识用于指示该第二SIM在该第二网络中的标识。
上述的用户设备可以为连接到接入装置下的用户设备，可以为处于双无线状态的用户设备，也可以为有多个SIM卡的用户设备。对于处于双无线状态的用户设备，用户设备可具有两个Uu接口，在每个Uu接口可配置一套SRB、DRB等资源，即用户设备可配置有两套SRB、DRB等资源，用户设备和第一网络间的Uu接口为第一Uu接口，用户设备和第二网络间的Uu接口为第二Uu接口，本申请的方法可解决第一Uu接口协助第二Uu接口寻呼用户设备并协助第二Uu接口配置相关SRB、DRB参数的问题。对于有多个SIM卡的用户设备，用户设备在第一网络的用户标识可以为第一SIM卡的标识，用户设备在第二网络的用户标识可以为第二SIM卡的标识，即，本申请中可以解决第一SIM卡协助寻呼第二SIM卡并协助第二SIM卡配置相关参数的问题，例如，当所述用户设备中的第一SIM卡和第二SIM共用单发单收的天线设备的时候。
当用户设备包括上述的第一SIM卡和第二SIM的情况下，上述第一网络和第二网络可以为相同的网络，或者不同的网络。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该寻呼方法还包括：该用户设备向该接入装置发送该用户设备的第一标识和该用户设备的第二标识，该用户设备的第一标识用于指示用户设备的第一SIM卡在该第一网络中的标识，该用户设备的第二标识用于指示用户设备的第二SIM卡在该第二网络中的标识；和/或，该用户设备向该接入装置发送该用户设备的第三标识和该用户设备的第四标识，该用户设备的第三标识用于指示用户设备的第一SIM卡在该第二网络中的标识，该用户设备的第四标识用于指示用户设备的第二SIM卡在该第一网络中的标识。
用户设备拥有第一SIM卡和第二SIM卡时，不同网络寻呼该用户设备的不同SIM卡，例如，第一网络发送第一标识寻呼该用户设备的第一SIM卡，第二网络发送第二标识寻呼该用户设备的第二SIM卡。或者，同一网络寻呼该用户设备的不同SIM卡，例如，第一网络发送第一标识和第四标识寻呼该用户设备的第一SIM卡和第二SIM卡，或者，第二网络发送第三标识和第二标识寻呼该用户设备的第一SIM卡和第二SIM卡。或者，不同网络寻呼该用户设备的同一SIM卡，例如，第一网络发送第一标识寻呼该用户设备的第一SIM卡，第二网络发送第三标识寻呼该用户设备的第一SIM卡。
基于上述技术方案，用户设备可以将用户设备的同一SIM卡在不同网络中的标识、不同SIM卡在同一网络中的标识、或不同SIM卡在不同网络中的标识通知给接入装置，使得接入装置在接收到来自不同网络或者相同的网络的寻呼的时候，能够根据不同的用户设备的标识，确定不同的寻呼消息是在寻呼同一个用户设备。
第二方面，提供了一种寻呼的方法，包括：接入装置接收来自第二核心网设备的第一寻呼消息，该第一寻呼消息至少用于第二网络寻呼用户设备；该接入装置通过第一网络向该用户设备发送第一消息，该第一消息用于指示该用户设备至少被该第二网络寻呼。
本申请实施例提供的寻呼的方法，接入装置可以通过第一网络，向用户设备发送第 一消息，使得用户设备对第二网路的寻呼做出响应，通过接入装置接入第二网络，用户设备可以响应不同的网络的寻呼。具体地，第一网络协助第二网络进行寻呼，一方面能够使不能接收到第二网络寻呼信息的终端设备可以接收到第二网络的寻呼消息，另一方面第一网络协助第二网络进行控制面信令传输，实现了网络间控制面信令的负载均衡，同时避免第二网络因一直得不到终端设备的寻呼响应而一直发送寻呼消息，减少第二网络的信令风暴。可以保障共享无线接入网场景下的正常寻呼。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，当该第一寻呼消息用于该第二网络寻呼用户设备时，该第一寻呼消息和该第一消息中分别包括以下信息中的至少一种：用户设备的第二标识、第二网络的标识或第二小区的标识，该用户设备的第二标识用于指示用户设备在该第二网络中的标识，该第二网络的标识用于指示该用户设备需要接入的第二网络，该第二小区的标识用于指示供该用户设备通过接入装置接入的该第二网络中的小区。
基于上述技术方案，通过在第一消息中包括上述用户设备的第二标识、第二网络的标识或第二小区的标识中的至少一种，以协助终端设备解析出第二网络在寻呼该终端设备，并为终端设备接入到第二网络提供参考信息，以使终端设备尽快选择合适的小区并接入。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该第一寻呼消息至少用于第一网络寻呼用户设备包括：该第一寻呼消息用于该第一网络和该第二网络寻呼该用户设备；当该第一寻呼消息用于该第一网络和该第二网络寻呼用户设备时，该第一寻呼消息和该第一消息中分别包括该用户设备的第二标识、该第二网络的标识或该第二小区的标识中的至少一种，以及以下信息中的至少一种：用户设备的第一标识列表、第一网络的标识列表或第一小区的标识，该用户设备的第一标识用于指示用户设备在该第一网络中的标识，该第一网络的标识用于指示该用户设备需要接入的第一网络，该第一小区的标识用于指示供该用户设备通过接入装置接入的该第一网络中的小区。
基于上述技术方案，通过在第一消息中包括上述用户设备的第二标识、第二网络的标识或第二小区的标识中的至少一种以及用户设备的第一标识、第一网络的标识或第一小区的标识中的至少一种，以协助终端设备解析出第一网络和第二网络在寻呼该终端设备，并为终端设备接入到第一网络和第二网络提供参考信息，以使终端设备尽快选择合适的小区并接入。
上述第一寻呼消息中包括的用户设备的第一标识可以是包括在用户设备的第一标识列表中，即用户设备在所述第一网络中的标识可以有多个，第一寻呼消息可以将该多个用户设备的第一标识作为用户设备的第一标识列表发送给用户设备，指示第一网络寻呼用户设备。同理，上述第一寻呼消息中包括的用户设备的第二标识可以是包括在用户设备的第二标识列表中，即用户设备在所述第二网络中的标识可以有多个，第一寻呼消息可以将该多个用户设备的第二标识作为用户设备的第二标识列表发送给用户设备，指示第二网络寻呼用户设备。
可选地，第一寻呼消息中包括用户设备的第二标识，指示用户设备在所述第二网络中的标识。如果用户设备通过接入装置接入第一网络之后，通过该第一寻呼消息接收到用户设备的第二标识，确定还需要通过接入装置接入第二网络。
第一寻呼消息中包括的用户设备的第二标识可以是包括在用户设备的第二标识列表中，即用户设备在所述第二网络中的标识可以有多个，第一寻呼消息可以将该多个用户设备的第二标识作为用户设备的第二标识列表发送给用户设备，指示第二网络寻呼用户设备。
可选地，第一寻呼消息中包括第二网络的标识，指示第二网络需要寻呼用户设备。
第一寻呼消息中包括的第二网络的标识可以是包括在第二网络的标识列表中，即第二网络的标识可以有多个，第一寻呼消息可以将该多个第二网络的标识作为第二网络的标识列表发送给用户设备，指示还有第二网络寻呼用户设备。
可选地，第一寻呼消息中包括第二小区的标识，指示第二网络中的小区可供用户设备接入。
第二网络中可以由多个小区可以提供用户设备通过接入装置接入，即第一寻呼消息中包括的第二小区的标识可以有多个，第一寻呼消息可以将该多个第二小区的标识作为第二小区的标识列表发送给用户设备，指示第二网络中多个小区可以提供用户设备通过接入装置接入。
可选地，第一寻呼消息中包括用户设备的第一标识，指示用户设备在该第一网络中的标识。用户设备通过该第一寻呼消息所接收到用户设备的第一标识，确定需要接入第一网络。
第一寻呼消息中包括的用户设备的第一标识可以是包括在用户设备的第一标识列表中，即用户设备在该第一网络中的标识可以有多个，第一寻呼消息可以将该多个用户设备的第一标识作为用户设备的第一标识列表发送给用户设备，指示第一网络寻呼用户设备。
可选地，第一寻呼消息中包括第一网络的标识，指示第一网络需要寻呼用户设备；
第一寻呼消息中包括的第一网络的标识可以是包括在第一网络的标识列表中，即第二网络的标识可以有多个，第一寻呼消息可以将该多个第一网络的标识作为第一网络的标识列表发送给用户设备，指示第一网络寻呼用户设备。
可选地，第一寻呼消息中包括第一小区的标识，指示第一网络中的小区可供用户设备通过接入装置接入。
第一网络中可以由多个小区可以提供用户设备通过接入装置接入，即第一寻呼消息中包括的第一小区的标识可以有多个，第一寻呼消息可以将该多个第一小区的标识作为第一小区的标识列表发送给用户设备，指示还有第一网络中多个小区可以提供用户设备通过接入装置接入。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，当该第一寻呼消息用于该第一网络和该第二网络寻呼用户设备时，该第一寻呼消息中还包括第一原因值和/或第二原因值，该第一原因值用于指示第一网络寻呼该用户设备的原因，该第二原因值用于指示第二网络寻呼该用户设备的原因；或者，当该第一寻呼消息用于该第二网络寻呼用户设备时，该第一寻呼消息中还包括该第二原因值。
本申请实施例提供的寻呼的方法，可以在第一寻呼消息中包括网络寻呼用户设备的原因，从而用户设备可以基于第一寻呼消息获知不同的网络发起寻呼的原因，可以协助用户设备快速定位寻呼消息发起的原因，分辨出寻呼场景，以便用户设备接下来快速做 出合适的策略和动作。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，当该第一寻呼消息用于该第一网络和该第二网络寻呼用户设备时，该第一寻呼消息中还包括第一时长和/或第二时长，该第一时长用于标识在该第一时长内该用户设备接入该第一网络，该第二时长用于标识在该第二时长内该用户设备接入该第二网络；或者，当该第一寻呼消息用于该第二网络寻呼用户设备时，该第一寻呼消息中包括该第二时长。
本申请实施例提供的寻呼的方法，可以在第一寻呼消息中包括网络寻呼用户设备时希望用户设备做出响应的时长，从而用户设备可以基于第一寻呼消息获知哪些网络发起的寻呼需要尽快响应。终端设备可以在时间门限内继续接收其他网络的业务，待临近时间门限时再接入寻呼网络，保证用户业务的连续性。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，在该接入装置向该用户设备发送第一消息之前，该方法还包括：该接入装置与该用户设备建立连接；该接入装置通过第一网络向该用户设备发送第一消息包括：该接入装置通过第一网络中的信令无线承载SRB向该用户设备发送该第一消息，该第一消息用于指示该用户设备被该第二网络寻呼，或者，该接入装置通过第一网络中的寻呼信息向该用户设备发送该第一消息。
本申请实施例提供的寻呼的方法，在用户设备已经接入了第一网络的情况下，第一网络可以协助第二网络寻呼用户设备，使得处于连接态的用户设备能够响应其他网络的寻呼。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该寻呼方法还包括：该接入装置接收该用户设备发送的第一响应消息。第一响应消息可以理解为对上述的第一消息做出的响应。该第一响应消息包括第三小区的信息，该第三小区为该用户设备确定接入的该第二网络中的小区；该接入装置通过第一网络向该用户设备发送第二消息，该第二消息中包括以下参数中的至少一种：用于支持该用户设备随机接入该三小区的第一参数、指示该第三小区的资源的第二参数、指示该用户设备在该第二网络的上下文信息的第四参数、或指示该用户设备在该第二网络的安全和完整性保护信息的第五参数。
基于上述技术方案，用户设备响应第二网络的寻呼，选择接入的第二网络中的第三小区，并将第三小区的相关信息通知给接入装置，接入装置可以提供接入第三小区的相关参数，协助用户设备接入第三小区。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该第一消息中包括以下参数中的至少一种：用于支持该用户设备随机接入该第二网络中的第二小区的第六参数、指示该第二小区的资源的第七参数、指示该用户设备在该第二网络的上下文信息的第九参数、或指示该用户设备在该第二网络的安全和完整性保护信息的第十参数。
基于上述技术方案，接入装置可以为用户设备提供多个小区的相关参数，供用户设备选择接入。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，当所述第一寻呼消息用于所述第二网络寻呼用户设备时，该方法还包括：该接入装置接收到第一核心网设备发送的第二寻呼消息，该接入装置通过第一网络向该用户设备发送第三消息，该第三消息用于指示该用户设备接入该第一网络，该第二寻呼消息和该第三消息中分别包括以下信息中的至少一种：用户设备的第一标识列表、第一网络的标识列表或第一小区的标识，该用户设备 的第一标识用于指示用户设备在该第一网络中的标识，该第一网络的标识用于指示该用户设备需要接入的第一网络，该第一小区的标识用于指示供该用户设备接入的该第一网络中的小区。
本申请实施例提供的寻呼的方法，第一网络和第二网络的寻呼可以分别由接入装置发送给用户设备，用户设备响应第一网络的寻呼之后，在第一网络的协助下响应第二网络的寻呼。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：该接入装置接收该用户设备发送的第二响应消息，该第二响应消息中包括第四小区的信息，该第四小区为该用户设备确定接入的该第一网络中的小区。
本申请实施例提供的寻呼的方法，用户设备可以向接入装置发送第二响应消息，用于响应第一网络的寻呼。，并将第四小区的相关信息通知给接入装置，接入装置可以提供接入第四小区的相关参数，协助用户设备接入第四小区。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该寻呼的方法还包括：该接入装置基于该第一寻呼消息和该第二寻呼消息决定：该接入装置分别在该第一网络中的小区和该第二网络中的小区寻呼该用户设备；或者，该接入装置在该第二网络中的小区寻呼该用户设备。
本申请实施例提供的寻呼的方法，接入装置接收到多个网络的分别发送的寻呼消息之后，可以决定不同网络寻呼用户设备的先后。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，当该接入装置决定在该第一网络中的小区或者该第二网络中的小区寻呼该用户设备时，该第一消息中包括用户设备的第一标识和用户设备的第二标识，其中，该用户设备的第一标识用于指示用户设备在该第一网络中的标识，该用户设备的第二标识用于指示用户设备在该第二网络中的标识；该第三消息中包括该用户设备的第一标识和该用户设备的第二标识。
本申请实施例提供的寻呼的方法，接入装置决定同时在第一网络和第二网络中寻呼用户设备时，可以在上述的第一消息，或者第三消息中同时包括用户设备在第一网络和第二网络中的标识。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，在该接入装置向该用户设备发送该第一消息之前，该方法还包括：该接入装置从该用户设备接收用户设备的第一标识和用户设备的第二标识，该用户设备的第一标识用于指示该用户设备在该第一网络中的用户标识该用户设备的第二标识用于指示该用户设备在该第二网络中的用户标识；或者，该接入装置从该第一核心网设备接收该用户设备的第一标识和用户设备的第二标识；或者，该接入装置从该第二核心网设备接收该用户设备的第一标识和用户设备的第二标识。
本申请实施例提供的寻呼的方法，接入装置可以获知用户设备在不同的网络中的标识。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该接入装置包括：接入网设备；或者，该接入装置包括分布式单元DU和集中式单元CU，其中，该CU用于接收该第一核心网设备的信令和接收该第二核心网设备的信令，并向该DU发送第四消息。
本申请实施例提供的寻呼的方法，接入装置可以是接入网设备也可以是包括CU和DU的接入装置。提供灵活的选择。
CU用于接收该第一核心网设备的信令和接收该第二核心网设备的信令包括：CU接收上述的来自第二核心网设备的第一寻呼消息、CU接收上述的来自第一核心网设备的第二寻呼消息。当接入装置包括DU和CU的情况下，CU用于接收核心网设备发送的信令，并且向DU发送第四消息，当所述第四消息用于所述第二网络寻呼所述用户设备时，第四消息中包括以下信息中的至少一种：用户设备的第二标识、第二网络的标识、或第二小区的标识，其中，用户设备的第二标识用于指示用户设备在第二网络中的标识，第二网络的标识用于指示用户设备需要接入的第二网络，第二小区的标识用于指示供用户设备接入的第二网络中的小区；当第四消息用于指示第二网络和第一网络寻呼用户设备时，第四消息中包括用户设备的第二标识、第二网络的标识、或第二小区的标识中的至少一种，以及以下信息中的至少一种：用户设备的第一标识、第一网络的标识、或第一小区的标识，其中，用户设备的第一标识用于指示用户设备在第一网络中的标识，第一网络的标识用于指示用户设备需要接入的第一网络，第一小区的标识用于指示供用户设备接入的第一网络中的小区。
接入装置包括DU和CU的情况下，该接入装置可以包括DU和多个CU，例如，上述的接入装置包括DU、第一CU和第二CU。其中，第一CU用于接收所述第一核心网设备的信令、第二CU用于接收所述第二核心网设备的信令，第一CU和第二CU分别发送寻呼信息给DU，并分别包括用户设备的第一标识和第二标识，DU进而分别在第一网络小区和第二网络小区中寻呼用户设备，并分别包括用户设备的第一标识和第二标识，或者DU通过一条寻呼信息通知用户设备第一网络和第二网络都在寻呼该设备。用户设备接入第一网络后，第一CU和DU下的第一网络的小区协助配置用户设备在第二CU和DU下的第二网络的小区的随机接入参数，或者，承载参数等。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该接入装置包括DU和CU时，该方法还包括：该DU向该CU发送第一信令，该第一信令用于指示该DU能够支持接入的网络；该DU接收该CU发送的第二信令，该第二信令用于指示该CU和该DU共同能够支持接入的网络，或者，该第二信令用于指示该CU能够支持接入的网络，或者，该第二信令用于发送CU对DU的辅助配置参数，该辅助配置参数用于辅助DU配置所支持的网络的相关参数，例如，CU向DU发送降低网络接入速率(network access rate reduction)信令，以辅助DU配置其下网络小区的用户访问控制(user access control，UAC)参数。
本申请实施例提供的寻呼的方法，CU和DU之间可以通过信令交互，获知对方支持接入的网络，从而确定CU和DU同时支持接入的网络。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该第一信令包括以下信令中的任意一种：F1接口建立请求信令、DU配置更新请求信令、或DU服务小区消息，其中，该DU服务小区消息包括小区标识和小区支持接入的网络的网络标识；该第二信令包括以下信令中的任意一种：F1接口建立响应信令、DU配置更新响应信令、CU配置更新请求信令、降低网络接入速率信令、F1接口建立失败信令、DU配置更新失败信令、或CU能够支持接入的网络的信息，其中，该CU能够支持接入的网络的信息包括该CU能够支持接入的网络的网络标识。
本申请实施例提供的寻呼的方法，CU和DU之间交互的信令类型可以有多种选择。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该CU包括控制面CU-CP和用户面CU-UP；该寻呼的方法还包括：该CU-UP向该CU-CP发送第三信令，该第三信令用于指示该CU-UP能够支持接入的网络；该CU-UP接收该CU-CP发送的第四信令，该第四信令用于指示该CU-CP和该CU-UP共同能够支持接入的网络，或者，该第四信令用于指示该CU-CP能够支持接入的网络。
本申请实施例提供的寻呼的方法，CU-CP和CU-UP之间可以通过信令交互，获知对方支持接入的网络，从而确定CU-CP和CU-UP同时支持接入的网络。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该第三信令包括以下信令中的任意一种：E1接口建立请求信令、CU-UP配置更新请求信令、或CU-CP配置更新响应信令；该第四信令包括以下信令中的任意一种：E1接口建立响应信令、CU-UP配置更新响应信令、CU-CP配置更新请求信令、E1接口建立失败信令、或CU-UP配置更新失败信令。
本申请实施例提供的寻呼的方法，CU-UP和CU-CP之间交互的信令类型可以有多种选择。
第三方面，提供了一种寻呼的方法，包括：第二核心网设备向接入装置发送第一寻呼消息，该第一寻呼消息至少用于第二网络寻呼用户设备。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，当该第一寻呼消息用于该第二网络寻呼用户设备时，该第一寻呼消息中包括以下信息中的至少一种：用户设备的第二标识、第二网络的标识或第二小区的标识，该用户设备的第二标识用于指示用户设备在该第二网络中的标识，该第二网络的标识用于指示该用户设备需要接入的第二网络，该第二小区的标识用于指示供该用户设备接入的该第二网络中的小区；该第一寻呼消息至少用于第一网络寻呼用户设备包括：该第一寻呼消息用于该第一网络和该第二网络寻呼该用户设备；当该第一寻呼消息用于该第一网络和该第二网络寻呼用户设备时，该第一寻呼消息和该第一消息中分别包括该用户设备的第二标识、该第二网络的标识或该第二小区的标识中的至少一种，以及以下信息中的至少一种：用户设备的第一标识列表、第一网络的标识列表或第一小区的标识，该用户设备的第一标识用于指示用户设备在该第一网络中的标识，该第一网络的标识用于指示该用户设备需要接入的第一网络，该第一小区的标识用于指示供该用户设备接入的该第一网络中的小区。
第四方面，提供了一种通信方法，包括：DU向CU发送第一信令，该第一信令用于指示该DU能够支持接入的网络；该DU接收该CU发送的第二信令，该第二信令用于指示该CU和该DU共同能够支持接入的网络，或者，该第二信令用于指示该CU能够支持接入的网络，或者该第二信令用于该CU对该第一信令响应失败，并包括响应失败的原因，或者，该第二信令用于发送CU对DU的辅助配置参数，该辅助配置参数用于辅助DU配置所支持的网络的相关参数，例如，CU向DU发送network access rate reduction信令，以辅助DU配置其下网络小区的用户访问控制UAC参数。
一种可能的实现方式，CU和DU没有共同支持接入的网络的情况下，CU对该第一信令响应失败。
本申请实施例提供的通信方法，CU和DU之间可以通过信令交互，获知对方支持接入的网络，从而确定CU和DU同时支持接入的网络。用户请求接入的时候，DU可以选择正确的CU，同时CU为UE建立用户面资源、选择切换目标小区、发起对UE的寻呼 的时候，可以选择正确的DU。
当第二信令中包括响应失败的原因时DU可以基于失败原因值快速定位出现的问题，分辨出失败对应的特定时间和场景，以便DU接下来快速做出合适的策略和动作。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，该第一信令包括以下信令中的任意一种：F1接口建立请求信令、DU配置更新请求信令、或DU服务小区消息，其中，该DU服务小区消息包括小区标识和小区支持接入的网络的网络标识；该第二信令包括以下信令中的任意一种：F1接口建立响应信令、DU配置更新响应信令、降低网络接入速率信令、CU配置更新请求信令、F1接口建立失败信令、DU配置更新失败信令、或CU能够支持接入的网络的信息，其中，该CU能够支持接入的网络的信息包括该CU能够支持接入的网络的网络标识。
本申请实施例提供的通信方法，CU和DU之间交互的信令类型可以有多种选择。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，该CU包括控制面CU-CP和用户面CU-UP；该通信方法还包括：该CU-UP向该CU-CP发送第三信令，该第三信令用于指示该CU-UP能够支持接入的网络；该CU-UP接收该CU-CP发送的第四信令，该第四信令用于指示该CU-CP和该CU-UP共同能够支持接入的网络，或者，该第四信令用于指示该CU-CP能够支持接入的网络，或者该第四信令用于指示该CU-CP对该第三信令响应失败，并包括响应失败的原因。
一种可能的实现方式，CU-UP和CU-CP没有共同支持接入的网络的情况下，CU-CP对该第三信信令响应失败。
本申请实施例提供的通信方法，CU-CP和CU-UP之间可以通过信令交互，获知对方支持接入的网络，从而确定CU-CP和CU-UP同时支持接入的网络。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，该第三信令包括以下信令中的任意一种：E1接口建立请求信令、CU-UP配置更新请求信令、或CU-CP配置更新响应信令；该第四信令包括以下信令中的任意一种：E1接口建立响应信令、CU-UP配置更新响应信令、CU-CP配置更新请求信令、E1接口建立失败信令、或CU-UP配置更新失败信令。
本申请实施例提供的通信方法，CU-UP和CU-CP之间交互的信令类型可以有多种选择。
第五方面，提供了一种通信方法，包括：CU接收DU发送的第一信令，该第一信令用于指示该DU能够支持接入的网络；该CU向该DU发送第二信令，该第二信令用于指示该CU和该DU共同能够支持接入的网络，或者，该第二信令用于指示该CU能够支持接入的网络，或者该第二信令用于指示该CU对该第一信令响应失败，并包括响应失败的原因。
本申请实施例提供的通信方法，CU和DU之间可以通过信令交互，获知对方支持接入的网络，从而确定CU和DU同时支持接入的网络。
结合第五方面，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，该第一信令包括以下信令中的任意一种：F1接口建立请求信令、DU配置更新请求信令、或DU服务小区消息，其中，该DU服务小区消息包括小区标识和小区支持接入的网络的网络标识；该第二信令包括以下信令中的任意一种：F1接口建立响应信令、DU配置更新响应信令、降低网络接入速率信令、CU配置更新请求信令、F1接口建立失败信令、DU配置更新失败信令、或CU能 够支持接入的网络的信息，其中，该CU能够支持接入的网络的信息包括该CU能够支持接入的网络的网络标识。
本申请实施例提供的通信方法，CU和DU之间交互的信令类型可以有多种选择。
第六方面，提供了一种通信方法，包括：用户设备通过第一网络接收来自接入装置的第一消息，该第一消息用于指示第一网络中用于传输该第二网络的数据的资源，其中，第一网络和第二网络为所述接入装置支持接入的网络；用户设备确定第一网络中用于传输第二网络的数据的资源。
本申请实施例提供的通信方法，用户设备可以通过第一网络，接收指示用户设备至少被第二网络寻呼的第一消息，并确定第一网络中用于传输第二网络的数据的资源，从而实现使用第一网络中的资源传输第二网络的数据。第一网络可以协助第二网络传输用户面和控制面数据，实现网络间的负载均衡，低负载网络卸载高负载网络的数据流量，减少网络间的信令交互防止信令风暴。接入装置侧基于寻呼可进行控制面信令分流和用户面数据分流，实现不同网络的不同小区的负载均衡。
上述第二网络的数据包括第二网络的用户面数据和第二网络的信令面数据，例如，PDU会话用户面数据。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，该用户设备已经接入该第一网络，该通信方法还包括：该用户设备通过第一网络接收来自接入装置的第一消息包括：该用户设备通过第一网络中的信令无线承载SRB接收来自接入装置的第一消息，例如，通过第一网络中的RRC消息接收来自接入装置的第一消息；或者，该用户设备通过第一网络中的寻呼信息接收来自接入装置的第一消息。
本申请实施例提供的通信方法，在用户设备已经接入了第一网络的情况下，第一网络可以协助第二网络寻呼用户设备，使得处于连接态的用户设备能够响应其他网络的寻呼。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，该通信方法还包括：该用户设备向该接入装置发送第一响应消息，该第一响应消息包括第三小区的信息，该第三小区为该用户设备确定接入的该第二网络中的小区；该用户设备通过第一网络接收该接入装置发送的第二消息，该第二消息中包括：指示该第一网络的资源的第三参数和第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该第一网络的资源承载该第二网络的数据。
上述的第一网络的资源为经由第一网络配置的第一网络中的资源。
本申请实施例提供的通信方法，用户设备响应第二网络的寻呼，选择接入的第二网络中的第三小区，并将第三小区的相关信息通知给接入装置，接入装置可以提供通过第二消息提供第一网络中用于传输第二网络的数据的资源，协助用户设备和第二网络传输第二网络的数据。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，该第一消息包括指示该第一网络的资源的第八参数和第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该第一网络的资源承载该第二网络的数据。
基于上述技术方案，接入装置可以提供通过第一消息提供第一网络中用于传输第二网络的数据的资源，协助用户设备和第二网络传输第二网络的数据。
上述的第一网络的资源为经由第一网络配置的第一网络中的资源。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，该通信方法还包括：该用户设备通过第一网络接收该接入装置发送的第三消息，该第三消息用于指示该用户设备接入该第一网络，该第三消息中包括以下信息中的至少一种：用户设备的第一标识、第一网络的标识或第一小区的标识，其中，该用户设备的第一标识用于指示用户设备在该第一网络中的标识，该第一网络的标识用于指示该用户设备需要接入的第一网络，该第一小区的标识用于指示供该用户设备接入的该第一网络中的小区。
本申请实施例提供的通信方法，第一网络寻呼可以由接入装置发送给用户设备，用户设备响应第一网络的寻呼之后，在第一网络中分配传输第二网络的数据的资源。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，该通信方法还包括：该用户设备向该接入装置发送该用户设备的第一标识和该用户设备的第二标识，该用户设备的第一标识用于指示用户设备在该第一网络中的标识，该用户设备的第二标识用于指示用户设备在该第二网络中的标识。
基于上述技术方案，用户设备可以将在不同网络中的标识通知给接入装置，使得接入装置在接收到来自不同的网络的寻呼的时候，能够根据不同的用户设备的标识，确定不同的寻呼消息是在寻呼同一个用户设备。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，该通信方法还包括：该用户设备向该接入装置发送该用户设备的第一标识和该用户设备的第二标识，该用户设备的第一标识用于指示用户设备的第一SIM卡在该第一网络中的标识，该用户设备的第二标识用于指示用户设备的第二SIM卡在该第二网络中的标识；和/或，
该用户设备向该接入装置发送该用户设备的第三标识和该用户设备的第四标识，该用户设备的第三标识用于指示用户设备的第一SIM卡在该第二网络中的标识，该用户设备的第四标识用于指示用户设备的第二SIM卡在该第一网络中的标识。
第七方面，提供了一种通信方法，包括：接入装置接收来自第二核心网设备的第一寻呼消息，该第一寻呼消息至少用于第二网络寻呼用户设备；该接入装置通过第一网络向该用户设备发送第一消息，该第一消息用于指示该第一网络中用于传输该第二网络的数据的资源。
本申请实施例提供的通信方法，接入装置可以通过接入装置支持接入的两个不同的网络中的第一网络，向用户设备发送第一网络中用于传输该第二网络的数据的资源，使得用户设备能够在第一网络中传输第二网络的数据。
结合第七方面，在第七方面的某些实现方式中，在该接入装置向该用户设备发送第一消息之前，该通信方法还包括：该接入装置与该用户设备建立连接；该接入装置通过第一网络向该用户设备发送第一消息包括：该接入装置通过第一网络中的信令无线承载SRB向该用户设备发送该第一消息，或者，该接入装置通过第一网络中的寻呼信息向该用户设备发送该第一消息。
本申请实施例提供的通信方法，在用户设备已经接入了第一网络的情况下，第一网络可以协助第二网络寻呼用户设备，使得处于连接态的用户设备能够响应其他网络的寻呼。
结合第七方面，在第七方面的某些实现方式中，该接入装置接收该用户设备发送的第一响应消息，该第一响应消息包括第三小区的信息，该第三小区为该用户设备确定接 入的该第二网络中的小区；该接入装置通过第一网络向该用户设备发送第二消息，该第二消息中包括：指示该第一网络的资源的第三参数和第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该第一网络的资源承载该第二网络的数据。
本申请实施例提供的通信方法，用户设备响应第二网络的寻呼，选择接入的第二网络中的第三小区，并将第三小区的相关信息通知给接入装置，接入装置可以提供通过第二消息提供第一网络中用于传输第二网络的数据的资源，协助用户设备和第二网络传输第二网络的数据。
结合第七方面，在第七方面的某些实现方式中，该第一消息包括指示经由该第一网络中的小区配置的该第一网络的资源的第八参数和第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示经由该第一网络中的小区配置的该第一网络的资源承载该第二网络的数据。
基于上述技术方案，接入装置可以提供通过第一消息提供第一网络中用于传输第二网络的数据的资源，协助用户设备和第二网络传输第二网络的数据。
结合第七方面，在第七方面的某些实现方式中，当所述第一寻呼消息用于所述第二网络寻呼用户设备时，该方法还包括：该接入装置接收到第一核心网设备发送的第二寻呼消息，该接入装置通过第一网络向该用户设备发送第三消息，该第三消息用于指示该用户设备接入该第一网络，该第二寻呼消息和该第三消息中分别包括以下信息中的至少一种：用户设备的第一标识列表、第一网络的标识列表或第一小区的标识，该用户设备的第一标识用于指示用户设备在该第一网络中的标识，该第一网络的标识用于指示该用户设备需要接入的第一网络，该第一小区的标识用于指示供该用户设备接入的该第一网络中的小区。
本申请实施例提供的通信方法，第一网络和第二网络的寻呼可以分别由接入装置发送给用户设备，用户设备响应第一网络的寻呼之后，在第一网络中分配传输第二网络的数据的资源。
第八方面，提供了一种寻呼的装置，包括：接收器，用于通过第一网络接收来自接入装置的第一消息，该第一消息用于指示用户设备至少被该第二网络寻呼；处理器，用于寻呼该第二网络。下文中以寻呼的装置为用户设备为例进行说明。
结合第八方面，在第八方面的某些实现方式中，当该第一消息用于指示该用户设备被该第二网络寻呼时，该第一消息中包括以下信息中的至少一种：用户设备的第二标识、第二网络的标识或第二小区的标识，其中，该用户设备的第二标识用于指示用户设备在该第二网络中的标识，该第二网络的标识用于指示该用户设备需要接入的第二网络，该第二小区的标识用于指示供该用户设备接入的该第二网络中的小区；该第一消息用于指示该用户设备至少被该第二网络寻呼包括：该第一消息用于指示该用户设备被该第二网络和第一网络寻呼；当该第一消息用于指示该用户设备接入该第二网络和该第一网络寻呼时，该第一消息中包括用户设备的第二标识、第二网络的标识或第二小区的标识中的至少一种，以及以下信息中的至少一种：用户设备的第一标识、第一网络的标识或第一小区的标识，其中，该用户设备的第一标识用于指示用户设备在该第一网络中的标识，该第一网络的标识用于指示该用户设备需要接入的第一网络，该第一小区的标识用于指示供该用户设备接入的该第一网络中的小区。
结合第八方面，在第八方面的某些实现方式中，当该第一消息用于指示该用户设备 被该第一网络和该第二网络寻呼时，该第一消息中还包括第一原因值和/或第二原因值，该第一原因值用于指示第一网络寻呼该用户设备的原因，该第二原因值用于指示第二网络寻呼该用户设备的原因；或者，当该第一消息用于指示该用户设备被该第二网络寻呼时，该第一消息中还包括该第二原因值。
结合第八方面，在第八方面的某些实现方式中，当该第一消息用于指示该用户设备被该第二网络和该第一网络寻呼时，该第一消息中还包括第一时长和/或第二时长，该第一时长用于标识在该第一时长内该用户设备接入该第一网络，该第二时长用于标识在该第二时长内该用户设备接入该第二网络；或者，当该第一消息用于指示该用户设备被该第二网络寻呼时，该第一消息中包括该第二时长。
结合第八方面，在第八方面的某些实现方式中，该用户设备已经接入该第一网络；该接收器通过第一网络接收来自接入装置的第一消息包括：该接收器通过第一网络中的信令无线承载SRB接收来自接入装置的第一消息，例如，该接收器通过第一网络中的RRC消息接收来自接入装置的第一消息；或者，该用户设备通过第一网络中的寻呼信息接收来自接入装置的第一消息，该第一消息用于指示该用户设备被该第二网络寻呼。
结合第八方面，在第八方面的某些实现方式中，该寻呼的装置还包括：发送器，用于向该接入装置发送第一响应消息，该第一响应消息包括第三小区的信息，该第三小区为该用户设备确定接入的该第二网络中的小区；该接收器，还用于接收该接入装置向发送的第二消息，该第二消息中包括以下参数中的至少一种：用于支持该用户设备随机接入该三小区的第一参数、指示该第三小区的资源的第二参数、指示该用户设备在该第二网络的上下文信息的第四参数、或指示该用户设备在该第二网络的安全和完整性保护信息的第五参数。
结合第八方面，在第八方面的某些实现方式中，该第一消息包括以下参数中的至少一种：用于支持该用户设备随机接入第二小区的第六参数、指示该第二小区的资源的第七参数、指示该用户设备在该第二网络的上下文信息的第九参数、或指示该用户设备在该第二网络的安全和完整性保护信息的第十参数。
结合第八方面，在第八方面的某些实现方式中，当第一消息用于指示用户设备被所述第二网络寻呼时，该接收器，还用于通过第一网络接收该接入装置发送的第三消息，该第三消息用于指示该用户设备接入该第一网络，该第三消息中包括以下信息中的至少一种：用户设备的第一标识、第一网络的标识或第一小区的标识，其中，该用户设备的第一标识用于指示用户设备在该第一网络中的标识，该第一网络的标识用于指示该用户设备需要接入的第一网络，该第一小区的标识用于指示供该用户设备接入的该第一网络中的小区。
结合第八方面，在第八方面的某些实现方式中，该发送器，还用于向该接入装置发送第二响应消息，该第二响应消息中包括第四小区的信息，该第四小区为该用户设备确定接入的该第一网络中的小区。
结合第八方面，在第八方面的某些实现方式中，该第三消息还包括第一原因值，该第一原因值用于指示第一网络寻呼该用户设备的原因。
结合第八方面，在第八方面的某些实现方式中，该第三消息还包括第一时长，该第一时长用于标识在该第一时长内该用户设备接入该第一网络。
结合第八方面，在第八方面的某些实现方式中，该发送器，还用于向该接入装置发送该用户设备的第一标识和用户设备的第二标识，该用户设备的第一标识用于指示用户设备在该第一网络中的标识，该用户设备的第二标识用于指示用户设备在该第二网络中的标识。
结合第八方面，在第八方面的某些实现方式中，该用户设备包括第一用户身份识别卡SIM和第二SIM，其中，该用户设备的第一标识用于指示该第一SIM在该第一网络中的标识，该用户设备的第二标识用于指示该第二SIM在该第二网络中的标识。
第八方面以及第八方面的任意可能的实现方式中提供的寻呼的装置，可以用来执行第一方面以及第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的用户设备的操作。
具体地，寻呼的装置包括用于执行上述第一方面以及第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)可以是第一方面中的用户设备或用户设备内部的芯片或功能模块。步骤或功能可以通过软件实现，或硬件实现，或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。
第九方面，提供一种寻呼的装置，包括：接收器，用于接收来自第二核心网设备的第一寻呼消息，该第一寻呼消息至少用于第二网络寻呼用户设备；发送器，用于通过第一网络向该用户设备发送第一消息，该第一消息用于指示该用户设备至少被该第二网络寻呼。
结合第九方面，在第九方面的某些实现方式中，当该第一寻呼消息用于该第二网络寻呼用户设备时，该第一寻呼消息和该第一消息中分别包括以下信息中的至少一种：用户设备的第二标识、第二网络的标识或第二小区的标识，该用户设备的第二标识用于指示用户设备在该第二网络中的标识，该第二网络的标识用于指示该用户设备需要接入的第二网络，该第二小区的标识用于指示供该用户设备接入的该第二网络中的小区。
结合第九方面，在第九方面的某些实现方式中，该第一寻呼消息至少用于第一网络寻呼用户设备包括：该第一寻呼消息用于该第一网络和该第二网络寻呼该用户设备；当该第一寻呼消息用于该第一网络和该第二网络寻呼用户设备时，该第一寻呼消息和该第一消息中分别包括该用户设备的第二标识、该第二网络的标识或该第二小区的标识中的至少一种，以及以下信息中的至少一种：用户设备的第一标识列表、第一网络的标识列表或第一小区的标识，该用户设备的第一标识用于指示用户设备在该第一网络中的标识，该第一网络的标识用于指示该用户设备需要接入的第一网络，该第一小区的标识用于指示供该用户设备接入的该第一网络中的小区。其中，该第一寻呼消息中包括该用户设备的第一标识和该用户设备的第二标识时，指示需要或者已经接入第二网络的该用户设备还需接入该第一网络。
结合第九方面，在第九方面的某些实现方式中，当该第一寻呼消息用于该第一网络和该第二网络寻呼用户设备时，该第一寻呼消息和该第一消息中分别还包括第一原因值和/或第二原因值，该第一原因值用于指示第一网络寻呼该用户设备的原因，该第二原因值用于指示第二网络寻呼该用户设备的原因；或者，当该第一寻呼消息用于该第二网络寻呼用户设备时，该第一寻呼消息和该第一消息中分别还包括该第二原因值。
结合第九方面，在第九方面的某些实现方式中，当该第一寻呼消息用于该第一网络和该第二网络寻呼用户设备时，该第一寻呼消息和该第一消息中分别还包括第一时长和/ 或第二时长，该第一时长用于标识在该第一时长内该用户设备接入该第一网络，该第二时长用于标识在该第二时长内该用户设备接入该第二网络；或者，当该第一寻呼消息用于该第二网络寻呼用户设备时，该第一寻呼消息和该第一消息中分别包括该第二时长。
结合第九方面，在第九方面的某些实现方式中，在该发送器向该用户设备发送第一消息之前，该接入装置与该用户设备建立连接；该发送器通过第一网络向该用户设备发送第一消息包括：该发送器通过第一网络中的信令无线承载SRB向该用户设备发送该第一消息，该第一消息用于指示该用户设备被该第二网络寻呼。
结合第九方面，在第九方面的某些实现方式中，该接收器，还用于接收该用户设备发送的第一响应消息，该第一响应消息包括第三小区的信息，该第三小区为该用户设备确定接入的该第二网络中的小区；该发送器，还用于通过第一网络向该用户设备发送第二消息，该第二消息中包括以下参数中的至少一种：用于支持该用户设备随机接入该三小区的第一参数、指示该第三小区的资源的第二参数、指示该用户设备在该第二网络的上下文信息的第四参数、或指示该用户设备在该第二网络的安全和完整性保护信息的第五参数。
结合第九方面，在第九方面的某些实现方式中，该第一消息中包括以下参数中的至少一种：用于支持该用户设备随机接入该第二网络中的第二小区的第六参数、指示该第二小区的资源的第七参数、指示该用户设备在该第二网络的上下文信息的第九参数、或指示该用户设备在该第二网络的安全和完整性保护信息的第十参数。
结合第九方面，在第九方面的某些实现方式中，当所述第一寻呼消息用于所述第二网络寻呼用户设备时，该装置还包括：该接收器接收到第一核心网设备发送的第二寻呼消息，该发送器通过第一网络向该用户设备发送第三消息，该第三消息用于指示该用户设备接入该第一网络，该第二寻呼消息和该第三消息中分别包括以下信息中的至少一种：用户设备的第一标识列表、第一网络的标识列表或第一小区的标识，该用户设备的第一标识用于指示用户设备在该第一网络中的标识，该第一网络的标识用于指示该用户设备需要接入的第一网络，该第一小区的标识用于指示供该用户设备接入的该第一网络中的小区。
结合第九方面，在第九方面的某些实现方式中，该接收器，还用于接收该用户设备发送的第二响应消息，该第二响应消息中包括第四小区的信息，该第四小区为该用户设备确定接入的该第一网络中的小区。结合第九方面，在第九方面的某些实现方式中，该装置还包括：处理器，基于该第一寻呼消息和该第二寻呼消息决定：分别在该第一网络中的小区和该第二网络中的小区寻呼该用户设备；或者，在该第二网络中的小区寻呼该用户设备。
结合第九方面，在第九方面的某些实现方式中，在该发送器向该用户设备发送该第一消息之前，该装置还包括：该接收器从该用户设备接收用户设备的第一标识和用户设备的第二标识，该用户设备的第一标识用于指示该用户设备在该第一网络中的用户标识该用户设备的第二标识用于指示该用户设备在该第二网络中的用户标识；或者，该接收器从该第一核心网设备接收该用户设备的第一标识和用户设备的第二标识；或者，该接收器从该第二核心网设备接收该用户设备的第一标识和用户设备的第二标识。
结合第九方面，在第九方面的某些实现方式中，该接入装置包括：接入网设备；或 者，该接入装置包括分布式单元DU和集中式单元CU，其中，该CU用于接收该第一核心网设备的信令和接收该第二核心网设备的信令，并向该DU发送信令。
结合第九方面，在第九方面的某些实现方式中，该接入装置包括该DU和该CU时，该装置还包括：该DU向该CU发送第一信令，该第一信令用于指示该DU能够支持接入的网络；该DU接收该CU发送的第二信令，该第二信令用于指示该CU和该DU共同能够支持接入的网络，或者，该第二信令用于指示该CU能够支持接入的网络。
结合第九方面，在第九方面的某些实现方式中，该第一信令包括以下信令中的任意一种：F1接口建立请求信令、DU配置更新请求信令、或DU服务小区消息，其中，该DU服务小区消息包括小区标识和小区支持接入的网络的网络标识；该第二信令包括以下信令中的任意一种：F1接口建立响应信令、DU配置更新响应信令、降低网络接入速率信令、CU配置更新请求信令、F1接口建立失败信令、DU配置更新失败信令、或CU能够支持接入的网络的信息，其中，该CU能够支持接入的网络的信息包括该CU能够支持接入的网络的网络标识。
结合第九方面，在第九方面的某些实现方式中，该CU包括控制面CU-CP和用户面CU-UP；该装置还包括：该CU-UP向该CU-CP发送第三信令，该第三信令用于指示该CU-UP能够支持接入的网络；该CU-UP接收该CU-CP发送的第四信令，该第四信令用于指示该CU-CP和该CU-UP共同能够支持接入的网络，或者，该第四信令用于指示该CU-CP能够支持接入的网络。
结合第九方面，在第九方面的某些实现方式中，该第三信令包括以下信令中的任意一种：E1接口建立请求信令、CU-UP配置更新请求信令、或CU-CP配置更新响应信令；该第四信令包括以下信令中的任意一种：E1接口建立响应信令、CU-UP配置更新响应信令、CU-CP配置更新请求信令、E1接口建立失败信令、或CU-UP配置更新失败信令。
第九方面以及第九方面的任意可能的实现方式中提供的寻呼的装置，可以用来执行第二方面以及第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的接入装置的操作。
具体地，寻呼的装置包括用于执行上述第二方面以及第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)可以是第二方面中的接入装置或接入装置内部的芯片或功能模块。步骤或功能可以通过软件实现，或硬件实现，或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。
第十方面，提供一种寻呼的装置，包括：发送器，用于向接入装置发送第一寻呼消息，该第一寻呼消息至少用于第二网络寻呼用户设备。
结合第十方面，在第十方面的某些实现方式中，当该第一寻呼消息用于该第二网络寻呼用户设备时，该第一寻呼消息和该第一消息中分别包括以下信息中的至少一种：用户设备的第二标识、第二网络的标识或第二小区的标识，该用户设备的第二标识用于指示用户设备在该第二网络中的标识，该第二网络的标识用于指示该用户设备需要接入的第二网络，该第二小区的标识用于指示供该用户设备接入的该第二网络中的小区。
结合第十方面，在第十方面的某些实现方式中，该第一寻呼消息至少用于第一网络寻呼用户设备包括：该第一寻呼消息用于该第一网络和该第二网络寻呼该用户设备；当该第一寻呼消息用于该第一网络和该第二网络寻呼用户设备时，该第一寻呼消息和该第一消息中分别包括该用户设备的第二标识、该第二网络的标识或该第二小区的标识中的 至少一种，以及以下信息中的至少一种：用户设备的第一标识列表、第一网络的标识列表或第一小区的标识，该用户设备的第一标识用于指示用户设备在该第一网络中的标识，该第一网络的标识用于指示该用户设备需要接入的第一网络，该第一小区的标识用于指示供该用户设备接入的该第一网络中的小区。其中，该第一寻呼消息中包括该用户设备的第一标识和该用户设备的第二标识时，指示需要或者已经接入第二网络的该用户设备还需接入该第一网络。
第十方面以及第十方面的任意可能的实现方式中提供的寻呼的装置，可以用来执行第三方面以及第三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的DU的操作。
具体地，寻呼的装置包括用于执行上述第三方面以及第三方面的任意可能的实现方式中所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)可以是第三方面中的第二核心网设备或第二核心网设备内部的芯片或功能模块。步骤或功能可以通过软件实现，或硬件实现，或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。
第十一方面，提供一种通信装置，包括：发送器，用于向CU发送第一信令，该第一信令用于指示DU能够支持接入的网络；接收器，用于接收该CU发送的第二信令，该第二信令用于指示该CU和该DU共同能够支持接入的网络，或者，该第二信令用于指示该CU能够支持接入的网络，或者该第二信令用于指示该CU对该第一信令响应失败，并包括响应失败的原因。
结合第十一方面，在第十一方面的某些实现方式中，该第一信令包括以下信令中的任意一种：F1接口建立请求信令、DU配置更新请求信令、或DU服务小区消息，其中，该DU服务小区消息包括小区标识和小区支持接入的网络的网络标识；该第二信令包括以下信令中的任意一种：F1接口建立响应信令、DU配置更新响应信令、降低网络接入速率信令、CU配置更新请求信令、F1接口建立失败信令、DU配置更新失败信令、或CU能够支持接入的网络的信息，其中，该CU能够支持接入的网络的信息包括该CU能够支持接入的网络的网络标识。
结合第十一方面，在第十一方面的某些实现方式中，该通信装置包括控制面CU-CP和用户面CU-UP；该CU-UP向该CU-CP发送第三信令，该第三信令用于指示该CU-UP能够支持接入的网络；该CU-UP接收该CU-CP发送的第四信令，该第四信令用于指示该CU-CP和该CU-UP共同能够支持接入的网络，或者，该第四信令用于指示该CU-CP能够支持接入的网络，或者该第四信令用于指示该CU-CP对该第三信令响应失败，并包括响应失败的原因。
结合第十一方面，在第十一方面的某些实现方式中，该第三信令包括以下信令中的任意一种：E1接口建立请求信令、CU-UP配置更新请求信令、或CU-CP配置更新响应信令；该第四信令包括以下信令中的任意一种：E1接口建立响应信令、CU-UP配置更新响应信令、CU-CP配置更新请求信令、E1接口建立失败信令、或CU-UP配置更新失败信令。
第十一方面以及第十一方面的任意可能的实现方式中提供的寻呼的装置，可以用来执行第四方面以及第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的DU的操作。
具体地，寻呼的装置包括用于执行上述第三方面以及第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)可以是第四方面中的DU或DU内部的 芯片或功能模块。步骤或功能可以通过软件实现，或硬件实现，或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。
第十二方面，提供一种通信装置，包括：接收器，用于接收DU发送的第一信令，该第一信令用于指示该DU能够支持接入的网络；发送器，用于向该DU发送第二信令，该第二信令用于指示CU和该DU共同能够支持接入的网络，或者，该第二信令用于指示该CU能够支持接入的网络，或者该第二信令用于指示该CU对该第一信令响应失败，并包括响应失败的原因。
结合第十二方面，在第十二方面的某些实现方式中，该第一信令包括以下信令中的任意一种：F1接口建立请求信令、DU配置更新请求信令、或DU服务小区消息，其中，该DU服务小区消息包括小区标识和小区支持接入的网络的网络标识；该第二信令包括以下信令中的任意一种：F1接口建立响应信令、DU配置更新响应信令、降低网络接入速率信令、CU配置更新请求信令、F1接口建立失败信令、DU配置更新失败信令、或CU能够支持接入的网络的信息，其中，该CU能够支持接入的网络的信息包括该CU能够支持接入的网络的网络标识。
第十二方面以及第十二方面的任意可能的实现方式中提供的寻呼的装置，可以用来执行第五方面以及第五方面的任意可能的实现方式中的CU的操作。
具体地，寻呼的装置包括用于执行上述第四方面以及第五方面的任意可能的实现方式中所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)可以是第五方面中的CU或CU内部的芯片或功能模块。步骤或功能可以通过软件实现，或硬件实现，或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。
第十三方面，提供了一种通信装置，包括：接收器，用于通过第一网络接收来自接入装置的第一消息，该第一消息用于指示第一网络中用于传输该第二网络的数据的资源，其中，第一网络和第二网络为所述接入装置支持接入的网络；处理器，用于确定第一网络中用于传输第二网络的数据的资源。
结合第十三方面，在第十三方面的某些实现方式中，通信装置包括用户设备，该用户设备已经接入该第一网络，该接收器，用于通过第一网络接收来自接入装置的第一消息包括：该接收器通过第一网络中的信令无线承载SRB接收来自接入装置的第一消息，例如，接收器通过第一网络中的RRC消息接收来自接入装置的第一消息；或者，该接收器通过第一网络中的寻呼信息接收来自接入装置的第一消息。
结合第十三方面，在第十三方面的某些实现方式中，该通信装置还包括：发送器，用于向该接入装置发送第一响应消息，该第一响应消息包括第三小区的信息，该第三小区为该用户设备确定接入的该第二网络中的小区；该用户设备通过第一网络接收该接入装置发送的第二消息，该第二消息中包括：指示该第一网络的资源的第三参数和第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该第一网络的资源承载该第二网络的数据。
结合第十三方面，在第十三方面的某些实现方式中，该第一消息包括指示该第一网络的资源的第八参数和第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该第一网络的资源承载该第二网络的数据。
结合第十三方面，在第十三方面的某些实现方式中，当第一消息用于指示用户设备被所述第二网络寻呼时，该接收器，还用于通过第一网络接收该接入装置发送的第三消 息，该第三消息用于指示该用户设备接入该第一网络，该第三消息中包括以下信息中的至少一种：用户设备的第一标识、第一网络的标识或第一小区的标识，其中，该用户设备的第一标识用于指示用户设备在该第一网络中的标识，该第一网络的标识用于指示该用户设备需要接入的第一网络，该第一小区的标识用于指示供该用户设备接入的该第一网络中的小区。
结合第十三方面，在第十三方面的某些实现方式中，该发送器，还用于向向该接入装置发送该用户设备的第一标识和该用户设备的第二标识，该用户设备的第一标识用于指示用户设备在该第一网络中的标识，该用户设备的第二标识用于指示用户设备在该第二网络中的标识。
结合第十三方面，在第十三方面的某些实现方式中，该发送器，还用于向该接入装置发送该用户设备的第一标识和该用户设备的第二标识，该用户设备的第一标识用于指示用户设备的第一SIM卡在该第一网络中的标识，该用户设备的第二标识用于指示用户设备的第二SIM卡在该第二网络中的标识。
第十三方面以及第十三方面的任意可能的实现方式中提供的通信装置，可以用来执行第六方面以及第六方面的任意可能的实现方式中的用户设备的操作。
具体地，寻呼的装置包括用于执行上述第一方面以及第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)可以是第一方面中的用户设备或用户设备内部的芯片或功能模块。步骤或功能可以通过软件实现，或硬件实现，或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。
第十四方面，提供了一种通信装置，包括：接收器，用于接收接收来自第二核心网设备的第一寻呼消息，该第一寻呼消息至少用于第二网络寻呼用户设备；发送器，用于通过第一网络向该用户设备发送第一消息，该第一消息用于指示该第一网络中用于传输该第二网络的数据的资源。
结合第十四方面，在第十四方面的某些实现方式中，在该发送器向该用户设备发送第一消息之前，该接入装置与该用户设备建立连接；该发送器通过第一网络向该用户设备发送第一消息包括：该发送器通过第一网络中的信令无线承载SRB向该用户设备发送该第一消息，或者，该发送器通过第一网络中的寻呼信息向该用户设备发送该第一消息。
结合第十四方面，在第十四方面的某些实现方式中，该接收器，还用于接收该用户设备发送的第一响应消息，该第一响应消息包括第三小区的信息，该第三小区为该用户设备确定接入的该第二网络中的小区；该发送器通过第一网络向该用户设备发送第二消息，该第二消息中包括：指示该第一网络的资源的第三参数和第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该第一网络的资源承载该第二网络的数据。
结合第十四方面，在第十四方面的某些实现方式中，该第一消息包括指示该第一网络的资源的第八参数和第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该第一网络的资源承载该第二网络的数据。
结合第十四方面，在第十四方面的某些实现方式中，当所述第一寻呼消息用于所述第二网络寻呼用户设备时，该接收器，还用于接收到第一核心网设备发送的第二寻呼消息，该发送器通过第一网络向该用户设备发送第三消息，该第三消息用于指示该用户设备接入该第一网络，该第二寻呼消息和该第三消息中分别包括以下信息中的至少一种： 用户设备的第一标识列表、第一网络的标识列表或第一小区的标识，该用户设备的第一标识用于指示用户设备在该第一网络中的标识，该第一网络的标识用于指示该用户设备需要接入的第一网络，该第一小区的标识用于指示供该用户设备接入的该第一网络中的小区。
第十四方面以及第十四方面的任意可能的实现方式中提供的通信装置，可以用来执行第七方面以及第七方面的任意可能的实现方式中的接入装置的操作。
具体地，寻呼的装置包括用于执行上述第七方面以及第七方面的任意可能的实现方式中所描述的步骤或功能相对应的部件(means)可以是第七方面中的接入装置或接入装置内部的芯片或功能模块。步骤或功能可以通过软件实现，或硬件实现，或者通过硬件和软件结合来实现。
第十五方面，提供一种寻呼的装置，该寻呼的装置包括处理器，用于实现上述第一方面描述的方法中用户设备的功能。
可选地，该寻呼的装置还可以包括存储器，该存储器与该处理器耦合，该处理器用于实现上述第一方面描述的方法中用户设备的功能。在一种可能的实现中，该存储器用于存储程序指令和数据。该存储器与该处理器耦合，该处理器可以调用并执行该存储器中存储的程序指令，用于实现上述第一方面描述的方法中用户设备的功能。
可选地，该寻呼的装置还可以包括通信接口，该通信接口用于该寻呼的装置与其它设备进行通信。当该寻呼的装置为用户设备时，该收发器可以是通信接口，或，输入/输出接口。
在一种可能的设计中，该寻呼的装置包括：处理器和通信接口，用于实现上述第一方面描述的方法中用户设备的功能，具体地包括：
该处理器利用该通信接口与外部通信；
该处理器用于运行计算机程序，使得该装置实现上述第一方面描述的任一种方法。
可以理解，该外部可以是处理器以外的对象，或者是该装置以外的对象。
在另一种实现方式中，该寻呼的装置为芯片或芯片系统时，该通信接口可以是是该芯片或芯片系统上输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。该处理器也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路。
第十六方面，提供一种寻呼的装置，该寻呼的装置包括处理器，用于实现上述第二方面描述的方法中接入装置的功能。
可选地，该寻呼的装置还可以包括存储器，该存储器与该处理器耦合，该处理器用于实现上述第二方面描述的方法中接入装置的功能。在一种可能的实现中，该存储器用于存储程序指令和数据。该存储器与该处理器耦合，该处理器可以调用并执行该存储器中存储的程序指令，用于实现上述第二方面描述的方法中接入装置的功能。可选地，该寻呼的装置还可以包括通信接口，该通信接口用于该寻呼的装置与其它设备进行通信。当该寻呼的装置为接入装置时，该通信接口为收发器、输入/输出接口、或电路等。
在一种可能的设计中，该寻呼的装置包括：处理器和通信接口，
该处理器利用该通信接口与外部通信；
该处理器用于运行计算机程序，使得该装置实现上述第二方面描述的任一种方法。
在另一种可能的设计中，该寻呼的装置为芯片或芯片系统。所述通信接口可以是该 芯片或芯片系统上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。所述处理器也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路。
第十七方面，提供一种寻呼的装置，该寻呼的装置包括处理器，用于实现上述第三方面描述的方法中第二核心网设备的功能。
可选地，该寻呼的装置还可以包括存储器，该存储器与该处理器耦合，该处理器用于实现上述第三方面描述的方法中第二核心网设备的功能。在一种可能的实现中，该存储器用于存储程序指令和数据。该存储器与该处理器耦合，该处理器可以调用并执行该存储器中存储的程序指令，用于实现上述第三方面描述的方法中第二核心网设备的功能。可选地，该寻呼的装置还可以包括通信接口，该通信接口用于该寻呼的装置与其它设备进行通信。当该寻呼的装置为接入装置时，该通信接口为收发器、输入/输出接口、或电路等。
在一种可能的设计中，该寻呼的装置包括：处理器和通信接口，
该处理器利用该通信接口与外部通信；
该处理器用于运行计算机程序，使得该装置实现上述第三方面描述的任一种方法。
在另一种可能的设计中，该寻呼的装置为芯片或芯片系统。所述通信接口可以是该芯片或芯片系统上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。所述处理器也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路。
第十八方面，提供一种通信装置，所述通信装置包括处理器，用于实现上述第四方面描述的方法中DU的功能。
可选地，所述通信装置还可以包括存储器，所述存储器与所述处理器耦合，所述处理器用于实现上述第四方面描述的方法中DU的功能。在一种可能的实现中，所述存储器用于存储程序指令和数据。所述存储器与所述处理器耦合，所述处理器可以调用并执行所述存储器中存储的程序指令，用于实现上述第四方面描述的方法中DU的功能。
可选地，所述通信装置还可以包括通信接口，所述通信接口用于所述通信装置与其它设备进行通信。当该通信装置为DU时，所述收发器可以是通信接口，或，输入/输出接口。
在一种可能的设计中，所述通信装置包括：处理器和通信接口，用于实现上述第四方面描述的方法中DU的功能，具体地包括：
所述处理器利用所述通信接口与外部通信；
所述处理器用于运行计算机程序，使得所述装置实现上述第四方面描述的任一种方法。
可以理解，所述外部可以是处理器以外的对象，或者是所述装置以外的对象。
在另一种实现方式中，该通信装置为芯片或芯片系统时，所述通信接口可以是是该芯片或芯片系统上输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。所述处理器也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路。
第十九方面，提供一种通信装置，所述通信装置包括处理器，用于实现上述第五方面描述的方法中CU的功能。
可选地，所述通信装置还可以包括存储器，所述存储器与所述处理器耦合，所述处理器用于实现上述第五方面描述的方法中CU的功能。在一种可能的实现中，所述存储 器用于存储程序指令和数据。所述存储器与所述处理器耦合，所述处理器可以调用并执行所述存储器中存储的程序指令，用于实现上述第五方面描述的方法中CU的功能。可选地，所述通信装置还可以包括通信接口，所述通信接口用于所述通信装置与其它设备进行通信。当该通信装置为CU时，所述通信接口为收发器、输入/输出接口、或电路等。
在一种可能的设计中，所述通信装置包括：处理器和通信接口，
所述处理器利用所述通信接口与外部通信；
所述处理器用于运行计算机程序，使得所述装置实现上述第五方面描述的任一种方法。
在另一种可能的设计中，该通信装置为芯片或芯片系统。所述通信接口可以是该芯片或芯片系统上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。所述处理器也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路。
第二十方面，提供一种通信装置，所述通信装置包括处理器，用于实现上述第六方面描述的方法中用户设备的功能。
可选地，所述通信装置还可以包括存储器，所述存储器与所述处理器耦合，所述处理器用于实现上述第六方面描述的方法中用户设备的功能。在一种可能的实现中，所述存储器用于存储程序指令和数据。所述存储器与所述处理器耦合，所述处理器可以调用并执行所述存储器中存储的程序指令，用于实现上述第六方面描述的方法中用户设备的功能。
可选地，所述通信装置还可以包括通信接口，所述通信接口用于所述通信装置与其它设备进行通信。当该通信装置为用户设备时，所述收发器可以是通信接口，或，输入/输出接口。
在一种可能的设计中，所述通信装置包括：处理器和通信接口，用于实现上述第六方面描述的方法中用户设备的功能，具体地包括：
所述处理器利用所述通信接口与外部通信；
所述处理器用于运行计算机程序，使得所述装置实现上述第五方面描述的任一种方法。
可以理解，所述外部可以是处理器以外的对象，或者是所述装置以外的对象。
在另一种实现方式中，该通信装置为芯片或芯片系统时，所述通信接口可以是是该芯片或芯片系统上输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。所述处理器也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路。
第二十一方面，提供一种通信装置，所述通信装置包括处理器，用于实现上述第七方面描述的方法中接入装置的功能。
可选地，所述通信装置还可以包括存储器，所述存储器与所述处理器耦合，所述处理器用于实现上述第七方面描述的方法中接入装置的功能。在一种可能的实现中，所述存储器用于存储程序指令和数据。所述存储器与所述处理器耦合，所述处理器可以调用并执行所述存储器中存储的程序指令，用于实现上述第七方面描述的方法中接入装置的功能。可选地，所述通信装置还可以包括通信接口，所述通信接口用于所述通信装置与其它设备进行通信。当该通信装置为接入装置时，所述通信接口为收发器、输入/输出接口、或电路等。
在一种可能的设计中，所述通信装置包括：处理器和通信接口，
所述处理器利用所述通信接口与外部通信；
所述处理器用于运行计算机程序，使得所述装置实现上述第七方面描述的任一种方法。
在另一种可能的设计中，该通信装置为芯片或芯片系统。所述通信接口可以是该芯片或芯片系统上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。所述处理器也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路。
第二十二方面，提供一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序，所述计算机程序被通信装置执行时，使得所述通信装置实现第一方面至第七方面以及第一方面和第七方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。
第二十三方面，提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，所述指令被计算机执行时使得通信装置实现第一方面至第七方面以及第一方面和第七方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。
第二十四方面，提供了一种通信系统，包括第九方面所示的寻呼的装置和第十方面所示的寻呼的装置。
第二十五方面，提供了一种寻呼的方法，包括：第二核心网设备向接入装置发送第一寻呼消息，第一寻呼消息至少用于第二网络寻呼用户设备；接入装置通过第一网络向用户设备发送第一消息，第一消息用于指示用户设备至少被第二网络寻呼。
基于上述方案，在第二网络需要寻呼用户设备的情况下，第二核心网设备向接入装置发送第一寻呼消息。接入装置接收到第一寻呼消息之后，获知第二网络需要寻呼用户设备，则接入装置可以通过第一网络，向用户设备发送第一消息，使得用户设备对第二网路的寻呼做出响应，通过接入装置接入第二网络。具体地，第一网络协助第二网络进行寻呼，一方面能够使不能接收到第二网络寻呼信息的终端设备可以接收到第二网络的寻呼消息，另一方面第一网络协助第二网络进行控制面信令传输，实现了网络间控制面信令的负载均衡，同时避免第二网络因一直得不到终端设备的寻呼响应而一直发送寻呼消息，减少第二网络的信令风暴。可以保障共享无线接入网场景下的正常寻呼。
第二十六方面，提供了一种寻呼的系统，包括：第二核心网设备和接入装置，其中，第二核心网设备用于向接入装置发送第一寻呼消息，第一寻呼消息至少用于第二网络寻呼用户设备；接入装置用于通过第一网络向用户设备发送第一消息，第一消息用于指示用户设备至少被第二网络寻呼。
附图说明
图1是适用于本申请实施例的网络架构。
图2是另一种适用于本申请实施例的通信系统的示意性框图。
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种SNPN和PLMN示意图。
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种PNI-NPN和PLMN示意图。
图5是本申请实施例提供的一种shared-RAN场景下SNPN和PLMN示意图。
图6是本申请实施例提供的一种shared-RAN场景下PNI-NPN和PLMN示意图。
图7是本申请实施例提供的一种shared-RAN场景下PNI-NPN和SNPN示意图。
图8是本申请实施例提供的一种寻呼的方法示意性流程图。
图9是本申请实施例提供的另一种寻呼的方法示意性流程图。
图10是本申请实施例提供的又一种寻呼的方法示意性流程图。
图11是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法示意性流程图。
图12是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法示意性流程图。
图13是本申请实施例提供的又一种寻呼的方法示意性流程图。
图14是本申请提出的寻呼的装置1400的示意图。
图15是适用于本申请实施例的终端设备1500的结构示意图。
图16是本申请提出的寻呼的装置1600的示意图。
图17是适用于本申请实施例的接入装置1700的结构示意图。
图18是本申请提出的寻呼的装置1800的示意图。
图19是适用于本申请实施例的接入装置1900的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合附图，对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统，例如：长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex，FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex，TDD)系统、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system，UMTS)、第五代(5th generation，5G)系统或NR等，本申请中所述的5G移动通信系统包括非独立组网(non-standalone，NSA)的5G移动通信系统或独立组网(standalone，SA)的5G移动通信系统。本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于未来的通信系统，如第六代移动通信系统。通信系统还可以是陆上公用移动通信网络(public land mobile network，PLMN)、设备到设备(device-to-device，D2D)通信系统、机器到机器(machine to machine，M2M)通信系统、物联网(Internet of Things，IoT)通信系统或者其他通信系统。
图1是适用于本申请实施例的网络架构。如图1所示，下面对该网络架构中涉及的各个部分分别进行说明。
1、用户设备(user equipment，UE)110：可以包括各种具有无线通信功能的手持设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备，以及各种形式的终端，移动台(mobile station，MS)，终端(terminal)，软终端等等。例如，水表、电表、传感器等。
2、(无线)接入网络(radio access network，(R)AN)网元120：用于管理无线资源，为用户设备提供接入服务，进而完成控制信号和用户设备数据在用户设备和核心网之间的转发。
3、用户面网元130：用于分组路由和转发以及用户面数据的服务质量(quality of service，QoS)处理等。
在5G通信系统中，该用户面网元可以是用户面功能(user plane function，UPF)网元。在未来通信系统中，用户面网元仍可以是UPF网元，或者，还可以有其它的名称，本申请不做限定。
4、数据网络网元140：用于提供传输数据的网络。
在5G通信系统中，该数据网络网元可以是数据网络(data network，DN)网元。在未来通信系统中，数据网络网元仍可以是DN网元，或者，还可以有其它的名称，本申请不做限定。
5、接入和移动管理网元150：主要用于移动性管理和接入管理等，可以用于实现移动性管理实体(mobility management entity，MME)功能中除会话管理之外的其它功能，例如，合法监听以及接入授权/鉴权等功能。
在5G通信系统中，该接入和移动管理网元可以是接入和移动管理功能(access and mobility management function，AMF)。在未来通信系统中，接入和移动管理设备仍可以是AMF，或者，还可以有其它的名称，本申请不做限定。
6、会话管理网元160：主要用于会话管理、用户设备的网络互连协议(internet protocol，IP)地址分配和管理、选择可管理用户平面功能、策略控制和收费功能接口的终结点以及下行数据通知等。
在5G通信系统中，该会话管理网元可以是会话管理功能(session management function，SMF)网元。在未来通信系统中，会话管理网元仍可以是SMF网元，或者，还可以有其它的名称，本申请不做限定。
7、策略控制网元170：用于指导网络行为的统一策略框架，为控制面功能网元(例如AMF，SMF网元等)提供策略规则信息等。
在4G通信系统中，该策略控制网元可以是策略和计费规则功能(policy and charging rules function，PCRF)网元。在5G通信系统中，该策略控制网元可以是策略控制功能(policy control function，PCF)网元。在未来通信系统中，策略控制网元仍可以是PCF网元，或者，还可以有其它的名称，本申请不做限定。
8、认证服务器180：用于鉴权服务、产生密钥实现对用户设备的双向鉴权，支持统一的鉴权框架。
在5G通信系统中，该认证服务器可以是认证服务器功能(authentication server function，AUSF)网元。在未来通信系统中，认证服务器功能网元仍可以是AUSF网元，或者，还可以有其它的名称，本申请不做限定。
9、数据管理网元190：用于处理用户设备标识，接入鉴权，注册以及移动性管理等。
在5G通信系统中，该数据管理网元可以是统一数据管理(unified data management，UDM)网元；在4G通信系统中，该数据管理网元可以是归属用户服务器(home subscriber server，HSS)网元在未来通信系统中，统一数据管理仍可以是UDM网元，或者，还可以有其它的名称，本申请不做限定。
10、应用网元1100：用于进行应用影响的数据路由，接入网络开放功能网元，与策略框架交互进行策略控制等。
在5G通信系统中，该应用网元可以是应用功能(application function，AF)网元。在未来通信系统中，应用网元仍可以是AF网元，或者，还可以有其它的名称，本申请不做限定。
11、网络存储网元：用于维护网络中所有网络功能服务的实时信息。
在5G通信系统中，该网络存储网元可以是网络注册功能(network repository function， NRF)网元。在未来通信系统中，网络存储网元仍可以是NRF网元，或者，还可以有其它的名称，本申请不做限定。
可以理解的是，上述网元或者功能既可以是硬件设备中的网络元件，也可以是在专用硬件上运行软件功能，或者是平台(例如，云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能。为方便说明，本申请后续，以接入和移动管理设备为AMF，数据管理网元为UDM网元，会话管理网元为SMF网元，用户面网元为UPF网元为例进行说明。
为了方便说明，本申请实施例中以装置为AMF实体、UDM实体为例，对用于寻呼的方法进行说明，对于装置为AMF实体内的芯片、UDM实体内的芯片的实现方法，可参考装置分别为AMF实体、UDM实体的具体说明。
在图1所示的网络架构中，用户设备通过接口(例如，N1接口)与AMF连接，(R)AN通过接口(例如，N2接口)与AMF连接，(R)AN通过接口(例如，N3接口)与UPF连接。UPF之间通过接口(例如，N9接口)连接，UPF通过接口(例如，N6接口)与DN互联。SMF通过N4接口控制UPF。AMF通过接口(例如，N11接口)与SMF接口。AMF通过接口(例如，N8接口)从UDM单元获取用户设备签约数据，SMF通过接口(例如，N10接口)从UDM单元获取用户设备签约数据。
上述应用于本申请实施例的网络架构仅是一种举例说明，适用本申请实施例的网络架构并不局限于此，任何能够实现上述各个网元的功能的网络架构都适用于本申请实施例。
例如，在某些网络架构中，AMF、SMF网元、PCF网元、BSF网元以及UDM网元等网络功能网元实体都称为网络功能(network function，NF)网元。或者，在另一些网络架构中，AMF，SMF网元，PCF网元，BSF网元，UDM网元等网元的集合都可以称为控制面功能网元。
本申请实施例中的用户设备(user equipment，UE)可以指接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、中继站、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端(user terminal)、终端设备(terminal equipment)、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。用户设备还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol，SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop，WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant，PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备，未来5G网络中的用户设备或者未来演进的PLMN中的用户设备或者未来车联网中的用户设备等，本申请实施例对此并不限定。
作为示例而非限定，在本申请实施例中，可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备，是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称，如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上，或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备，更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能，例如：智能手表或智能眼镜等，以及只专注于某一类应用功能，需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用，如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。
此外，在本申请实施例中，用户设备还可以是IoT系统中的用户设备，IoT是未来信 息技术发展的重要组成部分，其主要技术特点是将物品通过通信技术与网络连接，从而实现人机互连，物物互连的智能化网络。在本申请实施例中，IOT技术可以通过例如窄带(narrow band，NB)技术，做到海量连接，深度覆盖，终端省电。
此外，在本申请实施例中，用户设备还可以包括智能打印机、火车探测器、行车记录仪、或车载音响等设备，主要功能包括收集数据、接收网络设备的控制信息与下行数据，并发送电磁波，向网络设备传输上行数据。
本申请实施例中的接入网设备可以是用于与用户设备通信的任意一种具有无线收发功能的通信设备。该设备包括但不限于：演进型节点B(evolved Node B，eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller，RNC)、节点B(Node B，NB)、基站控制器(base station controller，BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station，BTS)、家庭基站(home evolved NodeB，HeNB，或home Node B，HNB)、基带单元(baseBand unit，BBU)，无线保真(wireless fidelity，WIFI)系统中的接入点(access point，AP)、无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(transmission point，TP)或者发送接收点(transmission and reception point，TRP)等，还可以为5G，如，NR，系统中的gNB，或，传输点(TRP或TP)，5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板，或者，还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点，如基带单元(BBU)，或，分布式单元(distributed unit，DU)等。
在一些部署中，gNB可以包括集中式单元(centralized unit，CU)和DU。如图2所示，图2是另一种适用于本申请实施例的通信系统的示意性框图。包括核心网设备、无线接入网设备。无线接入网设备包括集中式单元和分布式单元。
本申请实施例中的图2中所示的核心网设备可以为不同通信系统中的核心网设备。例如，5G通信系统中的核心网设备或LTE通信系统中的核心网设备。无线接入网设备包括第一无线接入网设备和第二无线接入网设备)。
具体地，图2中的第一无线接入网设备可以为基站(gNodeB，gNB)或者(ng-eNodeB，ng-eNB)；第二无线接入网设备也可以为gNB或者ng-eNB。其中，gNB为终端设备提供NR的用户面和控制面协议和功能，ng-eNB为终端设备提供演进通用陆地无线接入(evolved universal terrestrial radio access，E-UTRA)的用户面和控制面协议和功能。无线接入网设备之间的接口都为Xn接口；无线接入网设备和核心网设备之间的接口称为NG接口。
具体地，gNB或ng-eNB可以包括CU和DU。具体地，一个无线接入网设备中可以包括一个集中单元和一个或多个分布式单元。在图2中，第二无线接入网设备包括第一分布式单元和第二分布式单元)。
其中，CU设备具有(hosting)无线高层协议栈功能。例如，CU具有RRC层，分组数据汇聚协议(packet data convergence protocol，PDCP)层等。甚至CU也能够支持部分核心网功能下沉至接入网，称作边缘计算网络，能够满足未来通信网络的新兴业务(例如，视频，网购，虚拟/增强现实)对于网络时延的更高要求。CU具有无线接入网高层协议栈以及核心网的一部分功能，涉及的主要协议层包括RRC功能、服务发现应用协议(service discovery application protocol，SDAP)、分组数据汇聚协议(packet data convergence protocol，PDCP)子层功能。DU具有基带处理的物理层以及层2部分功能，具体地，DU实现射频处理功能和无线链路控制(radio link control，RLC)、媒质接入控 制(medium access control，MAC)以及物理层(physical layer，PHY)等基带处理功能。CU可以集中式的部署，DU的部署取决实际网络环境，核心城区，话务密度较高，站间距较小，机房资源受限的区域，例如高校，大型演出场馆等，DU也可以集中式部署，而话务较稀疏，站间距较大等区域，例如郊县，山区等区域，DU可以采取分布式的部署方式。
进一步地，CU还可包括控制面的集中单元(即集中单元控制面CU-CP网元)和用户面的集中单元(即集中单元用户面CU-UP网元)，其中CU-CP和CU-UP也可以分别部署在不同的物理设备上，CU-CP负责RRC层和PDCP层控制面的处理，CU-UP负责SDAP层和PDCP层用户面的处理。一个gNB可包含一个CU-CP、一个或多个CU-UP以及一个或多个DU。一个CP-UP与一个CU-CP通过控制面接口(如E1)连接，用于传输控制面数据；一个DU与一个CU-CP通过控制面接口(如F1-C)连接，用于传输控制面数据。在CU-CP的控制下，一个DU可以与一个或多个CU-UP连接，一个CU-UP也可以与一个或多个DU连接，CU-UP与DU之间通过用户面接口(如F1-U)连接，用于传输用户面数据。值得说明的是，为了保持网络的弹性，一个DU或一个CU-UP也可以和多个CU-CP连接。此时，多个CU-CP彼此作为备份。在实际应用中，同一时刻可以只有一个CU-CP在运行。对于包括CU和DU的RAN设备架构而言，上述协议栈划分方式仅是示例性的，RAN设备也可以根据其他划分方式划分CU和DU，例如可以由CU负责RRC层、SDAP层、PDCP层以及RLC层的操作，由DU负责MAC层以及PHY层的操作；或者由CU负责RRC层以及SDAP层的操作，由DU负责PDCP层、RLC层、MAC层以及PHY层的操作等。类似地，CU中的CU-CP和CU-UP之间的协议栈划分方式也是可变的。申请对此不作具体限定。
gNB还可以包括有源天线单元(active antenna unit，AAU)。CU实现gNB的部分功能，DU实现gNB的部分功能。由于RRC层的信息最终会变成PHY层的信息，或者，由PHY层的信息转变而来，因而，在这种架构下，高层信令，如RRC层信令，也可以认为是由DU发送的，或者，由DU+AAU发送的。可以理解的是，网络设备可以为包括CU节点、DU节点、AAU节点中一项或多项的设备。在本申请实施例中，用户设备或网络设备包括硬件层、运行在硬件层之上的操作系统层，以及运行在操作系统层上的应用层。该硬件层包括中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)、内存管理单元(memory management unit，MMU)和内存等硬件。该操作系统可以是任意一种或多种通过进程(process)实现业务处理的计算机操作系统，例如，Linux操作系统、Unix操作系统、Android操作系统、iOS操作系统或windows操作系统等。该应用层包含浏览器、通讯录、文字处理软件、即时通信软件等应用。并且，本申请实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定，只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例的提供的方法的代码的程序，以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可，例如，本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是用户设备或接入网设备，或者，是用户设备或接入网设备中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块。
另外，本申请的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。本申请中使用的术语“制品”涵盖可从任何计算机可读器件、载体或介质访问的计算机程序。例如，计算机可读介质可以包括，但不限于：磁存储器件(例如，硬盘、 软盘或磁带等)，光盘(例如，压缩盘(compact disc，CD)、数字通用盘(digital versatile disc，DVD)等)，智能卡和闪存器件(例如，可擦写可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read-only memory，EPROM)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。另外，本文描述的各种存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。术语“机器可读存储介质”可包括但不限于，无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。
为了便于理解本申请实施例中提供的寻呼的方法，下面简单介绍本申请实施例中涉及到的几个基本概念：
1、非公网络(non-public networks，NPN)。
NPN是3GPP标准中正在讨论的一种网络，区别于传统蜂窝网络，NPN网络允许某些具有特定权限的用户接入。NPN包括两种网络架构，一种网络架构是独立(standalone，SA)组网，另外一种网络架构是非独立(non-standalone，NSA)组网。其中，非独立组网NPN也可以称为(public network integrated NPN，PNI-NPN)，为了便于描述下文中独立组网NPN记为SNPN、非独立组网NPN记为PNI-NPN。下面结合图3和图4简单介绍NPN和PLMN的联系和区别。
如图3所示，图3是本申请实施例提供的一种SNPN和PLMN示意图。SNPN和PLMN拥有独立的RAN和核心网，SNPN被视为非3GPP网络，SNPN和PLMN的核心网之间通过非3GPP网间互通功能(non-3GPP inter working function，N3IWF)网元相连，通过N3IWF网元可进行用户面、控制面的互通。SNPN中，由NID和PLMN ID共同来标识一个SNPN。SNPN中的某个小区可以由Cell ID、PLMN ID和NID共同标识。例如，第一小区(Cell ID为第一Cell)同时可以接入第一网络和第二网络(PLMN ID分别为第一PLMN和第二PLMN)，第一网络中布置有第一独立私网(NID为第一NID)用户设备需要接入第一独立私网时，需要包括的标识包括第一Cell、第一PLMN和第一NID。
从图3中可以看出，UE的PLMN PDU会话资源承载在：UE、NPN-RAN、NPN-UPF、DN、PLMN-N3IWF、PLMN-UPF、DN；从图3中可以看出，UE的NPN PDU会话资源承载在：UE、NPN-RAN、NPN-UPF、DN。本申请中所涉及的“会话资源承载在”某些设备或网元上可以理解为“会话资源”由该某些设备或网元提供。图中5GC为5G核心网设备。
如图4所示，图4是本申请实施例提供的一种PNI-NPN和PLMN示意图。PNI-NPN和PLMN共用核心网或者接入网。PNI-NPN中将有权限接入PNI-NPN的用户称为属于CAG中的用户，PNI-NPN中的某小区可用PLMN ID、CAG ID和Cell ID共同标识。如图4所示，PLMN和PNI-NPN网络共用核心网(AMF、UPF等)，分别部署PLMN-RAN和PNI-NPN-RAN，不同RAN之间可以有Xn接口。
从图4中可以看出，UE的PLMN PDU会话资源承载在：UE、PLMN-RAN、UPF、DN；从图4中可以看出，UE的NPN PDU会话资源承载在：UE、INPN-RAN、UPF、DN。
2、CAG。
如果一个网络设备或者小区是属于PNI-NPN，该网络设备或者小区会广播CAG标识，那么只有是这个封闭接入组的注册终端设备才能够接入这个网络。也就是说，只有 是这个封闭接入组注册的终端设备才能够被该小区服务。不同的CAG对应不同的CAG标识(identify，ID)。
3、共享接入网设备(shared-RAN)。
shared-RAN是指一个RAN下可以配置不同网络的小区，用户设备可以通过一个RAN接入到不同的网络(例如，接入到有不同PLMN ID的网络)。下面结合图5和图6简单介绍shared-RAN场景下NPN和PLMN的联系和区别。
如图5所示，图5是本申请实施例提供的一种shared-RAN场景下SNPN和PLMN示意图。在图5中，NPN-RAN是shared-RAN，shared-RAN配置有PLMN和NPN小区，用户设备的PLMN的协议数据单元(protocol data unit，PDU)会话(session)资源可以直接通过shared-RAN建立，UE的PLMN PDU会话资源承载在：UE、shared-RAN、PLMN UPF、DN。UE的NPN PDU会话资源承载在：UE、shared-RAN、NPN UPF、DNshared-RAN和PLMN-RAN之间可能存在Xn接口。
如图6所示，图6是本申请实施例提供的一种shared-RAN场景下PNI-NPN和PLMN示意图。在shared-RAN场景下，对比图5，图6(a)中PNI-NPN和PLMN共用核心网和RAN，图6(b)中PNI-NPN和PLMN共用RAN，核心网分别部署。shared-RAN中配置了PLMN小区和PNI-NPN小区。具体地，从图6(a)中可以看出，PNI-NPN和PLMN共用AMF、UPF和DN，UE的PLMN PDU和NPN PDU会话资源承载在：UE、shared-RAN、UPF、DN；从图6(b)中可以看出，PNI-NPN和PLMN共用RAN和DN，但是PNI-NPN和PLMN各自具有AMF和UPF，UE的PLMN PDU会话资源承载在：UE、shared-RAN、PLMN UPF、DN、UE的NPN PDU会话资源承载在：UE、shared-RAN、NPN UPF、DN。
进一步地，shared-RAN也可以适用于图2所示的CU-DU。在CU-DU架构下，以PNI-NPN和SNPN为例，如图7所示，图7是本申请实施例提供的一种shared-RAN场景下PNI-NPN和SNPN示意图。如图7所示，PLMN和SNPN分别连接各自CU，PNI-NPN-CU和SNPN-CU共享Shared-DU，PNI-NPN-CU和SNPN-CU间可能存在Xn口。同样的，PNI-NPN和SNPN、PNI-NPN和PLMN也有类似衍生场景，Shared-CU也有类似衍生场景，不再一一赘述。
4、寻呼(paging)。
寻呼包括核心网触发的寻呼(CN paging)和RAN侧触发的寻呼(RAN paging)。
对于处于注册管理注册态(registration management registered，RM-Registered)并处于RRC空闲(idle)态的用户设备，当有该用户设备数据到达UPF时，UPF触发SMF、AMF发起CN paging，AMF将paging信息发送给RAN，paging信息中包括所要寻呼的PLMN ID、跟踪区号(tracking area code，TAC)、Cell ID、用户设备的标识(例如，用户设备的5G S-临时移动用户标识(5G S-temporary mobile subscriber identity，5G-S-TMSI))、RAN节点ID等信息。RAN收到CN paging后，发起RAN paging，继续在相应的小区通过Uu口继续寻呼用户设备，Uu口寻呼信息中包括用户设备标识(5G-S-TMSI)。处于RRC-idle态的用户设备收到paging消息后，可能会发起一个建立RRC过程以响应寻呼。
对于处于RM-Registered并处于RRC非激活(inactive)态的用户设备，当有用户设备数据到达UPF时，不用进行CN paging，UPF将数据发送至RAN，RAN触发RAN paging， 在Uu口寻呼用户设备，Uu口寻呼信息中包括用户设备标识(5G-S-TMSI，I-RNTI)等信息。RRC-inactive态的用户设备收到寻呼信息后，在被寻呼所在的小区，发送无线资源控制恢复请求(RRC resume request)信息响应寻呼。
本申请实施例可以适用于上述处于RM-Registered并处于RRC-idle态的用户设备的寻呼，也适用于处于RM-Registered并处于RRC-inactive态的用户设备的寻呼。
此外，为了便于理解本申请实施例，做出以下几点说明。
第一，在本申请中，“用于指示”可以包括用于直接指示和用于间接指示。当描述用于指示A时，可以包括该指示信息直接指示A或间接指示A，而并不代表该指示信息中一定包括有A。
用于指示的信息可以称为待指示信息，则具体实现过程中，对待指示信息进行指示的方式有很多种。例如，可以直接指示待指示信息，如待指示信息本身或者该待指示信息的索引等。也可以通过指示其他信息来间接指示待指示信息，其中该其他信息与待指示信息之间存在关联关系。还可以仅仅指示待指示信息的一部分，而待指示信息的其他部分则是已知的或者提前约定的。例如，还可以借助预先约定(例如协议规定)的各个信息的排列顺序来实现对特定信息的指示，从而在一定程度上降低指示开销。同时，还可以识别各个信息的通用部分并统一指示，以降低单独指示同样的信息而带来的指示开销。当需要指示相同类型的多个信息时，可能会出现不同信息的指示方式不相同的情形。具体实现过程中，可以根据具体的需要选择所需的指示方式，本申请实施例对选择的指示方式不做限定，如此一来，本申请实施例涉及的指示方式应理解为涵盖可以使得待指示方获知待指示信息的各种方法。
待指示信息可以作为一个整体一起发送，也可以分成多个子信息分开发送，而且这些子信息的发送周期和/或发送时机可以相同，也可以不同。具体发送方法本申请不进行限定。其中，这些子信息的发送周期和/或发送时机可以是预先定义的，例如根据协议预先定义的，也可以是发射端设备通过向接收端设备发送配置信息来配置的。其中，该配置信息可以例如但不限于包括无线资源控制信令、MAC层信令和物理层信令中的一种或者至少两种的组合。其中，无线资源控制信令例如包括RRC信令；MAC层信令例如包括MAC控制元素(control element，CE)；物理层信令例如包括下行控制信息(downlink control information，DCI)。
第二，在下文示出的实施例中第一、第二以及各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分，并不用来限制本申请实施例的范围。例如，区分不同的预设对应关系等。
第三，在下文示出的实施例中，“预设的”可包括由网络设备信令指示或者预先定义，例如，协议定义。其中，“预先定义”可以通过在设备(例如，包括用户设备和网络设备)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现，本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。
第四，本申请实施例中涉及的“保存”，可以是指的保存在一个或者多个存储器中。所述一个或者多个存储器，可以是单独的设置，也可以是集成在编码器、译码器、处理器、或通信装置中。所述一个或者多个存储器，也可以是一部分单独设置，一部分集成在编码器、译码器、处理器、或通信装置中。存储器的类型可以是任意形式的存储介质，本申请并不对此限定。
第五，本申请实施例中涉及的“协议”可以是指通信领域的标准协议，例如可以包括LTE协议、NR协议以及应用于未来的通信系统中的相关协议，本申请对此不做限定。
针对上述处于RM-Registered并处于RRC-idle态的用户设备已有的寻呼机制中，用户设备收到寻呼消息后，会响应寻呼消息接入到相应小区，进而用户设备转为RRC连接(connected)态。此后，用户设备不再监听或者接收其他小区的寻呼信息，而只在已接入的小区接收寻呼信息。而在shared-RAN场景下，一个shared-RAN下可以配置不同网络的小区，当用户设备接入到其下的某个网络的小区而从处于RRC-idle态转变为处于RRC-connected态时，若另一个网络触发shared-RAN在其他相应小区下寻呼用户设备时，用户设备并不会监听和接收到另一个网络的寻呼，则另一个网络一直得不到寻呼相应。另一方面，从用户设备角度，当用户设备注册有多个网络时，在接入某个网络之前需要监听多个网络的寻呼，耗能严重。从网络角度，不同网络要寻呼用户设备时，要分别进行寻呼，耗能严重。
为了解决shared-RAN场景下用户设备寻呼存在的上述问题，本申请实施例提供一种寻呼的方法，以期保障shared-RAN场景下的正常寻呼。
下面将结合附图详细说明本申请实施例提供的寻呼的方法。
本申请实施例提供的方法可以应用于不同的通信系统，例如，图1或图2中所示的通信系统。该通信系统可以包括至少一个网络设备和至少一个用户设备。还下文示出的实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定，只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例的提供的方法的代码的程序，以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可，例如，本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是用户设备或网络设备，或者，是用户设备或网络设备中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块或芯片。
以下，不失一般性，以网络设备与用户设备之间的交互为例详细说明本申请实施例提供的寻呼的方法。
图8是本申请实施例提供的一种寻呼的方法示意性流程图。该流程中，执行主体包括第二用户面功能网元、第二核心网设备、接入装置和用户设备，其中，为了区别于用户设备，上述的第二用户面功能网元、第二核心网设备和接入装置可以统称为网络设备。
本申请实施例中的接入装置可以为上述的shared-RAN，或者其他能够支持接入多个网络的接入设备，本申请对于接入装置的具体形式并不限定。
本申请实施例中的核心网设备可以为图1中所示的接入和移动管理功能(access and mobility management function，AMF)，还可以是其他能够实现AMF在本申请实施例中所起的作用的核心网设备，本申请对此不限制。
本申请实施例中的第二用户面功能网元，可以为图1中所示的UPF，还可以是其他能够实现UPF在本申请实施例中所起的作用的设备，本申请对此不限制。
本申请实施例中用户设备接入网络或者接入网络中的小区，可以理解为用户设备通过接入装置接入网络或者接入网络中的小区。
本实施例中，用户设备已经处于第一网络的RRC连接(RRC-connected)态，而处于第二网络的RRC空闲(RRC-idle)态，用户设备需要接入在接入装置下的第二网络中的某一个小区。某一时刻有第二网络的数据到达第二用户面功能网元，第二用户面功能网元触发第二核心网设备进行寻呼。
该寻呼的方法包括以下步骤。
S810，第二核心网设备向接入装置发送第一寻呼消息。接入装置接收来自第二核心网设备的第一寻呼消息。
该第一寻呼消息用于所述第二网络寻呼用户设备时，所述第一寻呼消息包括以下信息中的至少一种：用户设备的第二标识、第二网络的标识或第二小区的标识。所述用户设备的第二标识用于指示用户设备在所述第二网络中的标识，所述第二网络的标识用于指示所述用户设备需要接入的第二网络，所述第二小区的标识用于指示供所述用户设备接入的所述第二网络中的小区。
进一步地，上述第一寻呼消息中包括的用户设备的第二标识可以是包括在用户设备的第二标识列表中。例如，用户设备在所述第二网络中的标识可以有多个，第一寻呼消息可以将该多个用户设备的第二标识作为用户设备的第二标识列表发送给用户设备，指示第二网络寻呼用户设备。
进一步地，上述第一寻呼消息中包括的第二网络的标识可以是包括在第二网络的标识列表中。例如，第二网络的标识可以有多个，第一寻呼消息可以将该多个第二网络的标识作为第二网络的标识列表发送给用户设备，指示还有第二网络寻呼用户设备。
进一步地，第二网络中可以有多个小区可以提供用户设备接入，即第一消息中包括的第二小区的标识可以有多个，第一消息可以将该多个第二小区的标识作为第二小区的标识列表发送给用户设备，指示还有第二网络中多个小区可以提供用户设备接入。
一种可能的实现方式，当第二网络为独立私网(SNPN)时，第二网络的标识列表包括NID list和PLMN ID list，或者包括PLMN ID list。例如，用PLMN ID以标识SNPN网络，其中，NID list和PLMN ID list中包括的NID和PLMN ID用于指示供用户设备接入的SNPN。例如，第一寻呼消息中包括的NID list包括NID为第一NID、第二NID和第三NID，PLMN ID list包括PLMN ID为第一PLMN ID、第二PLMN ID和第三PLMN ID，且第一PLMN ID和第一NID用于标识第一SNPN、第二PLMN ID和第二NID用于标识第二SNPN、第三PLMN ID和第三NID用于标识第三NPN，则表示上述用户设备可以接入第一SNPN、第二SNPN和第三NPN中的一个或多个独立私网。在这种实现方式下，用户设备已经接入的第一网络可以为PNI-NPN或者PLMN或者另一个SNPN。
另一种可能的实现方式，当第二网络为非独立私网(PNI-NPN)时，第二网络的标识列表包括CAG ID list和PLMN ID list的，或者包括PLMN ID List，例如，用PLMN ID以标识PNI-NPN网络，其中，CAG ID list和PLMN ID list中包括的CAG ID和PLMN ID用于指示供用户设备接入的PNI-NPN。例如，第一寻呼消息中包括的CAG ID list包括CAG ID为第一CAG ID、CAG ID#2和第三CAG ID，PLMN ID list包括PLMN ID为第一PLMN ID、第二PLMN ID和第三PLMN ID，且第一PLMN ID和第一CAG ID用于标识第一PNI-NPN、第二PLMN ID和第二CAG ID用于标识第二PNI-NPN、第三PLMN ID和第三CAG ID用于标识第三PNI-NPN，则表示上述用户设备可以接入第一PNI-NPN、第二PNI-NPN和第三PNI-NPN中的一个或多个非独立私网。在这种实现方式下，用户设备已经接入的第一网络可以为SNPN或者PLMN或者另一个PNI-NPN。
又一种可能的实现方式，当第二网络为PLMN时，第二网络的标识列表为PLMN ID list，其中，PLMN ID list中包括的PLMN ID用于指示供用户设备接入的PLMN。例如， 第一寻呼消息中包括的PLMN ID list包括PLMN ID为第一PLMN ID、第二PLMN ID和第三PLMN ID，且第一PLMN ID用于标识第一PLMN、第二PLMN ID用于标识第二PLMN、第三PLMN ID用于标识第三PLMN，则表示上述用户设备可以接入第一PLMN、第二PLMN和第三PLMN中的一个或多个PLMN。在这种实现方式下，用户设备已经接入的第一网络可以为SNPN或者PNI-NPN或者另一个PLMN。
进一步地，第一寻呼消息中包括的用户设备的第二标识列表可以通知接入装置寻呼的对象为上述的用户设备。例如，第一寻呼消息中包括用户设备在第二网络中的5G-S-TMSI、5G全球唯一临时标识(5G globally unique temporary identity，5G-GUTI)或用户设备的国际移动用户识别码(international mobile subscriber identification number，IMSI)等用户设备的标识中的至少一种。
进一步地，第一寻呼消息中包括的第二小区的标识列表使得接入装置通知用户设备可以接入第二网络中的哪些小区。进一步地，上述第一寻呼消息中还包括第二小区标识列表(cell ID list)、接入网设备标识列表(RAN Node ID list)和第二跟踪区号列表(TAC list)。其中，第二小区标识列表中包括的第二小区标识用于指示供用户设备接入的第二网络中的小区、接入网设备标识列表中包括的接入网设备标识用于指示用户设备能够通过哪些接入网设备接入小区、第二跟踪区号列表中包括的第二TAC用于指示供用户设备接入的小区所属的跟踪区(tracking area，TA)。
可选地，上述第一寻呼消息中还可以包括第二原因值(cause)，该第二原因值用于指示第二网络寻呼用户设备的原因。也就是说，当第一寻呼消息中包括第二原因值的情况下，用户设备能够基于该第二原因值获知第二网络发起寻呼的原因。第二原因值可以协助用户设备快速定位寻呼消息发起的原因，分辨出寻呼场景，以便用户设备接下来快速做出合适的策略和动作。
可选地，上述第一寻呼消息中还可以包括第二时长(timer)，该第二时长用于标识在第二时长内用户设备需要接入上述的第二网络中的小区。也就是说，当第一寻呼消息中包括第二时长的情况下，用户设备能够基于该第二时长获知第二网络期望用户设备响应寻呼的时间。第二时长为网络和终端侧接入网络提供时间门限参考值，例如，若终端设备收到寻呼消息时正在接收其他网络的业务，终端设备可以在时间门限内继续接收其他网络的业务，待临近时间门限时再接入寻呼网络，保证用户业务的连续性。
上述的第二原因值包括以下几种可能的形式：
一种可能的实现方式，第二网络为SNPN，第一网络为PNI-NPN或PLMN或者另一个SNPN，则第二原因值可以为SNPN字符，标识因SNPN业务发起寻呼。
另一种可能的实现方式，第二网络为PNI-NPN，第一网络为SNPN或PLMN或者另一个PNI-NPN，则第二原因值可以为PNI-NPN字符，标识因PNI-NPN业务发起寻呼。
又一种可能的实现方式，第二网络为PLMN，第一网络为SNPN或PNI-NPN或者另一个PLMN，则第二原因值可以为PLMN字符，标识因PLMN业务发起寻呼。
又一种可能的实现方式，第二网络为SNPN，第一网络为PNI-NPN或PLMN或者另一个SNPN，则第二原因值可以为PNI-NPN至SNPN(PNI-NPN to SNPN)或PLMN至SNPN(PLMN to SNPN)或SNPN至SNPN(SNPN to SNPN)字符，标识用户设备之前接入PNI-NPN或PLMN或者另一个SNPN网络，而后用户设备发生移动，从PNI-NPN 或PLMN或者另一个SNPN网络移动到了SNPN网络，因PNI-NPN或PLMN或者另一个SNPN网络的业务对用户设备发起寻呼。
又一种可能的实现方式，第二网络为PNI-NPN或PLMN或者另一个SNPN，第一网络为SNPN，则第二原因值可以为SNPN至PNI-NPN(SNPN to PNI-NPN)或SNPN至PLMN(SNPN to PLMN)或SNPN至SNPN(SNPN to SNPN)字符，标识用户设备之前接入SNPN网络，而后用户设备发生移动，从SNPN网络移动到了PNI-NPN或PLMN或者另一个SNPN网络，因SNPN网络的业务对用户设备发起寻呼。
又一种可能的实现方式，第二网络为SNPN，第一网络为PNI-NPN或PLMN或者另一个SNPN，则第二原因值可以为PNI-NPN至SNPN(PNI-NPN to SNPN)或PLMN至SNPN(PLMN to SNPN)或SNPN至SNPN(SNPN to SNPN)字符，标识用户设备之前接入PNI-NPN或PLMN网络，通过PNI-NPN或PLMN网络建立了SNPN网络的PDU会话资源，而后用户设备发生移动，从PNI-NPN或PLMN或者另一个SNPN网络移动到了SNPN网络，SNPN网络因本网络的业务在本网络对用户设备发起寻呼。
又一种可能的实现方式，第二网络为PNI-NPN或PLMN，第一网络为SNPN，则第二原因值可以为SNPN至PNI-NPN(SNPN to PNI-NPN)或SNPN至PLMN(SNPN to PLMN)或SNPN至SNPN(SNPN to SNPN)字符，标识用户设备之前接入SNPN网络，通过SNPN网络建立了PNI-NPN或PLMN网络的PDU会话资源，而后用户设备发生移动，从SNPN网络移动到了PNI-NPN或PLMN或者另一个SNPN网络，PNI-NPN或PLMN或者另一个SNPN网络因本网络的业务在本网络对用户设备发起寻呼。
上述几种可能的情况，只是以举例的形式说明第二原因值可能的表现形式，对本申请的保护范围不构成任何的限定，本申请中对于第二原因值其他可能的表现形式不再赘述。
还第二核心网设备向接入装置发送第一寻呼消息的原因可以是第二用户面功能网元接收到用户设备的数据，即图8所示的方法流程中还包括S811，第二用户面功能网元接收第一数据，其中，第一数据为第二网络需要发送给用户设备的数据。
进一步地，本申请实施例中，上述的用户设备在第一网络中的某个小区处于RRC-connected态。接入装置接收到上述的第一寻呼消息之后，确定第二网络需要寻呼的上述用户设备已经连接在接入装置中配置的第一网络中的小区，即图8所示的方法流程中还包括S820，接入装置向用户设备发送第一消息。用户设备接收来自接入装置的第一消息。
一种可能的实现方式，上述第一消息为无线资源控制重配置(radio resource control reconfiguration，RRC reconfiguration)消息。
另一种可能的实现方式，上述第一消息为无线资源控制建立(radio resource control setup，RRC setup)消息。
另一种可能的实现方式，上述第一消息为寻呼(paging)消息。
本申请实施例中对于第一寻呼消息的具体形式并不限制，可以是第二核心网设备用于寻呼用户设备的任意一种已有的信令，或者用户设备和第二核心网设备之间新增的用于寻呼用户设备的任意一种信令，或者第二核心网设备和接入装置之间已有的任意一种信令。
当第一消息用于指示用户设备被第二网络寻呼时，所述第一消息包括以下参数中的至少一种：用户设备的第二标识、第二网络的标识或第二小区的标识，其中，用户设备的第二标识、第二网络的标识和第二小区的标识与第一寻呼消息中可能包括的用户设备的第二标识、第二网络的标识和第二小区的标识类似，这里不再赘述。
可选地，第一消息中还包括第二原因值。
可选地，第一消息中还包括第二时长。
可选地，第一消息中还包括第二接入网设备标识列表和第二跟踪区号列表。
本实施例中用户设备已经接入第一网络，用户设备通过第一网络中的信令无线承载(SRB)接收来自接入装置的第一消息。或者，该用户设备通过第一网络中的寻呼信息接收来自接入装置的第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备被所述第二网络寻呼。例如，该用户设备通过第一网络中的RRC消息接收来自接入装置的第一消息。
S860，用户设备通过所述接入装置接入所述第二网络。例如，用户设备选择第二网络中的第三小区，通过接入第二网络中的第三小区实现接入第二网络。
可选地，图8所示的方法流程中还可以包括S821，用户设备确定接入的第二网络中的第三小区。
第一消息中包括的信息可以标识第二网络中多个不同的小区，用户设备可以从多个不同的小区中选择接入的第二网络中的第三小区，或者，用户设备只是基于第一消息获知第二网络的寻呼，并不选择第一消息中提供的小区标识对应的小区接入，而是选择第一消息中未标识的第三小区接入，并确定该第三小区对应的网络标识、小区标识、接入网设备标识、或跟踪区号。本申请实施例中对于用户设备如何决定接入上述的第三小区的策略并不限制，可以是在能够接入的小区中随机选择了上述的第三小区，还可以是基于预设的策略选择合适的小区的接入。
具体地，用户设备接入第二网络，并确定接入到第二网络中的第三小区之后，执行的流程包括以下两种可能：
可能一：
一种可能的实现方式，用户设备选择第二网络中的第三小区发起随机接入流程，S860具体可以包括S822：用户设备通过接入装置随机接入第三小区。用户设备在接入第三小区之后，在第三小区中配置传输数据的资源。
可选地，可能一中用户设备随机接入过程的无线资源控制建立完成(RRC setup complete)信令中需要包括用户设备所选择的NPN网络的标识上报给接入装置，例如，对于SNPN，需要包括所选择的(selected)PLMN ID和NID，对于PNI-NPN，需要包括所选择的(selected)PLMN ID和CAG ID。用户设备随机接入完成之后，接入装置需要将用户设备所选择的网络信息通知给核心网设备，例如，接入设备通过初始用户消息(initial UE message)信令将用户设备选择接入的网络上报给核心网设备，initial UE message信令中包括用户所选择的NPN网络的标识上报给接入设备，例如，对于SNPN，需要包括所选择的(selected)PLMN ID和NID，对于PNI-NPN，需要包括所选择的(selected)PLMN ID和CAG ID。
可能二：
另一种可能的实现方式，用户设备将选择接入的第二网络中的第三小区的信息通知 给接入装置，接入装置可以协助用户设备接入第三小区，例如：
所述用户设备向所述接入装置发送第一响应消息，该第一响应消息可以看做是对上述的第一消息的响应。所述第一响应消息包括第三小区的信息，所述第三小区为所述用户设备确定接入的所述第二网络中的小区。S860具体可以包括S823，用户设备向接入装置发送第一响应消息。接入装置接收来自用户设备的第一响应消息。其中，对于NPN网络，第一响应消息中包括NPN网络的标识。例如，对于SNPN，需要包括所选择的(selected)PLMN ID和NID、对于PNI-NPN，需要包括所选择的(selected)PLMN ID和CAG ID。
一种可能的实现方式，上述第一响应消息为无线资源控制重配置完成(radio resource control reconfiguration complete，RRC reconfiguration complete)消息。
另一种可能的实现方式，上述第一响应消息为无线资源控制建立完成(radio resource control setup complete，RRC setup complete)消息。
另一种可能的实现方式，上述第一响应消息为上行信息传递(uplink information transfer)消息。
另一种可能的实现方式，上述第一响应消息为无线资源控制建立响应(radio resource control setup request，RRC setup request)消息。
另一种可能的实现方式，上述第一响应消息为随机接入过程的消息1(message1，MSG1)消息。
另一种可能的实现方式，上述第一响应消息为媒质接入控制(medium access control，MAC)层信令，例如包括MAC控制元素(control element，CE)。
另一种可能的实现方式，上述第一响应消息为物理层信令，例如上行控制信息(uplinlink control information，UCI)。
可选地，当上述的第一消息为RRC reconfiguration消息的情况下，第一响应消息可以为RRC reconfiguration complete消息；可选地，当上述的第一消息为RRC setup消息的情况下，第一响应消息可以为RRC setup complete消息。
本申请实施例中对于第一响应消息的具体形式并不限制，可以是用户设备和接入装置之间用于传输上述第三小区的信息的任意一种已有的信令，或者用户设备和接入装置之间新增的用于传输上述第三小区的信息的任意一种信令，或者用户设备和接入装置之间已有的任意一种信令。
在可能二所示的情况下，为了完成寻呼流程，图8所示的寻呼方法还包括以下步骤：
S830，接入装置向第二核心网设备发送第三小区的信息。第二核心网设备接收来自接入装置的第三小区的信息。
该第三小区的信息用于通知第二核心网设备已经寻呼到需要寻呼的用户设备，该第三小区的信息包括上述的第三小区的小区标识、该第三小区对应的网络标识、接入网设备标识、或者跟踪区号。
一种可能的实现方式，上述第三小区的信息可以包括在初始用户消息(initial UE message)中，该初始用户消息用于通知第二核心网设备已经寻呼到需要寻呼的用户设备。其中，对于NPN网络，initial UE message中包括NPN网络的标识。
本申请实施例中对于第二核心网设备和接入装置之间传输上述第三小区的信息方式并不限制，可以是复用现有的信令，在现有的信令中增加第三小区的信息，还可以是在 第二核心网设备和接入装置之间新增用于传输第三小区的信息的信令。
第二核心网设备获知用户设备寻呼成功之后，第一网络中的第二用户面功能网元需要为用户设备配置会话资源，即图8所示的方法流程中还包括S840，接入装置和第二用户面功能网元为用户设备配置资源。
具体地，接入装置和第一用户面功能网元为用户设备配置会话资源之后，用户设备和接入装置通过用户设备已经接入的小区中的信令无线承载配置用户设备选择接入的第三小区需要的资源和/或参数。
即图8所示的方法流程中还包括S850，接入装置通过第一网络向用户设备发送第二消息。用户设备接收来自接入装置的送第二消息。所述第二消息中包括以下参数中的至少一种：用于支持所述用户设备随机接入所述第三小区的第一参数、指示所述第三小区的资源的第二参数、指示所述用户设备在所述第二网络的上下文信息的第四参数、或指示所述用户设备在所述第二网络的安全和完整性保护信息的第五参数。
可选地，第二消息中还可以包括指示经由该第一网络中的小区配置的该第一网络的资源的第三参数和第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示经由该第一网络中的小区配置的该第一网络的资源承载该第二网络的数据。
当第二消息中包括所述第三参数和第一指示信息时，接入装置可以在不接收到上述的第三小区的情况下，下发该第三参数。
用户设备选择接入的第三小区，可以是上述的接入装置通过第一消息下发的第二小区的标识对应的小区，也可以是用户设备选择接入的除上述的第二小区的标识对应的小区之外的小区。
一种可能的实现方式，第三小区为SNPN中的小区，第三小区的信息包括Cell ID、NID、PLMN ID、或者TAC。
另一种可能的实现方式，第三小区为PNI-NPN中的小区，第三小区的信息包括Cell ID、CAG ID、PLMN ID、或者TAC。
又一种可能的实现方式，第三小区为PLMN中的小区，第三小区的信息包括Cell ID、PLMN ID、或者TAC。
可选地，第二消息中包括用于支持所述用户设备随机接入所述第三小区的第一参数时，用户设备可以基于第二消息中的第一参数进行随机接入第三小区，而无需监听和解析第三小区的相关系统信息，获得用于支持用户设备随机接入所述第三小区的第一参数之后进行随机接入，例如，第一参数中可包含前序(preamble)信息，用户设备可以基于preamble非竞争地随机接入到第三小区。即在该情况下，用户设备要在第三小区中进行后续的数据传输，还需要经由第三小区配置第三小区中的资源，具体的配置方式可以参考目前协议中对于随机接入之后的用户设备的传输资源的配置，本申请对此不再赘述。
可选地，第二消息中包括指示所述第三小区的资源的第二参数时，用户设备可以基于第二参数获知在第三小区中进行数据传输时需要占用的第三小区中的资源，而无需随机接入第三小区之后，由第三小区配置进行数据传输需要的资源。
可选地，第二消息中包括指示经由所述第一网络中的小区配置的所述第一网络的资源的第三参数时，用户设备可以基于第三参数获知传输第二网络中的数据需要占用的第一网络中的资源，而无需接入第二网络也无需配置第二网络中进行数据传输需要的资源。 例如，在独立组网的私网场景下，途经N3IWF通过PLMN网络(第一网络)传输SNPN网络(第二网络)PDU会话的数据时，UE在SNPN网络的PDU会话资源是被承载在PLMN网络的PDU会话的，即，需要在PLMN网络的小区(第一小区)中配置相应的DRB资源以传输SNPN网络(第二网络)的PDU会话数据。反之亦然，途经N3IWF通过SNPN网络(第一网络)传输PLMN网络(第二网络)PDU会话的数据时，UE在PLMN网络的PDU会话资源是被承载在SNPN网络的PDU会话的，即，需要在SNPN网络的小区(第一小区)中配置相应的DRB资源以传输PLMN网络(第二网络)的PDU会话数据。
可选地，第二消息中包括指示所述用户设备在所述第二网络的上下文信息的第四参数时，用户设备可以基于第四参数获知在第二网络中的上下文信息，而无需随机接入第三小区之后，从第三小区中获取用户设备在第二网络中的上下文信息。
可选地，第二消息中包括指示所述用户设备在所述第二网络的安全和完整性保护信息的第五参数时，用户设备可以基于第五参数获知在第二网络中的安全和完整性保护信息，而无需随机接入第三小区之后，从第三小区中获取用户设备在第二网络中的安全和完整性保护信息。
所述第四参数和第五参数，可以由所述第二网络配置，例如，由所述第三小区配置，第三小区将配置参数传输给第一网络，第一网络经第一小区再传输给用户设备；也可以直接由所述第一网络配置，例如，由所述第一小区配置，第一小区将已有的用户上下文参数、安全和完整性保护信息的参数发送给用户设备，即所述第二网络复用所述第一网络中用户的上下文参数、安全和完整性保护信息的参数。
第一参数包括RACH，PRACH，preamble等指示随机接入第二网络中的第三小区的参数。
第二参数包括第三小区中SRB、DRB等资源。
第三参数包括第一网络中的SRB、DRB等资源。
本申请实施例提供的寻呼的方法，第二消息中包括第二参数，说明已经接入第一网络中的小区的用户设备被第二网络寻呼时，可以经由第一网络中的小区配置第三小区的资源，或者，用户设备随机接入第三小区之后，经由第三小区配置第二小区的资源。
上述的第二消息中能够包括的参数只是举例，对本申请的保护范围并不构成任何限定，例如，第二消息中还可以包括用户设备在第二网络中其他相关的信息，这里不再一一举例说明。
一种可能的实现方式，接入装置通过第一消息为用户设备提供接入小区所需的信息，或者，通过第一消息通知第一网络中可以用于传输第二网络的数据的资源，例如：
第一消息包括以下参数中的至少一种：
用于支持所述用户设备随机接入第二小区的第六参数、指示所述第二小区的资源的第七参数、指示所述第一网络的资源的第八参数、指示所述用户设备在所述第二网络的上下文信息的第九参数、或指示所述用户设备在所述第二网络的安全和完整性保护信息的第十参数，
其中，当第一消息中包括所述第八参数时，所述第一消息中还包括第一指示信息，所述用于指示经由所述第一网络中的小区配置的所述第一网络的资源承载所述第二网络的业务。
可选地，第一消息中包括用于支持所述用户设备随机接入第二小区的第六参数时，用户设备可以基于第一消息中的第六参数进行随机接入第二网络中的小区，接入装置提供用户设备可以接入的第二小区可以为多个，即第一消息中可以分别包括接入多个第二小区而需要的第六参数。在该情况下，用户设备要在第二小区中进行后续的数据传输，还需要经由第二小区配置第二小区中的资源，具体的配置方式可以参考目前协议中对于随机接入之后的用户设备的传输资源的配置，本申请对此不再赘述。
例如，第一消息中包括用于支持所述用户设备随机接入第二小区#1的第六参数#1、用于支持所述用户设备随机接入第二小区#2的第六参数#2以及用于支持所述用户设备随机接入第二小区#3的第六参数#3，用户设备可以基于第一消息选择接入第二小区#1、第二小区#2或第二小区#3。用户设备选择接入第二小区#1之后，可以经由第二小区#1进行资源配置，使得用户设备可以在第二小区#1中进行数据传输。本申请实施例中“#1”、“#2”、“#3”只是为了区分不同的对象，与“第一”、“第二”、“第三”的作用类似对本申请的保护范围不构成任何限定。
可选地，第一消息中包括指示所述第二小区的资源的第七参数时，用户设备可以基于第七参数获知在第二小区中进行数据传输时需要占用的第二小区中的资源，而无需随机接入第二小区之后，由第二小区配置进行数据传输需要的资源。
接入装置提供用户设备可以接入的第二小区可以为多个，即第一消息中可以分别包括多个第二小区对应的第七参数。
可选地，第一消息中包括指示经由所述第一网络中的小区配置的所述第一网络的资源的第八参数时，用户设备可以基于第八参数获知传输中的数据需要占用的第一网络中的资源，而无需接入第二网络也无需配置第二网络中进行数据传输需要的资源。
可选地，第一消息中包括指示所述用户设备在所述第二网络的上下文信息的第九参数时，用户设备可以基于第九参数获知在第二网络中的上下文信息，而无需随机接入第二小区之后，从第二小区中获取用户设备在第二网络中的上下文信息。
可选地，第一消息中包括指示所述用户设备在所述第二网络的安全和完整性保护信息的第十参数时，用户设备可以基于第五参数获知在第二网络中的安全和完整性保护信息，而无需随机接入第二小区之后，从第二小区中获取用户设备在第二网络中的安全和完整性保护信息。
第六参数包括RACH，PRACH，Preamble等指示随机接入第二网络中的第二小区的参数。
第七参数包括第二小区中SRB、DRB等资源。
第八参数包括第一网络中的SRB、DRB等资源。
本申请实施例提供的寻呼的方法，第一消息中既可以包括第七参数，也可以包括第八参数，说明已经接入第一网络中的小区的用户设备被第二网络中的第二小区寻呼时，可以经由第一网络中的小区配置第二小区的资源，或者，用户设备随机接入第二小区之后，经由第二小区配置第二小区的资源。
一种可能的实现方式，上述资源可以承载在shared-RAN、PLMN-UPF、DN、N3IWF、NPN-UPF、DN，在此情况下需要建立网际协议安全(internet protocol security，IPsec)隧道，第二网络的PDU会话资源承载在接入装置的第一网络中的小区中。
另一种可能的实现方式，上述会话资源可以承载在：shared-RAN、NPN-UPF、DN，在此情况下可以为双无线(dual radio)，第二网络的PDU会话资源，例如第二网络的DRB资源，配置在接入装置的第二网络中的小区中。
本申请中的用户设备可以为连接到接入装置下的用户设备，可以为处于双无线(dual radio)状态的用户设备，也可以为有多个SIM卡的用户设备。对于处于双无线(dual radio)状态的用户设备，用户设备可具有两个Uu接口，在每个Uu接口可配置一套SRB、DRB等资源，即用户设备可配置有两套SRB、DRB等资源，用户设备和第一网络间的Uu接口为第一Uu接口，用户设备和第二网络间的Uu接口为第二Uu接口，本申请的方法可解决第一Uu接口协助第二Uu接口寻呼用户设备并协助第二Uu接口配置相关SRB、DRB参数的问题。对于有多个SIM卡的用户设备，用户设备在第一网络的用户标识可以为第一SIM卡的标识，用户设备在第二网络的用户标识可以为第二SIM卡的标识，即，本申请中可以解决第二SIM卡协助寻呼第一SIM卡并协助第一SIM卡配置相关参数的问题，例如，当所述用户设备中的第一SIM卡和第二SIM共用天线设备时候。
本申请实施例中用户设备可以先接入第一网络设备中的小区。这样接入装置能够在第一网络中通过第一网络中小区的信令无线承载向用户设备发送第一消息。
具体地，图8所示的实施例对于用户设备如何接入第一网络中的小区并不限制，例如，可以是以下可能中的任意一种：
1)接入装置在接收到上述的第一寻呼消息之前，接收到第一核心网设备发送的第二寻呼消息，用户设备响应了该第二寻呼消息，在第一网络中转变为RRC-connected态；
2)接入装置同时接收到上述的第一寻呼消息和第二寻呼消息，接入装置根据已知寻呼策略，首先在第一网络中的小区寻呼用户设备，用户设备响应了该第二寻呼消息，在第一网络中转变为RRC-connected态；下文将结合图9说明这种情况。
3)接入装置同时接收到上述的第一寻呼消息和第二寻呼消息，接入装置同时在第一网络中的小区和第二网络中的小区寻呼用户设备，用户设备首先响应了该第二寻呼消息，在第一网络中转变为RRC-connected态；下文将结合图9和图10说明这种情况。
4)接入装置同时接收到上述的第一寻呼消息和第二寻呼消息，接入装置根据自身寻呼策略，首先在第二网络中的小区寻呼用户设备，未寻呼到用户设备，从而在第一网络中的小区寻呼用户设备，用户设备响应了该第二寻呼消息，在第一网络中转变为RRC-connected态之后，再经由洗衣网络协助用户设备响应第二网络的寻呼。
5)上述的第一寻呼消息可以用于第一网络和第二网络寻呼用户设备，用户设备选择先接入第一网络，下文将结合图9和图10说明这种情况。
图8所示的方法流程中，用户设备在第一网络中的某个小区中处于RRC-connected态，然后在已经接入的第一网络中的小区的协助下响应第二网络的寻呼，可以使得用户设备响应不同的网络的寻呼。
进一步地，用户设备可以仅仅在选择接入的第三小区中检测寻呼消息，对于用户设备来说，能够节约用户设备的能耗。
图8所示的方法流程中，通过使用户设备接入的网络协助另一个网络寻呼用户设备，提高用户设备通过一个shared-RAN被多个网络寻呼的性能。
另外，对于处于双无线状态的用户设备，用户设备具有两个Uu接口，在每个Uu接口可分别配置SRB、DRB等资源，即用户设备可配置有两套SRB、DRB等资源，用户设备和第一网络间的Uu接口为第一Uu接口，用户设备和第二网络间的Uu接口为第二Uu接口，本申请实施例提供一种寻呼的方法，通过使第一Uu接口协助第二Uu接口寻呼用户设备和/或协助第二Uu接口配置相关SRB、DRB参数，使得用户设备在处于双无线状态场景中可以响应不同的网络的寻呼。
对于拥有多个SIM卡的用户设备，用户设备在第一网络的用户设备的第一标识可以为第一SIM卡的标识，用户设备在第二网络的用户设备的第二标识可以为第二SIM卡的标识，本申请实施例提供一种寻呼的方法，通过第一SIM卡协助寻呼第二SIM卡和/或协助第二SIM卡配置相关参数的问题，使得有多个SIM卡的用户设备可以针对不同的SIM卡响应不同的寻呼。
下面结合图9简单说明在接入装置接收到不同的寻呼消息，基于不同的寻呼消息中包括的用户设备的标识，获知不同的寻呼消息寻呼的对象为同一个用户设备的情况下，如何实现用户设备响应不同的网络的寻呼。
图9是本申请实施例提供的另一种寻呼的方法示意性流程图。该流程中，执行主体包括第一用户面功能网元、第一核心网设备、第二用户面功能网元、第二核心网设备、接入装置和用户设备，其中，为了区别于用户设备，上述的第一用户面功能网元、第一核心网设备和接入装置可以统称为网络设备，上述的第二用户面功能网元、第二核心网设备和接入装置也可以统称为网络设备。
用户设备在接入装置支持接入的两个网络中均处于RRC-idle态。有第一网络的数据到达第一用户面功能网元和第二网络的数据到达第二用户面功能网元，具体地，第一用户面功能网元和第二用户面功能网元分别触发第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备进行寻呼。用户设备首先收到第一网络的寻呼后，接入第一网络进入RRC-connected态。
该寻呼的方法包括以下步骤。
S910，第二核心网设备向接入装置发送第一寻呼消息。接入装置接收来自第二核心网设备的第一寻呼消息。
该第一寻呼消息中包括以下信息中的至少一种：用户设备的第二标识、第二网络的标识或第二小区的标识，所述用户设备的第二标识用于指示用户设备在所述第二网络中的标识，所述第二网络的标识用于指示所述用户设备需要接入的第二网络，所述第二小区的标识用于指示供所述用户设备接入的所述第二网络中的小区；
具体地，用户设备的第二标识、第二网络的标识、或第二小区的标识与上述的第一寻呼消息中包括的用户设备的第二标识、第二网络的标识、或第二小区的标识类似，这里不再赘述。
进一步地，上述第一寻呼消息中还可以包括接入网设备标识列表(RAN Node ID list)和第二跟踪区号列表(TAC list)。其中，接入网设备标识列表和第二跟踪区号列表与上述的接入网设备标识列表和第二跟踪区号列表类似，这里不再赘述。
可选地，上述第一寻呼消息中还可以包括上述的第二原因值；
可选地，上述第一寻呼消息中还可以包括上述的第二时长。
S920，第一核心网设备向接入装置发送第二寻呼消息。接入装置接收来自第一核心网设备的第二寻呼消息。
该第二寻呼消息中包括以下信息中的至少一种：用户设备的第一标识列表、第一网络的标识列表或第一小区的标识，所述用户设备的第一标识用于指示用户设备在所述第一网络中的标识，所述第一网络的标识用于指示所述用户设备需要接入的第一网络，所述第一小区的标识用于指示供所述用户设备接入的所述第一网络中的小区。
进一步地，上述第二寻呼消息中包括的用户设备的第一标识可以是包括在用户设备的第一标识列表中。例如，如果用户设备在所述第一网络中的标识有多个，第二寻呼消息可以将该用户设备的多个第一标识作为用户设备的第一标识列表发送给用户设备，指示第一网络寻呼用户设备。
进一步地，上述第二寻呼消息中包括的第一网络的标识可以是包括在第一网络的标识列表中。例如，第一网络的标识可以有多个，第二寻呼消息可以将该多个第一网络的标识作为第一网络的标识列表发送给用户设备，指示第一网络寻呼用户设备。
进一步地，第一网络中可以有多个小区可以提供用户设备接入，即第一消息中包括的第一小区的标识可以有多个，第一消息可以将该多个第一小区的标识作为第一小区的标识列表发送给用户设备，指示还有第一网络中多个小区可以提供用户设备接入。
一种可能的实现方式，当第一网络为独立私网(SNPN)时，第一网络的标识列表包括NID list和PLMN ID list，或者包括PLMN ID list，例如，用PLMN ID以标识SNPN网络，其中，NID list和PLMN ID list中包括的NID和PLMN ID用于指示供用户设备接入的SNPN。例如，第二寻呼消息中包括的NID list包括NID为第一NID、第二NID和第三NID，PLMN ID list包括PLMN ID为第一PLMN ID、第二PLMN ID和第三PLMN ID，且第一PLMN ID和第一NID用于标识第一SNPN、第二PLMN ID和第二NID用于标识第二SNPN、第三PLMN ID和第三NID用于标识第三NPN，则表示上述用户设备可以接入第一SNPN、第二SNPN和第三NPN中的一个或多个独立私网。
另一种可能的实现方式，当第一网络为非独立私网(PNI-NPN)时，第一网络的标识列表包括CAG ID list和PLMN ID list，或者包括PLMN ID list，例如，用PLMN ID以标识SNPN网络，其中，CAG ID list和PLMN ID list中包括的CAG ID和PLMN ID用于指示供用户设备接入的PNI-NPN。例如，第二寻呼消息中包括的CAG ID list包括CAG ID为第一CAG ID、第二CAG ID和第三CAG ID，PLMN ID list包括PLMN ID为第一PLMN ID、第二PLMN ID和第三PLMN ID，且第一PLMN ID和第一CAG ID用于标识第一PNI-NPN、第二PLMN ID和第二CAG ID用于标识第二PNI-NPN、第三PLMN ID和第三CAG ID用于标识第三PNI-NPN，则表示上述用户设备可以接入第一PNI-NPN、第二PNI-NPN和第三PNI-NPN中的一个或多个非独立私网。
又一种可能的实现方式，当第一网络为PLMN时，第一网络的标识列表为PLMN ID list，其中，PLMN ID list中包括的PLMN ID用于指示供用户设备接入的PLMN。例如，第二寻呼消息中包括的PLMN ID list包括PLMN ID为第一PLMN ID、第二PLMN ID和第三PLMN ID，且第一PLMN ID用于标识第一PLMN、第二PLMN ID用于标识第一PLMN、第三PLMN ID用于标识第三PLMN，则表示上述用户设备可以接入第一PLMN、 第二PLMN和第三PLMN中的一个或多个PLMN。
进一步地，第二寻呼消息中包括的用户设备的第一标识列表可以通知接入装置寻呼的对象为上述的用户设备。例如，第二寻呼消息中包括用户设备在第一网络中的5G-S-TMSI、5G-GUTI或IMSI等用户设备的标识中的至少一种。
进一步地，第二寻呼消息中包括的第一小区的标识列表使得接入装置通知用户设备可以接入第一网络中的哪些小区，进一步地，上述第二寻呼消息中还包括以下至少一项：第一小区标识列表(cell ID list)、接入网设备标识列表(RAN Node ID list)或第一跟踪区号列表(TAC list)。其中，第一小区标识列表中包括的第一小区标识用于指示用户设备接入的第一网络中的小区、接入网设备标识列表中包括的接入网设备标识用于指示用户设备能够通过哪些接入网设备接入小区、第一跟踪区号列表中包括的第一TAC用于指示供用户设备接入的小区所属的TA。
可选地，上述第二寻呼消息中还可以包括第一原因值(cause)，该第一原因值用于指示第一网络寻呼用户设备的原因。也就是说，当第二寻呼消息中包括第一原因值的情况下，用户设备能够基于该第一原因值获知第一网络发起寻呼的原因。第一原因值可以协助用户设备快速定位寻呼消息发起的原因，分辨出寻呼场景，以便用户设备接下来快速做出合适的策略和动作。
可选地，上述第二寻呼消息中还可以包括第一时长，该第一时长用于标识在第一时长内用户设备需要接入上述的第一网络中的小区。也就是说，当第二寻呼消息中包括第一时长的情况下，用户设备能够基于该第一时长获知第一网络期望用户设备响应寻呼的时间。第一时长为网络和终端侧接入网络提供时间门限参考值，例如，若终端设备收到寻呼消息时正在接收其他网络的业务，终端设备可以在时间门限内继续接收其他网络的业务，待临近时间门限时再接入寻呼网络，保证用户业务的连续性。
上述的第二原因值包括以下几种可能的形式：
一种可能的实现方式，第二网络为SNPN，第一网络为PNI-NPN或PLMN或者另一个SNPN，则第一原因值可以为PNI-NPN或PLMN字符，标识因PNI-NPN或PLMN业务发起寻呼。
另一种可能的实现方式，第二网络为PNI-NPN，第一网络为SNPN或PLMN或者另一个PNI-NPN，则第一原因值可以为SNPN或PLMN字符，标识因SNPN或PLMN业务发起寻呼。
又一种可能的实现方式，第二网络为PLMN，第一网络为SNPN或PNI-NPN或者另一个PLMN，则第一原因值可以为SNPN或PNI-NPN字符，标识因SNPN或PNI-NPN业务发起寻呼。
又一种可能的实现方式，第二网络为SNPN，第一网络为PNI-NPN或PLMN或者另一个SNPN，则第一原因值可以为SNPN至PNI-NPN(SNPN to PNI-NPN)或SNPN至PLMN(SNPN to PLMN)或SNPN至SNPN(SNPN to SNPN)字符，标识用户设备之前接入SNPN网络，而后用户设备发生移动，从SNPN网络移动到了PNI-NPN或PLMN或者另一个SNPN网络，因SNPN网络的业务对用户设备发起寻呼。
又一种可能的实现方式，第二网络为PNI-NPN或PLMN或者另一个SNPN，第一网络为SNPN，则第一原因值可以为PNI-NPN至SNPN(PNI-NPN to SNPN)或PLMN至 SNPN(PLMN to SNPN)或SNPN至SNPN(SNPN to SNPN)字符，标识用户设备之前接入PNI-NPN或PLMN或者另一个SNPN网络，而后用户设备发生移动，从PNI-NPN或PLMN或者另一个SNPN网络移动到了SNPN网络，因PNI-NPN或PLMN或者另一个SNPN网络的业务对用户设备发起寻呼。
又一种可能的实现方式，第二网络为SNPN，第一网络为PNI-NPN或PLMN或者另一个SNPN，则第一原因值可以为SNPN至PNI-NPN(SNPN to PNI-NPN)或SNPN至PLMN(SNPN to PLMN)字符，标识用户设备之前接入SNPN网络，通过SNPN网络建立了PNI-NPN或PLMN或者另一个SNPN网络的PDU会话资源，而后用户设备发生移动，从SNPN网络移动到了PNI-NPN或PLMN网络，PNI-NPN或PLMN或者另一个SNPN网络因本网络的业务在本网络对用户设备发起寻呼。
又一种可能的实现方式，第二网络为PNI-NPN或PLMN，第一网络为SNPN，则第一原因值可以为PNI-NPN至SNPN(PNI-NPN to SNPN)或PLMN至SNPN(PLMN to SNPN)或SNPN至SNPN(SNPN to SNPN)字符，标识用户设备之前接入PNI-NPN或PLMN网络，通过PNI-NPN或PLMN网络建立了SNPN网络的PDU会话资源，而后用户设备发生移动，从PNI-NPN或PLMN网络移动到了SNPN网络，SNPN网络因本网络的业务在本网络对用户设备发起寻呼。
上述几种可能的情况，只是以举例的形式说明第一原因值可能的表现形式，对本申请的保护范围不构成任何的限定，本申请中对于第一原因值其他可能的表现形式不再赘述。
上述的用户设备的第一标识和用户设备的第二标识可能不同。但是本实施例中，接入装置可以根据用户设备的第一标识和用户设备的第二标识判断出其均标识同一个用户设备。
一种可能的实现方式，接入装置从所述用户设备接收用户设备的第一标识和用户设备的第二标识，即图9所示的方法流程还包括S931，用户设备向接入装置发送用户设备的第一标识和用户设备的第二标识。接入装置接收来自用户设备的用户设备的第一标识和用户设备的第二标识。
另一种可能的实现方式，接入装置从所述第一核心网设备接收所述用户设备的第一标识和用户设备的第二标识，即图9所示的方法流程还包括S932，第一核心网设备向接入装置发送用户设备的第一标识和用户设备的第二标识。接入装置接收来自第一核心网设备的用户设备的第一标识和用户设备的第二标识。
另一种可能的实现方式，接入装置从所述第二核心网设备接收所述用户设备的第一标识和用户设备的第二标识，即图9所示的方法流程还包括S933，第二核心网设备向接入装置发送用户设备的第一标识和用户设备的第二标识。接入装置接收来自第二核心网设备的用户设备的第一标识和用户设备的第二标识。
其中，所述用户设备的第一标识用于指示所述用户设备在所述第一网络中的用户标识所述用户设备的第二标识用于指示所述用户设备在所述第二网络中的用户标识。
上述S931、S932或S933可以发生在S910和S920之前，S931、S932或S933也可以发生在S910和S920之后，或者同时放生，本实施例中对于S931、S932、S933、S910和S920发生的先后顺序并不限制。
第一核心网设备向接入装置发送第二寻呼消息是因为第二用户面功能网元接收到用户设备的数据，即图9所示的方法流程中还包括S911，第二用户面功能网元接收第一数据。
同理，第二核心网设备向接入装置发送第一寻呼消息的原因可以是第一用户面功能网元接收到用户设备的数据，即图9所示的方法流程中还包括S921，第一用户面功能网元接收第二数据。
当第一网络和第二网络共享核心网的情况下，例如第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备是同一个设备时，上述的第一寻呼消息和第二寻呼消息为同一个核心网设备发送的寻呼消息，可以统称为第一寻呼消息，该第一寻呼消息用于第一网络和第二网络寻呼用户设备，该第一寻呼消息中包括用户设备的第二标识、第二网络的标识或第二小区的标识中的至少一种，以及用户设备的第一标识、第一网络的标识或第一小区的标识中的至少一种。
可选地，在该情况下第一寻呼消息还可以包括第一原因值和/或第二原因值；
可选地，在该情况下第二寻呼消息还可以包括第一时长和/或第二时长。
上述第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备为同一个核心网设备、上述第一用户面功能网元和第二用户面功能网元为同一个用户面功能网元，即该用户面功能网元同时接收到上述的第一数据和第二数据，该第一数据和第二数据属于不同的网络。
进一步地，接入装置接收到上述的第一寻呼消息和第二寻呼消息之后决定：分别在所述第一网络中的小区和所述第二网络中的小区寻呼所述用户设备；或者，在所述第一网络或第二网络中的小区寻呼所述用户设备。即图9所示的方法流程中还包括S930，接入装置确定寻呼策略。
一种可能的实现方式，接入装置根据接收到的第一寻呼消息和第二寻呼消息中包括的信息，确定在接入装置支持接入的第一网络中的小区和第二网络中的小区同时寻呼用户设备；或者，另一种可能的实现方式，接入装置根据接收到的第一寻呼消息和第二寻呼消息中包括的信息，只在第一网络中的小区或者第二网络中的小区寻呼用户设备，若寻呼不到用户设备再在另一个网络中的小区寻呼用户设备。其中，接入装置确定小区寻呼优先级可根据第一寻呼消息和第二寻呼消息中包括的时长来定，时长短的先寻呼。
可选地，接入装置寻呼策略可以接入装置根据运营商策略决定的，也可以第一核心网设备和/或第二核心网设备侧辅助接入装置做决策，例如，第一核心网设备和/或第二核心网设备发送寻呼消息时，寻呼消息中包括指示信息告知接入装置只在第一网络中的小区或者第二网络中的小区寻呼用户设备，还是可以在第一网络中的小区和第二网络中的小区寻呼用户设备，或者，寻呼消息中包括不同网络的寻呼优先级。
当接入装置分别在第一网络中的小区和第二网络中的小区同时寻呼用户设备时，用户设备接收到第二网络中的小区的寻呼、或者，当接入装置分别在第一网络中的小区和第二网络中的小区同时寻呼用户设备时，用户设备先接收到第一网络中的小区的寻呼、或者，接入装置只在第一网络中的小区寻呼用户设备，用户设备接收到第一网络中的小区的寻呼、或者，接入装置只在第二网络中的小区寻呼用户设备，用户设备接收到第二网络中的小区的寻呼。即图9所示的方法流程中还包括S940，用户设备接收来自接入装置的第四和/或第五寻呼消息。接入装置向用户设备发送第四和/或第五寻呼消息。
可选地，当第一网络和第二网络共享核心网的情况下，例如第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备是同一个设备时，上述的第四寻呼消息和第五寻呼消息可以为一条寻呼消息，例如，第四寻呼消息和第五寻呼消息为接入装置发送给用户设备的第一消息，该第一消息指示用户设备接入第一网络和第二网络。所述第一消息包括用户设备的第二标识、第二网络的标识或第二小区的标识中的至少一种，还包括用户设备的第一标识、第一网络的标识或第一小区的标识中的至少一种。
可选地，第一消息中还包括第一原因值和/或第二原因值。
可选地，第一消息中还包括第一时长和/或第二时长。
可选地，第四寻呼消息和第五寻呼消息为两条寻呼消息，例如，第四寻呼消息为接入装置基于接收到的第二寻呼消息获知第二网络中的小区寻呼用户设备，则接入装置向用户设备发送该第四寻呼消息，此时第四寻呼消息与上述的第一消息类似；第五寻呼消息理解接入装置基于接收到的第一寻呼消息获知第一网络中的小区寻呼用户设备，则接入装置向用户设备发送该第五寻呼消息，为了区分该第五寻呼消息可以称为第三消息，用于指示用户设备接入第一网络。
一种可能的实现方式，用户设备接收到的寻呼消息是接入装置基于上述第一寻呼消息向用户设备发送的第四寻呼消息，该第四寻呼消息中包括的信息与第一寻呼消息中包括的类似，这里不再赘述。
另一种可能的实现方式，用户设备接收到的寻呼消息是接入装置基于上述第二寻呼消息向用户设备发送的第五寻呼消息，该第五寻呼消息中的信息与第二寻呼消息中包括的类似，这里不再赘述。
进一步地，用户设备响应上述的寻呼消息，接入对应的网络中。
为了便于描述，下文图9所示的实施例中以用户设备确定接入第一网络为例进行说明。在此情况下可以结合图8所示的实施例，即用户设备接入第一网络之后，还可以结合图8所示的方法流程，经由第一网络响应第二网络的寻呼。
具体地，用户设备确定接入到上述第一网络中的第四小区之后，将该第四小区的信息发送给接入装置。即图9所示的方法流程中还包括S950，用户设备向接入装置发送第二响应消息，接入装置接收来自用户设备的第二响应消息。所述第二响应消息中包括第四小区的信息。其中，对于NPN网络，第二响应消息中包括NPN网络的标识。例如，对于SNPN，需要包括所选择的(selected)PLMN ID和NID、对于PNI-NPN，需要包括所选择的(selected)PLMN ID和CAG ID。
一种可能的实现方式，上述第二响应消息为RRC setup complete消息。
另一种可能的实现方式，上述第二响应消息为RRC reconfiguration complete消息
另一种可能的实现方式，上述第二响应消息为uplink information transfer消息。
另一种可能的实现方式，上述第二响应消息为RRC setup request消息。
另一种可能的实现方式，上述第二响应消息为随机接入过程MSG1消息。
另一种可能的实现方式，上述第二响应消息为MAC层信令，例如，MAC CE。
另一种可能的实现方式，上述第二响应消息为物理层信令，例如，UCI。
可选地，当上述的第三消息为RRC reconfiguration消息的情况下，第二响应消息可以为RRC reconfiguration complete消息；可选地，当上述的第三消息为RRC setup消息的 情况下，第二响应消息可以为RRC setup complete消息。
进一步地，图9所示的寻呼方法还包括以下步骤：
S960，接入装置向第二核心网设备发送第四小区的信息。第二核心网设备接收来自接入装置的第四小区的信息。
该第四小区的信息用于通知第二核心网设备已经寻呼到需要寻呼的用户设备，该第四小区的信息包括上述的第四小区的小区标识，以及该第四小区对应的网络标识、接入网设备标识、或跟踪区号。
一种可能的实现方式，上述第四小区的信息可以包括在初始用户消息中，该初始用户消息用于通知第二核心网设备已经寻呼到需要寻呼的用户设备。
本申请实施例中对于第二核心网设备和接入装置之间传输上述第四小区的信息方式并不限制，可以是复用现有的信令，在现有的信令中增加第四小区的信息，还可以是在第二核心网设备和接入装置之间新增用于传输第四小区的信息的信令。
第二核心网设备获知用户设备寻呼成功之后，按照现有标准流程为用户设备配置接入第四小区的承载资源，这里不再赘述。
进一步地，当用户设备在第一网络中处于RRC-connected态之后，处理第二网络的寻呼可以参考图8所示的方法流程，接入装置利用已经建立的第一网络的SRB通过RRC消息帮助第二网络继续寻呼并为用户设备预配置SRB、DRB和PDU会话资源，这里不再详细说明。
图9所示的方法流程，考虑接入装置接收到不同的寻呼消息能够确定不同的寻呼消息寻呼同一个用户设备，在一些可能的情况下，接入装置接收到不同的寻呼消息之后，并不能判断该不同的寻呼消息寻呼同一个用户设备，下面结合图10详细说明，当接入装置接收到不同的寻呼消息不判断或无法判断该不同的寻呼消息寻呼同一个用户设备的情况。
图10是本申请实施例提供的又一种寻呼的方法示意性流程图。该流程中，执行主体包括第一用户面功能网元、第一核心网设备、第二用户面功能网元、第二核心网设备、接入装置和用户设备，其中，为了区别于用户设备，上述的第一用户面功能网元、第一核心网设备和接入装置可以统称为网络设备，上述的第二用户面功能网元、第二核心网设备和接入装置也可以统称为网络设备。
用户设备在接入装置支持接入的两个网络中均处于RRC-idle态。有第一网络的数据到达第一用户面功能网元和第二网络的数据到达第二用户面功能网元，具体地，第一用户面功能网元和第二用户面功能网元分别触发第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备进行寻呼。接入装置并不能识别来自不同网络的两个寻呼是在寻呼同一个用户设备，用户设备接收到第一网络和第二网络的寻呼后，先接入第一网络进入RRC-connected态，再将第二网络对用户设备的寻呼信息通知给接入装置，由先接入第一网络中的小区协助用户设备接入第二网络。
该寻呼的方法包括以下步骤。
S1010，第二核心网设备向接入装置发送第一寻呼消息。接入装置接收来自第二核心网设备的第一寻呼消息。
第一寻呼消息与图9中S910中的第一寻呼消息类似，这里不再赘述。
S1020，第一核心网设备向接入装置发送第二寻呼消息。接入装置接收来自第一核心网设备的第二寻呼消息。
第二寻呼消息与图9中S920中的第二寻呼消息类似，这里不再赘述。
上述的用户设备的第一标识和用户设备的第二标识可能不同，但是本实施例中，接入装置不知道用户设备的第一标识和用户设备的第二标识均标识同一个用户设备。
第一核心网设备向接入装置发送第二寻呼消息的原因可以是第二用户面功能网元接收到用户设备的数据，即图10所示的方法流程中还包括S1011，第二用户面功能网元接收第一数据。
同理，第二核心网设备向接入装置发送第一寻呼消息的原因可以是第一用户面功能网元接收到用户设备的数据，即图10所示的方法流程中还包括S1021，第一用户面功能网元接收第二数据。
当第一网络和第二网络共享核心网的情况下，上述的第一寻呼消息和第二寻呼消息为同一个核心网设备发送的寻呼消息，可以统称为第一寻呼消息。
进一步地，接入装置接收到上述的第一寻呼消息和第二寻呼消息之后需要寻呼用户设备，即图10所示的方法流程中还包括S1030：接入装置向用户设备发送第四寻呼消息。用户设备接收来自接入装置的第四寻呼消息。S1040：接入装置向用户设备发送第五寻呼消息。用户设备接收来自接入装置的第五寻呼消息。其中，第四寻呼消息与图9中所示的第四寻呼消息类似，第五寻呼消息与图9中所示的第五寻呼消息类似，这里不再赘述。
当第一网络和第二网络共享核心网的情况下，上述的第四寻呼消息和第五寻呼消息为同一个核心网设备发送的寻呼消息，可以统称为第一消息。
具体地，接入装置无法提前获知第一寻呼消息和第二寻呼消息需要寻呼的用户设备为同一个用户设备，则接入装置会在第一网络中的小区和第二网络中的小区中同时寻呼用户设备。
例如，上述第一寻呼消息中包括的用户设备的标识为第一5G-S-TMSI，第二寻呼消息中包括的用户设备的标识为第二5G-S-TMSI，接入装置在第二网络中的小区中发送第四寻呼消息，寻呼标识为第一5G-S-TMSI的用户设备；在第一网络中的小区中发送第五寻呼消息寻呼标识为第二5G-S-TMSI的用户设备。
进一步地，在接入装置分别在第一网络中的小区和第二网络中的小区中同时寻呼用户设备时，用户设备能够分别接收到来自第一网络中的小区和第二网络中的小区的寻呼(可以理解为该用户设备支持双无线(dual radio)或者用户设备可以通过不同SIM卡接入到不同的网络)，用户设备接收到第四寻呼消息和第五寻呼消息。
进一步地，用户设备响应上述的第四寻呼消息或第五寻呼消息，接入对应的小区中。
一种可能的实现方式，用户设备接收到上述的第四寻呼消息和第五寻呼消息，确定首先响应第四寻呼消息。
另一种可能的实现方式，用户设备接收到上述的第四寻呼消息和第五寻呼消息，确定首先响应第五寻呼消息。
可选地，当用户设备响应第五寻呼消息在第一网络中处于RRC-connected态之后，处理第二网络的寻呼可以参考图8所示的方法流程。
上述的用户设备可以设置有多个SIM，例如，包括第一SIM卡和第二SIM卡。
其中，上述的用户设备的第一标识可以是用户设备的第一SIM卡在第二网络中的标识，用户设备的第二标识可以是用户设备的第二SIM卡在第一网络中的标识；或者，用户设备的第一标识可以是用户设备的第二SIM卡在第二网络中的标识，用户设备的第二标识可以是用户设备的第一SIM卡在第一网络中的标识；或者，用户设备的第一标识可以是用户设备的第一SIM卡在第二网络中的标识，用户设备的第二标识可以是用户设备的第一SIM卡在第一网络中的标识；或者，用户设备的第一标识可以是用户设备的第二SIM卡在第二网络中的标识，用户设备的第二标识可以是用户设备的第二SIM卡在第一网络中的标识。
对于一个用户设备拥有多SIM卡的情况下，用户设备可以是通过第一SIM卡连接在第一网络，通过第二SIM卡连接在第二网络，在该情况下，第一网络和第二网络可以相同，例如，第一SIM卡已经处于连接态之后，第一SIM卡协助第二SIM卡响应网络的寻呼。
具体地，第一网络通过S1020中所示的第二寻呼消息寻呼用户设备的第一SIM卡，第二网络通过S1010中所示的第一寻呼消息寻呼用户设备的第二SIM卡。
接入装置通过S1030中所示的第四寻呼消息告知用户设备第一网络在寻呼用户设备的第一SIM卡，接入装置通过S1040中所示的第五寻呼消息告知用户设备第二网络在寻呼用户设备的第二SIM卡。
一种可能的实现方式是：
用户设备响应上述的第五寻呼消息，使得用户设备通过第一SIM卡连接在第一网络。即图10所示的方法流程还包括S1050：用户设备响应第五寻呼消息。
当用户设备通过第一SIM卡连接在第一网络之后，第一SIM可以通过第一网络协助第二SIM连接在第二网络，包括以下几种可能：
可能一：用户设备的第二SIM卡随机接入第二网络的第三小区。即图10所示的方法流程还包括S1060：用户设备发起随机接入。
可能二：用户设备向接入装置发送第一响应消息，告知接入装置用户设备通过第一SIM卡连接在第一网络，接入装置通过第一网络向用户设备发送第二消息，在第二消息中第一网络通过用户设备的第一SIM卡将用户设备的第二SIM在第二网络中的第一参数、第二参数、第三参数、第四参数或第五参数发送给用户设备，用户设备将相应参数传输给第二SIM卡，第二SIM按照相应参数配置资源。
具体地，第二消息与上述第二消息类似，这里不再赘述。即图10所示的方法流程还包括S1070：用户设备向接入装置发送第一响应消息、S1080：接入装置通过第一网络向用户设备发送第二消息。用户设备通过第一网络接收来自接入装置的第二消息。
可能三：上述的第五寻呼消息中包括用户设备的第二SIM在第二网络中的第六参数、第七参数、第八参数、第九参数、或第十参数。
具体地，第五寻呼消息中包括的相应参数与图8中情况三所示的第一消息中包括的类似，这里不再赘述。
应当理解，本申请实施例中第一网络可以为PLMN、PNI-NPN、或SNPN中的任意一种网络，第二网络可以为PLMN、PNI-NPN、或SNPN任意一种网络。另外，在多SIM场景下，第一网络和第二网络可以为同一个PLMN、PNI-NPN、或SNPN网络，例 如，第一网络和第二网络为同一个PLMN网络寻呼同一终端设备的不同SIM卡。
下面结合图11详细说明，接入装置包括CU和DU的情况下，CU和DU之间的信令交互。图11是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法示意性流程图。该流程中，执行主体包括CU和DU。
该通信方法包括以下步骤。
S1110，DU向CU发送第一信令。CU接收来自DU的第一信令。
所述第一信令用于指示所述DU能够支持接入的网络。
一种可能的实现方式，DU支持接入的网络包括PLMN，则第一信令包括PLMN的标识。例如，DU支持接入的网络包括第一PLMN～第三PLMN，则第一信令包括第一PLMN的标识、第二PLMN的标识和第三PLMN的标识。如果第一PLMN的标识、第二PLMN的标识和第三PLMN的标识的标识分别为PLMN ID#1～PLMN ID#3，则第一信令中包括PLMN ID#1～PLMN ID#3。
另一种可能的实现方式，DU支持接入的网络包括PNI-NPN，则第一信令包括PNI-NPN的标识。例如，DU支持接入的网络包括第一PNI-NPN～第三PNI-NPN，则第一信令包括第一PNI-NPN的标识、第二PNI-NPN的标识和第三PNI-NPN的标识。如果第一PNI-NPN的标识、第二PNI-NPN的标识和第三PNI-NPN的标识的标识分别为PLMN ID#1、CAG ID#1～PLMN ID#3、CAG ID#3，则第一信令中包括PLMN ID#1、CAG ID#1～PLMN ID#3、CAG ID#3。
又一种可能的实现方式，DU支持接入的网络包括SNPN，则第一信令包括SNPN的标识。例如，DU支持接入的网络包括第一SNPN～第三NPN，则第一信令包括第一SNPN的标识、第二SNPN的标识和第三SNPN的标识。如果第一SNPN的标识、第二SNPN的标识和第三SNPN的标识的标识分别为PLMN ID#1、NID#1～PLMN ID#3、NID#3，则第一信令中包括PLMN ID#1、NID#1～PLMN ID#3、NID#3。
可选地，第一信令为F1接口建立请求(F1 setup request)信令；
具体地，DU可以在F1接口建立信令中包括DU支持的NPN的信息。对于NG-RAN，CU可以在F1接口建立响应信令中包括CU支持的NPN的信息。当所述NPN的信息包括CAG ID时，如果CU支持的NPN中所包括的CAG ID(s)与DU支持的NPN中包括的CAG ID(s)不同，DU应当考虑该不同，在进行系统信息广播时，可以广播CU和DU同时支持的CAG Id(s)。当所述NPN的信息包括NID时，如果CU支持的NPN中所包括的NID(s)与DU支持的NPN中所包括的NID(s)不同，DU应考虑该不同，在进行系统信息广播时，可以广播CU和DU同时支持的NID(s)。
可选地，第一信令为DU配置更新请求信令，该DU配置更新请求信令用于指示更新所述DU能够支持接入的网络，在该实现方式下，CU在接收到DU配置更新请求信令之前已经接收到上述的F1接口建立请求信令，获知了DU能够支持接入的网络，在接收到DU配置更新请求信令更新获知的DU能够支持接入的网络。
具体地，如果DU支持的NPN的信息包含在DU配置更新请求信令中，CU可存储DU支持的NPN的信息，并将之前DU提供的DU支持的NPN替换为DU配置更新请求信令中所包括的DU支持的NPN。如果CU支持的NPN的信息包含在DU配置更新请求确认信令中，DU可以存储所述CU支持的NPN、覆盖DU所维护的CU支持的NPN的 信息。相应地，DU还可以更新相应的系统信息。如果CU支持的NPN的信息包含在CU配置更新请求信令中，DU可以存储所述CU支持的NPN的信息，将之前所收到的CU支持的NPN的信息替换为CU配置更新请求信令中所包括的CU支持的NPN的信息。如果DU支持的NPN的信息包含在CU配置更新请求确认信令中，CU可以存储所述DU支持的NPN的信息，将之前所收到的DU支持的NPN的信息替换为CU配置更新请求确认信令中所包括的DU支持的NPN的信息。
例如，DU向CU发送F1接口建立请求，通知DU该DU能够支持接入的网络包括第一网络、第二网络和第三网络；在一段时间之后，DU确定自身能够支持接入的网络包括第一网络和第二网络和第四网络，即DU向CU发送DU配置更新请求信令，通知CU该DU能够支持接入的网络包括第一网络、第二网络和第四网络，或者，DU配置更新请求信令通知CU，该DU不能够支持接入第三网络，增加支持接入第四网络。
可选地，第一信令包括DU服务小区消息，DU服务小区消息包括小区标识和小区支持接入的网络的网络标识。例如，包括上述的PLMN ID、NID和Cell ID。其中，DU服务小区消息也可以称之为DU服务小区信息(served cell information)。
例如，第一信令中的网络标识可以包含在DU所支持的小区信息列表中，具体表现形式包括表1所示的形式：
表1
Figure PCTCN2020109632-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2020109632-appb-000002
本申请中描述(semantics description)一栏中的文字描述不一定需要在协议中体现，本申请中提供描述(semantics description)只是为了便于理解信元而增加的。
表1中的NPN suppoted list具体表现形式包括表2所示的形式：
表2
信元名称(IE/group name) 描述(semantics description)
NPN支持项信元(NPN support item IEs) 支持的NPN
>CAG标识列表(CAG ID list) CAG标识列表
>>CAG标识(CAG ID) CAG标识
>网络标识列表(NID list) NID列表
>>网络标识(NID) NID
S1120，CU向DU发送第二信令。DU接收来自CU的第二信令。
一种可能的实现方式，第二信令用于指示所述CU和所述DU共同能够支持接入的网络。
例如，如果CU接收到上述的第一信令之后获知DU能够支持接入的网络包括第一PLMN ID对应的第一PLMN，以及第一PLMN ID、第一NID、第一Cell ID对应的第一SNPN；且CU支持接入的网络包括第一PLMN ID、第一NID、第一Cell ID对应的第一SNPN，则第二信令包括第一SNPN的标识第一PLMN ID、第一NID、第一Cell ID，指示CU和DU共同能够支持接入的网络为第一SNPN。
另一种可能的实现方式，第二信令用于指示CU能够支持接入的网络。
例如，如果CU支持接入的网络包括PLMN，则第二信令包括PLMN的标识。如果CU支持接入的网络包括PNI-NPN，则第二信令包括PNI-NPN的标识。如果CU支持接入的网络包括SNPN，则第二信令包括SNPN的标识。
例如，第二信令中的CU能够支持的NPN网络信息具体表现形式包括表3所示的形式：
表3
Figure PCTCN2020109632-appb-000003
或者，CU能够支持的NPN网络信息具体表现形式包括表4所示的形式：
表4
Figure PCTCN2020109632-appb-000004
表3和表4中的NPN suppoted List具体表现形式包括表5所示的形式：
表5
信元名称(IE/group name) 描述(semantics description)
NPN支持项信元(NPN support item IEs) 支持的NPN
>CAG标识列表(CAG ID list) CAG标识列表
>>CAG标识(CAG ID) CAG标识
>网络标识列表(NID list) NID列表
>>网络标识(NID) NID
又一种可能的实现方式，第二信令用于指示CU对上述的第一信令响应失败，例如，CU和DU没有共同支持接入的网络。例如，在第一信令是F1接口建立请求的情况下，第二信令可以是F1接口建立失败。此种情括下，第二信令可以包括失败的原因。
例如，CU接收到上述的第一信令之后获知DU能够支持接入的网络包括第一PLMN ID对应的第一PLMN，以及第一PLMN ID、第一NID、第一Cell ID对应的第一SNPN；且CU支持接入的网络包括第二PLMN ID、第二NID、第二Cell ID对应的第二SNPN，则CU确定CU和DU没有共同支持接入的网络，CU发送第二信令用于指示CU和DU没有共同支持接入的网络。第二信令中可以包括失败原因，失败原因可以是第一PLMN ID以及第一NID，表示CU不支持(not supported)第一PLMN ID以及第一NID。
又一种可能的实现方式，第二信令用于发送CU对DU的辅助配置参数，该辅助配 置参数用于辅助DU配置所支持的网络的相关参数，例如，CU向DU发送降低网络接入速率信令，以辅助DU配置其下网络小区的UAC参数。
第二信令用于发送CU对DU的辅助配置参数并不限制CU接收到上述的第一信令，CU可以主动向CU发送第二信令，辅助DU配置所支持的网络的相关参数。
例如，第二信令中发送的UAC辅助参数具体表现形式包括表6所示的形式：
表6
Figure PCTCN2020109632-appb-000005
上述表格中添加的NID、CAG ID、SNPN ID、或PNI-NPN ID等可以与其他参数同等级别，例如与UAC reduction indication、UAC action、access category、或access identity等同等级别，或者包含在上述参数内对NPN网络进一步细化限制。
又一种可能的实现方式，对于NPN网络，第二信令可用于告知DU接口建立或者配置更新发生错误而失败，失败原因可以为所提供的CAG ID不被支持(CAG ID(s)not supported)、所提供的NID不被支持(NID(s)not supported)、所提供的SNPN不被支持(SNPN(s)not supported)、所提供的PNI-NPN不被支持(PNI-NPN(s)not supported)、invalid CAG ID(s)、invalid NID(s)、invalid SNPN、invalid PNI-NPN、或者CAG access only等，即指示DU所提供的CAG ID、NID、SNPN网络、或者PNI-NPN网络不被CU支持，CU和DU没有共同支持的CAG或者SNPN网络，所以导致接口建立失败、DU配置更新失败、CU配置更新失败。另外，所述原因值还适用于NG接口、Xn接口建立和网络节点配置更新的过程，适用接口本申请不作具体限制。此外，所述原因值同样也适用于在Uu接口、F1接口、E1接口、NG接口、Xn接口等接口用户设备初始接入失败、建立 用户设备上下文失败、修改用户设备上下文失败、或者用户设备切换失败等过程，适用过程本申请也不作具体限制。例如，用户初始接入过程中，用户设备会将所选择接入的网络的网络标识通过随机接入过程的RRC setup complete信息上报给DU，DU会进而将用户所选择接入的网络标识上报给CU，CU会进而将用户所选择接入的网络标识上报给核心网设备AMF，例如，网络标识为NID、CAG ID、PLMN ID、SNPN ID、或者PNI-NPN ID等，AMF基于本地存储的用户的订阅信息来验证是否允许用户设备的接入，例如，AMF本地存储的用户的订阅信息可以为移动限制性列表(mobility restriction)中的允许用户接入的CAG ID列表信息、NID列表信息、用户设备是否只能通过CAG小区访问5CG(CAG access only)、用户设备是否只能通过NID小区访问5CG(NID access only)等信息。如果验证不成功，AMF会拒绝用户的接入并通过NG接口上的报错指示信息(error indication)等通知CU用户设备的接入发生错误而失败，通知信息中会包括错误原因或失败原因，错误原因或失败原因可以为上述原因值。由于用户接入失败，CU可进一步通过F1接口向DU发送UE CONTEXT RELEASE COMMAND以释放掉DU处已经为用户设备配置的资源，例如SRB、DRB资源。UE CONTEXT RELEASE COMMAND中可包括释放原因，释放原因可以为上述原因值。CU和DU可以进一步发送RRC release消息给用户设备，以指示用户设备释放掉配置的空口资源，RRC release消息中可包括释放原因值，释放原因可以为上述原因值。
第二信令中的原因值具体表现形式包括表7所示形式：
表7
Figure PCTCN2020109632-appb-000006
应当理解，上述SNPN不被支持(SNPN not supported)也可以被无效NID(invalid NID)、无效PLMN(invalid PLMN)、NID不被CU所支持(NID not served by the gNB-CU)、PLMN不被CU所支持(PLMN not served by the gNB-CU)、或者上述两个或者多个元素的组合所替代。PNI-NPN不被支持(PNI-NPN not supported)也可以被无效CAG ID(invalid CAG ID)、无效PLMN(invalid PLMN)、CAG不被CU所支持(CAG not served by the gNB-CU)、PLMN不被CU所支持(PLMN not served by the gNB-CU)、或者上述两个或者多个元素的组合所替代。无效NID(invalid NID)也可以被NID不被CU所 支持(NID not served by the gNB-CU)、无效PLMN(invalid PLMN)、PLMN不被CU所支持(PLMN not served by the gNB-CU)、或者上述两个或者多个元素的组合所替代。无效CAG ID(invalid CAG Id)也可以被CAG不被CU所支持(CAG not served by the gNB-CU)、无效PLMN(invalid PLMN)、PLMN不被CU所支持(PLMN not served by the gNB-CU)、或者上述两个或者多个元素的组合所替代。
又一种可能的实现方式，对于NPN网络，第二信令中包括NPN网络标识，用于CU向DU指示NPN网络的辅助配置参数，该辅助配置参数用于辅助DU配置所支持的NPN网络的相关参数，例如，CU向DU发送降低网络接入速率Network access rate reduction信令，信令中包括NPN网络标识，以辅助DU配置其下NPN网络小区的UAC参数，例如，NPN网络标识可以为PLMN ID、NID、CAG ID、PLMN ID和NID、PLMN ID和CAG ID、SNPN ID、PNI-NPN ID等。NID、CAG ID、SNPN ID、或PNI-NPN ID等可以作为与PLMN ID同等级别的参数添加到UAC协助信息(UAC assistance information)来辅助DU配置NPN网路参数，或者添加的NID、CAG ID、SNPN ID、或PNI-NPN ID等可以与UACassistance information中的其他参数同等级别，例如与UAC降低指示(UAC reduction indication)、UAC作用(UAC action)、访问类别(access category)、或访问标识(access identity)等同等级别，或者包含在上述参数内对NPN网络进一步细化限制，例如，基于NID、CAG ID、SNPN ID、或PNI-NPN ID等定义新的访问类别(access category)、或访问标识(access identity)等。
可选地，第二信令为F1接口建立响应(F1 setup response)信令；
可选地，第二信令为DU配置更新响应信令；
可选地，第二信令为CU配置更新请求信令；
可选地，第二信令为F1接口建立失败(F1 setup failure)信令；
可选地，第二信令为DU配置更新失败信令；
可选地，第二信令为降低网络接入速率信令。
可选地，第二信令为CU能够支持接入的网络的信息，其中，所述CU能够支持接入的网络的信息包括所述CU能够支持接入的网络的网络标识。例如，包括上述的PLMN ID、NID和Cell ID。
可选地，当上述的第一信令为F1 setup request信令的情况下，第二信令为F1 setup response信令；可选地，当上述的第一信令为DU配置更新信令的情况下，第二信令为DU配置更新响应信令。
对于NPN网络，DU向CU发送第一信令，信令中包括NPN的网络标识列表，NPN的网络标识列表的NPN网络标识以指示DU所支持的NPN网络，例如，NPN网络标识可以为PLMN ID、NID、CAG ID、PLMN ID和NID、PLMN ID和CAG ID、SNPN ID、PNI-NPN ID等。
可选的，每个CAG ID可对应一个用户可读的网络名称(human-readable network name)，每个NID可对应一个用户可读的网络名称(human-readable network name)。通过用户可读的网络名称，可以方便用户进行NPN网络的手动选择。第一信令中也可携带每个CAG ID所对应的用户可读的网络名称、或每个NID所对应的用户可读的网络名称，以在终端设备将NPN网络的名字展示给用户，便于用户进行手动选择相应的NPN 网络。
CU向DU发送第二信令，信令中包括NPN的网络标识列表，NPN的网络标识列表的NPN网络标识以指示CU所支持的NPN网络或者CU和DU共同支持的NPN网络，NPN网络标识可以为上述标识。
可选的，第二信令中也可包括每个CAG ID所对应的用户可读的网络名称、或每个NID所对应的用户可读的网络名称，以在终端设备将NPN网络的名字展示给用户，便于用户进行手动选择相应的NPN网络。
可选地，上述第一信令和第二信令中所包括的信息也适用于NG接口、Xn接口建立和网络节点配置更新的过程，具体适用的接口本申请不作具体限制。例如，适用于在Uu接口、F1接口、E1接口、NG接口、Xn接口等接口，分别对应用户设备初始接入、建立用户设备上下文、修改用户设备上下文、或者用户设备切换等过程，具体适用的过程本申请也不作具体限制。
进一步地，第一信令不仅可以用于告知CU该DU所支持的NPN网络，还可以用于告知CU与该DU相邻的DU所支持的NPN网络。同理，第二信令不仅可以告知DU该CU或该RAN所支持的NPN网络，还可以用于告知DU该CU相邻的CU或该RAN相邻的RAN所支持的NPN网络。例如，第一CU或第一RAN将其所支持的或其相邻的CU或其相邻的RAN所支持的NPN网络通过Xn接口建立请求过程(Xn setup request)或者更新请求过程(NG-RAN node configuration update request)告知第二CU。所述NPN网络可以由PLMN ID、和/或CAG ID和/或CAG ID所对应的用户可读的网络名称、或者PLMN ID、和/或NID和/或NID所对应的用户可读的网络名称进行标识。第二CU将上述信息通过F1接口建立响应信令(F1 setup response)告知DU，DU通过广播或者RRC信息等方式将该DU、该DU相邻的DU或该DU相邻的RAN所支持的NPN的网络标识告知终端设备，以便终端设备进行自动网络选择和接入、人工手动网络选择和接入等。再例如，在用户切换的过程中，目标CU或目标RAN可以通过NG接口将目标CU、目标RAN、目标CU相邻的CU、或目标RAN相邻RAN所支持的NPN的网络标识通过切换请求确认过程(handover request acknowledge)告知核心网设备AMF，AMF再通过NG接口的切换命令过程(hanover command)将上述网络标识发送给源CU或源RAN，源CU将上述网络标识通过用户上下文修改过程(UE context modification)发送给DU，源DU或源RAN再通过广播或者RRC重配置信令(RRC reconfiguration)将上述网络标识发送给终端设备，以便终端设备进行自动网络选择和接入、人工手动网络选择和接入、自动切换和手动切换等。再例如，在用户切换的过程中，目标CU或目标RAN可以通过Xn接口将目标CU、目标RAN、目标CU相邻的CU、或目标RAN相邻RAN所支持的NPN的网络标识通过切换请求确认过程(handover request acknowledge)告知源CU或源RAN，源CU将上述网络标识通过用户上下文修改请求过程(UE context modification request)发送给DU，源DU或源RAN再通过广播或者RRC重配置信令(RRC reconfiguration)将上述网络标识发送给终端设备，以便终端设备进行自动网络选择和接入、人工手动网络选择和接入、自动切换和手动切换等。再例如，在用户切换的过程中，目标DU可以通过F1接口将目标DU、目标DU相邻的DU、或目标DU相邻的RAN所支持的NPN的网络标识通过用户上下文修改响应过程(UE context modification response) 告知源CU，源CU将上述网络标识通过用户上下文修改请求过程(UE context modification request)发送给源DU，源DU将上述网络标识再通过广播或者RRC重配置信令(RRC reconfiguration)发送给终端设备，以便终端设备进行自动网络选择和接入、人工手动网络选择和接入、自动切换和手动切换等。
下面，以DU支持SNPN(第一SNPN～第三NPN)、CU支持SNPN(第一SNPN，第二SNPN和第四NPN)为例说明，DU和CU之间交互各自支持的网络。其中，第一SNPN～第四NPN分别对应的小区标识为第一cell ID～第四cell ID，第一SNPN～第四NPN分别对应的网络标识为第一PLMN ID、第一NID～第四PLMN ID、第四NID。
则上述第一信令可以包括如表8所示的内容：
表8
cell ID PLMN ID NID
1 1 1
2 2 2
3 3 3
则上述第二信令可以包括如表9所示的内容：
表9
cell ID PLMN ID NID
1 1 1
2 2 2
或者，上述第二信令可以包括如表10所示的内容：
表10
cell ID PLMN ID NID
1 1 1
2 2 2
4 4 4
在接入装置包括CU和DU的情况下，CU的个数可以为多个，例如接入装置包括一个DU和两个CU。则上述的第二信令包括第二信令#1和第二信令#2，分别由第一CU和第二CU发送给DU，第二信令#1和第二信令#2可能的形式与上述的第二信令类似，这里不再赘述。
进一步地，当CU包括控制面CU-CP和用户面CU-UP时，CU-CP和CU-UP之间的信令交互如图12所示。图12是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法示意性流程图。该流程图中执行主体包括CU-CP和CU-UP。
该通信方法包括以下步骤。
S1210，CU-UP向CU-CP发送第三信令。CU-CP接收来自CU-UP的第三信令。
所述第三信令可以用于指示所述CU-UP能够支持接入的网络。
第三信令具体表现形式包括表11所示的形式：
表11
信息名称(IE/group name) 描述(semantics description)
信令类型(message type) 信息所属的类型
传输ID(transaction ID) 传输标识
gNB-CU-UP标识(gNB-CU-UP ID) CU-UP标识指示某个CU-UP
gNB-CU-UP名字(gNB-CU-UP name) CU-UP名字指示某个CU-UP
所支持的核心网(CN support) 表示支持的核心网类型
所支持的PLMN(supported PLMNs) 表示支持接入的PLMN
>PLMN标识(PLMN identity) PLMN标识用于标识网络
>支持的切片列表(slice support list) 表示支持的切片列表
>NR小区全球标识列表(NR CGI support list) 小区全球标识用于标识小区
>QoS参数列表(QoS parameters support list) QoS相关的参数
>支持的NPN网络列表(NPN support list) 每个PLMN所支持的NPN网络
gNB-CU-UP的能力(gNB-CU-UP capacity) 表示CU-UP的能力
表11中的NPN suppoted list具体表现形式包括表12所示：
表12
Figure PCTCN2020109632-appb-000007
一种可能的实现方式，CU-UP支持接入的网络包括PLMN，则第三信令包括PLMN的标识。例如，CU-UP支持接入的网络包括第一PLMN～第三PLMN，第一PLMN～第三PLMN的标识分别为第一PLMN ID～第三PLMN ID，则第三信令中包括第一PLMN ID～第三PLMN ID。
另一种可能的实现方式，CU-UP支持接入的网络包括PNI-NPN，则第三信令包括PNI-NPN的标识。例如，CU-UP支持接入的网络包括第一PNI-NPN～第三PNI-NPN，第一PNI-NPN～第三PNI-NPN的标识分别为第一PLMN ID、第一CAG ID、第一Cell ID～第三PLMN ID、第三CAG ID、第三Cell ID，则第三信令中包括第一PLMN ID、第一CAG ID、第一Cell ID～第三PLMN ID、第三CAG ID、第三Cell ID。
又一种可能的实现方式，CU-UP支持接入的网络包括SNPN，则第三信令包括SNPN的标识。例如，CU-UP支持接入的网络包括第一SNPN～第三NPN，第一SNPN～第三NPN的标识分别为第一PLMN ID、第一NID、第一Cell ID～第三PLMN ID、第三NID、第三Cell ID，则第三信令中包括第一PLMN ID、第一NID、第一Cell ID～第三PLMN ID、第三NID、第三Cell ID。
又一种可能的实现方式，对于NPN网络，CU-UP向该CU-CP发送第三信令，信令中包括NPN的网络标识列表，NPN的网络标识列表的NPN网络标识以指示CU-UP所支持的NPN网络，例如，NPN网络标识可以为PLMN ID、NID、CAG ID、PLMN ID和 NID、PLMN ID和CAG ID、SNPN ID、PNI-NPN ID等。CU-CP向CU-UP发送第四信令，信令中包括NPN的网络标识列表，NPN的网络标识列表的NPN网络标识以指示CU-CP所支持的NPN网络或者CU-CP和CU-UP共同支持的NPN网络，NPN网络标识可以为上述标识。
可选地，第三信令为E1接口建立请求(E1 setup request)信令；
可选地，第三信令为CU-UP配置更新请求信令，该CU-UP配置更新请求信令用于指示更新所述CU-UP能够支持接入的网络，在该实现方式下，CU-CP在接收到CU-UP配置更新请求信令之前已经接收到上述的E1接口建立请求信令，获知了CU-UP能够支持接入的网络，在接收到CU-UP配置更新请求信令更新获知的CU-UP能够支持接入的网络。
例如，CU-UP向CU-CP发送E1接口建立请求，通知CU-UP该CU-UP能够支持接入的网络包括第一网络、第二网络和第三网络；在一段时间之后，CU-UP确定自身能够支持接入的网络包括第一网络和第二网络和第四网络，即CU-UP向CU-CP发送CU-UP配置更新请求信令，通知CU-CP该CU-UP能够支持接入的网络包括第一网络、第二网络和第四网络，或者，CU-UP配置更新请求信令通知CU-CP，该CU-UP不能够支持接入第三网络，增加支持接入第四网络。
可选地，第三信令为CU-CP配置更新响应信令。
S1220，CU-CP向CU-UP发送第四信令。CU-UP接收来自CU-CP的第四信令。
一种可能的实现方式，第四信令用于指示所述CU-CP和所述CU-UP共同能够支持接入的网络。
例如，CU-CP接收到上述的第三信令之后获知CU-UP能够支持接入的网络包括第一PLMN ID对应的第一PLMN，以及第一PLMN ID、第一NID、第一Cell ID对应的第一SNPN；且CU-CP支持接入的网络包括第一PLMN ID、第一NID、第一Cell ID对应的第一SNPN，则第二信令包括第一SNPN的标识第一PLMN ID、第一NID、第一Cell ID，指示CU-CP和CU-UP共同能够支持接入的网络为第一SNPN。
另一种可能的实现方式，第四信令用于指示所述CU-CP能够支持接入的网络。
例如，CU-CP支持接入的网络包括PLMN，则第二信令包括PLMN的标识；和/或，CU-CP支持接入的网络包括PNI-NPN，则第二信令包括PNI-NPN的标识；和/或，CU-CP支持接入的网络包括SNPN，则第二信令包括SNPN的标识。
又一种可能的实现方式，第四信令用于指示CU-CP对上述的第三信令响应失败，例如，CU-CP和CU-UP没有共同支持接入的网络，所述CU-CP对所述CU-UP发送的第三信令响应失败，并包括响应失败的原因。
第四信令中的原因值具体表现形式包括表13所示：
表13
原因值 含义
CAG ID(s)不支持 由于不支持CAG ID，请求不被接受。
NID(s)不支持 由于不支持NID，请求不被接受。
表13中涉及的CAG ID以及NID如上表12所示，这里不再赘述。
例如，CU-CP接收到上述的第三信令之后获知CU-UP能够支持接入的网络包括第一 PLMN ID对应的第一PLMN，以及第一PLMN ID、第一NID、第一Cell ID对应的第一SNPN；且CU-CP支持接入的网络包括第二PLMN ID、第二NID、第二Cell ID对应的第二SNPN，则CU-CP确定CU-CP和CU-UP没有共同支持接入的网络，CU-CP发送第四信令用于指示CU-CP和CU-UP没有共同支持接入的网络。可以理解为CU-CP响应CU-UP发送的第三信令失败，在此情况下，第四信令中可以包括CU-CP响应DU发送的第三信令的失败原因，失败原因可以是第一PLMN ID以及第一NID，表示CU-CP不支持(not supported)第一PLMN ID以及第一NID。
另一种可能的实现方式，第四信令用于指示所述CU-CP通知所述CU-UP为相应UE建立承载上下文，例如，CU-CP向CU-UP发送承载上下文请求信令，信令中包括上述网络标识信息。承载上下文请求信令中网络标识表现形式包括表14所示的形式：
表14
Figure PCTCN2020109632-appb-000008
又一种可能的实现方式，对于NPN网络，CU-CP向CU-UP发送第四信令，也可用于告知CU-UP接口建立或者配置更新发生错误而失败，失败原因可以为CAG ID不被支持(CAG ID(s)not supported)、NID不被支持(NID(s)not supported)、PNI-NPN不被支持(PNI-NPN(s)not supported)、无效的CAG ID(invalid CAG ID(s))、无效的NID(invalid NID(s))、无效的SNPN(invalid SNPN)、无效的PNI-NPN(invalid PNI-NPN)、或者仅可访问CAG小区(CAG access only)等，即指示CU-UP所提供的CAG ID、NID、SNPN网络、或者PNI-NPN网络不被CU-CP支持，CU-CP和CU-UP没有共同支持的CAG或者SNPN网络，所以导致接口建立失败、CU-UP配置更新失败、或CU-CP配置更新失败。另外，所述原因值还适适用于NG接口、Xn接口建立和网络节点配置更新的过程，适用接口本申请不作具体限制。
此外，所述原因值同样也适用于在Uu接口、F1接口、E1接口、NG接口、Xn接口等接口用户设备初始接入失败、建立用户设备上下文失败、修改用户设备上下文失败、或者用户设备切换失败等过程，适用过程本申请也不作具体限制。
可选地，第四信令为E1接口建立响应(E1 setup response)信令；
可选地，第四信令为CU-UP配置更新响应信令；
可选地，第四信令为CU-CP配置更新请求信令；
可选地，第四信令为E1接口建立失败(E1 setup failure)信令；
可选地，第四信令为CU-UP配置更新失败信令。
可选地，当上述的第三信令为E1 setup request信令的情况下，第四信令为E1 setup response信令；可选地，当上述的第三信令为CU-UP配置更新信令的情况下，第四信令为CU-UP配置更新响应信令。
下面，以CU-UP支持SNPN(第一SNPN～第三NPN)、CU-CP支持SNPN(第一SNPN，第二SNPN和第四NPN)为例说明，CU-UP和CU-CP之间交互各自支持的网络。其中，第一SNPN～第四NPN分别对应的小区标识为cell ID#1～第四cell ID，第一SNPN～第四NPN分别对应的网络标识为第一PLMN ID、第一NID～第四PLMN ID、第四NID。
则上述第三信令可以包括如表15所示的内容：
表15
cell ID PLMN ID NID
1 1 1
2 2 2
3 3 3
则上述第四信令可以包括如表16所示的内容：
表16
cell ID PLMN ID NID
1 1 1
2 2 2
或者，上述第四信令可以包括如表17所示的内容：
表17
cell ID PLMN ID NID
1 1 1
2 2 2
4 4 4
一种可能的实现方式，图8-图10中所示的接入装置可以为接入网设备，该接入网设备可以同时支持用户设备接入上述的第一网络和第二网络，例如，该接入网设备中配置了PLMN小区和SNPN小区、该接入网设备中配置了PLMN小区和PNI-NPN小区或者该接入网设备中配置了PNI-NPN小区和SNPN小区。即用户设备可以经由该一个接入网设备接入两种不同的网络。
另一种可能的实现方式，图8-图10中所示的接入装置可以为可以包括DU和CU。 其中，DU可以执行上述的接入装置向用户设备发送信令的功能，CU用于接收所述第一核心网设备的信令和接收所述第二核心网设备的信令，并向所述DU发送第四消息。
可选地，该DU连接有两个不同的CU，该两个不同的CU分别接入上述的第一网络和第二网络，例如，DU连接有第一CU和第二CU，其中，第一CU支持用户设备接入PLMN小区，第二CU支持用户设备接入SNPN小区，或者，第一CU支持用户设备接入PLMN小区，第二CU支持用户设备接入PNI-NPN小区，或者，第一CU支持用户设备接入SNPN小区，第二CU支持用户设备接入PNI-NPN小区。CU作为中间设备，用于转发DU与核心网设备之间的信令，例如上述的S910，在接入装置为包括DU和两个CU的情况下，可以理解为第二核心网设备向第二CU发送的第一寻呼消息，第二CU将该第一寻呼消息转发给DU；还例如上述的S920，在接入装置为包括DU和两个CU的情况下，可以理解为第一核心网设备向第一CU发送的第二寻呼消息，第一CU将该第二寻呼消息转发给DU。
在接入装置为包括DU和两个CU的情况下，DU和两个CU之间需要交互各自支持接入的网络。如图11和图12所示，这里不再赘述。下面结合图13举例说明当图8-图10中的接入装置包括CU和DU，并且CU和DU之间进行如图11和图12中所示的信令交互，获知对方能够支持接入的网络的情况下，如何实现用户设备响应不同的网络寻呼。
图13是本申请实施例提供的又一种寻呼的方法示意性流程图。该流程中，执行主体包括第一用户面功能网元、第一核心网设备、第二用户面功能网元、第二核心网设备、第一CU、第二CU、DU和用户设备，其中，为了区别于用户设备，上述的第一用户面功能网元、第一核心网设备、第一CU和DU可以统称为网络设备，上述的第二用户面功能网元、第二核心网设备、第二CU和DU也可以统称为网络设备。
用户设备在第一网络和第二网络中处于RRC-idle态，DU被第一CU和第二CU共用，DU配置有第一网络中的小区和第二网络中的小区。
该寻呼的方法包括以下步骤。
S1310，第二核心网设备向第二CU发送第一寻呼消息。第二CU接收来自第二核心网设备的第一寻呼消息。
S1311，第二CU向DU发送第一寻呼消息。DU接收来自第二CU的第一寻呼消息。
第一寻呼消息与图9中S910中的第一寻呼消息类似，这里不再赘述。
S1320，第一核心网设备向第一CU发送第二寻呼消息。第一CU接收来自第一核心网设备的第二寻呼消息。
S1321，第一CU向DU发送第二寻呼消息。DU接收来自第一CU的第二寻呼消息。
第二寻呼消息与图9中S920中的第二寻呼消息类似，这里不再赘述。
一种可能的实现方式，第一CU向DU发送第一寻呼消息可以视为为上述的第四消息一种具体形式。在该实现方式下第四消息用于第一网络寻呼用户设备。
另一种可能的实现方式，第二CU向DU发送第二寻呼消息也可以视为上述的第四消息另一种具体形式。在该实现方式下第四消息用于第二网络寻呼用户设备。
又一种可能的实现方式，当第一网络和第二网络共享核心网的情况下，上述的第一寻呼消息和第二寻呼消息为同一个核心网设备发送的寻呼消息。在该实现方式下，第二CU向DU发送第一寻呼消息和第二CU向DU发送第二寻呼消息可以视为上述的第四消 息又一种具体形式，第四消息用于指示第二网络和第一网络寻呼用户设备。当第四消息用于指示第二网络和第一网络寻呼用户设备时，第四消息中包括用户设备的第二标识、第二网络的标识、或第二小区的标识中的至少一种，以及以下信息中的至少一种：用户设备的第一标识、第一网络的标识、或第一小区的标识。其中，用户设备的第一标识用于指示用户设备在第一网络中的标识，第一网络的标识用于指示用户设备需要接入的第一网络，第一小区的标识用于指示供用户设备接入的第一网络中的小区。
对于NPN网络，网络的标识包括：PLMN ID、NID、CAG ID、PLMN ID和NID、PLMN ID和CAG ID、SNPN ID、PNI-NPN ID等。
第一核心网设备向第一CU发送第二寻呼消息的原因可以是第一用户面功能网元接收到用户设备的数据，即图13所示的方法流程中还包括S1302，第一用户面功能网元接收第一数据。
同理，第二核心网设备向第二CU发送第一寻呼消息的原因可以是第二用户面功能网元接收到用户设备的数据，即图13所示的方法流程中还包括S1301，第二用户面功能网元接收第二数据。
当第一网络和第二网络共享核心网的情况下，上述第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备为同一个核心网设备、上述第一用户面功能网元和第二用户面功能网元为同一个用户面功能网元，即该用户面功能网元同时接收到上述的第一数据和第二数据，该第一数据和第二数据属于不同的网络。
进一步地，DU接收到上述的第一寻呼消息和第二寻呼消息之后需要寻呼用户设备，即图13所示的方法流程中还包括S1340：DU向用户设备发送第四寻呼消息。用户设备接收来自DU的第四寻呼消息。S1341：DU向用户设备发送第五寻呼消息。用户设备接收来自DU的第五寻呼消息。其中，第四寻呼消息与图10中所示的第四寻呼消息类似，第五寻呼消息与图10中所示的第五寻呼消息类似，这里不再赘述。
一种可能的实现方式，上述的第四寻呼消息和第五寻呼消息可以为两条寻呼消息。例如，第一寻呼消息和第二寻呼消息中包括的用户设备的第一标识和用户设备的第二标识可能不同，DU不能够基于上述第一寻呼消息和第二寻呼消息中包括的用户设备的第一标识和用户设备的第二标识获知第一网络和第二网络寻呼同一个用户设备，则DU分别发送上述的第四寻呼消息和第五寻呼消息。
进一步地，用户设备响应上述的第四寻呼消息或第五寻呼消息，接入对应的小区中。
为了便于描述，图13所示的实施例中，以用户设备先响应第五寻呼消息接入第一网络为例进行说明，即图13所示的方法流程中还包括S1350，用户设备确定接入第一网络中的第四小区。并且用户设备基于上述的第五寻呼消息获知第二网络中第三小区也在寻呼该用户设备。具体地，用户设备确定接入到上述第一网络之后，将选择接入第一网络中的第四小区的信息发送给DU。即图13所示的方法流程中还包括S1360，用户设备向DU发送第二响应消息。所述第二响应消息中包括第四小区的信息以及第二网络中第三小区的信息。对于NPN网络，所述第四小区信息中包含：PLMN ID、CAG ID、或者NID。
一种可能的实现方式，用户设备确定接入上述的第一网络中的第四小区，DU需要向第一网络中的一CU通知上述用户设备选择接入的小区的信息，即图13所示的寻呼方法还包括S1370，DU向第一CU发送第三响应消息。
可选地，第三响应消息为包括第四小区的信息的消息。对于NPN网络，所述第四小区信息中包含：PLMN ID、CAG ID、或者NID。
进一步地，即图13所示的寻呼方法还包括S1380，第一CU向第一核心网设备发送初始用户消息，例如，上行RRC消息传递(uplink RRC message transfer)信息。
该初始用户消息用于通知第一核心网设备已经寻到需要寻呼的用户设备，该初始用户消息中包括上述第四小区的小区标识，以及该小区对应的网络标识、接入网设备标识、或跟踪区号。
对于NPN网络，所述网络标识中包含：PLMN ID、CAG ID、或者NID。
可选的，该初始用户消息中还包括PDU会话ID，用户设备请求配置第一网络中的第四小区PDU会话资源，用以承载第二网络中的第三小区的PDU会话。
第一核心网设备获知用户设备寻呼成功之后，按照目前协议规定的流程为用户设备配置接入第四小区的承载资源，这里不再赘述。
进一步地，当用户设备在第一网络中处于RRC-connected态之后，处理第二网络的寻呼包括以下几种可能的方式：
方式一：
用户设备先接入第四小区的情况下，DU基于第一CU和第二CU所支持接入的网络，以及用户设备上报的第二响应消息中的第三小区的信息，DU获知需要响应第二CU的寻呼。因此发送上行RRC消息传递(uplink RRC message transfer)给第二CU。
第二CU向第二核心网设备发送初始用户消息，包括用户设备所在的第三小区的小区标识和第二网络的标识。
第二CU和第二核心网设备为用户设备配置会话资源。
第二CU和DU在F1接口交互为用户设备配置承载资源。
第二CU通过DU在用户设备所在的第三小区向用户设备发送RRC建立、RRC重配置信息。
即方式一下，图13所示的寻呼方法还包括以下步骤：
S1381，DU向第二CU发送上行RRC消息传递(uplink RRC message transfer)。S1382，第二CU向第二核心网设备发送初始用户消息(Initial UE message)。
S1383，第一CU和第一核心网设备发起初始用户上下文建立请求(Initial UE context setup request)。对于NPN网络，用户初始上下文信令中包含网络标识，例如：PLMN ID、CAG ID、或者NID。
S1384，DU和第二CU间通过用户上下文建立、上行RRC消息传递(uplink RRC message transfer)、下行RRC消息传递(dplink RRC message transfer)、用户上下文建立请求(UE context setup request)等信息交互用户设备的配置参数。
对于NPN网络，上述信息中可包含：PLMN ID、CAG ID、或者NID。
S1385，DU和用户设备在第三小区中发起RRC建立或RRC重配置过程。
方式二：
用户设备先接入第四小区的情况下，DU基于第一CU和第二CU所支持接入的网络，以及用户设备上报的第二响应消息中的第三小区的信息，DU获知需要响应第二CU的寻呼。因此发送上行RRC消息传递(uplink RRC message transfer)给第二CU。
第二CU向第二核心网设备发送初始用户消息，包括用户设备所在的第三小区的小区标识和第二网络的标识。
第二CU和第二核心网设备为用户设备配置会话资源。
第二CU在Xn接口通过RRC transfer信令或者新定义的其他信令(如UE context transfer)将为用户设备配置的第三小区的承载资源信息发送给第一CU，并包括第三小区的标识和第二网络的标识，以告知第一CU所传输的承载配置信息所对应的第三小区的信息，或者包括Indication指示信息，以指示所包括的第三小区的标识为第二网络的小区，或者包括Cause原因信息，以指示信令发起原因为通过第一网络来配置用户设备在第二网络小区的信息。
第一CU发送下行RRC消息传递(DL RRC message transfer)信息给DU，将第三小区的信息转发给DU。
对于NPN网络，上述信息中可包含：PLMN ID、CAG ID、或者NID。
DU通过已建立的第四小区的SRB承载发送RRC建立、RRC重配置信息给用户设备，信息中包括第三小区的标识和第二网络的标识，以告知用户设备所传输的承载配置信息所对应的小区信息。用户设备基于承载配置信息进行配置，随后可随机接入第三小区，并基于已配置的第三小区的承载信息接收数据。
即方式二下，图13所示的寻呼方法还包括以下步骤：
S1391，DU向第二CU发送上行RRC消息传递。
S1392，第二CU向第二核心网设备发送初始用户消息(Initial UE message)。
S1393，第二CU和第二核心网设备发起初始用户上下文建立请求(Initial UE context setup request)。
S1394，DU和第二CU间通过用户上下文建立、上行RRC消息传递(uplink RRC message transfer)、下行RRC消息传递(dplink RRC message transfer)等信息交互用户设备的配置参数。
对于NPN网络，上述信息中可包含：PLMN ID、CAG ID、或者NID。
S1395，第二CU向第一CU发送第三小区的信息。
对于NPN网络，所述小区信息中包含：PLMN ID、CAG ID、或者NID。
S1396，第一CU向DU发送第三小区的信息。
S1397，DU和用户设备在第四小区中发起RRC建立或RRC重配置过程。
方式三：
第二响应消息中包括会话标识的情况下，用户设备请求建立第四小区的会话，用以承载第三小区的会话。第一核心网设备向第一CU发送initial Context Setup Request/PDU Session Resource Setup消息，告知第一CU为用户设备配置相应第四小区承载资源(承载以PDU Session ID、QFI)，并告知相应承载类型Type、用途、或原因(如，包括SNPN、NID、CAG ID、PLMNforSNPN、或者PLMNforNPN字符串以标识此第四小区中配置的承载是为了传输SNPN数据)。
第一CU和DU相互交互SRB、DRB承载配置资源信息，并包括配置相应承载的类型、用途、原因(如，包括SNPN、NID、CAG ID、PLMNforSNPN、或者PLMNforNPN字符串以标识此第四小区中配置的承载是为了传输SNPN数据)。
第一CU通过DU发送RRC setup、RRC reconfiguration信息，告知用户设备相应承载配置参数，并包括配置相应承载的类型、用途、原因(如，包括SNPN、NID、CAG ID、PLMNforSNPN、或者PLMNforNPN字符串以标识此第四小区中配置的承载是为了传输SNPN数据)。第四小区的承载配置完成，用以随后承载第三小区的会话，例如，在第四小区的资源上建立IPSec隧道，用以传输第三小区的会话数据。
即方式三下，图13所示的寻呼方法还包括以下步骤：
S1303，DU向第一CU发送初始用户上下文建立请求(Initial UE context setup request)。
S1304，第一CU向第一核心网设备发送会话资源修改指示(PDU session resource modify indication)。
S1305，第一CU和DU发起下行RRC消息传递(dplink RRC message transfer)。
S1306，DU和用户设备在第四小区中发起RRC建立或RRC重配置过程。
进一步地，本申请实施例中提供的寻呼的方法应用在非share-RAN场景下时(即针对第一网络和第二网络来说分别存在第一RAN和第二RAN，且第一RAN和第二RAN之间有Xn接口)，用户设备收到两个RAN的寻呼后，会选择然响应其中一个寻呼，接入相应小区后，用户设备将另一个网络的寻呼小区信息告知已经接入的小区，已经接入的小区所在的RAN为用户设备预配置未接入小区的相应SRB、DRB等资源；或者，如果一个RAN一直得不到寻呼响应，该另一个RAN可以主动向临近RAN通过Xn接口寻求协助寻呼，将要寻呼的用户设备的有关信息发送给临近RAN。
上述方法实施例中，上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后，各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定，而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。
上面结合图8-图13详细介绍了本申请实施例提供的寻呼的方法和通信方法，下面结合图14-图19详细介绍本申请实施例提供的寻呼的装置和通信装置。
参见图14，图14是本申请提出的寻呼的装置1400的示意图。如图14所示，装置1400包括接收器1410和处理器1420。
接收器1410，用于通过第一网络接收来自接入装置的第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备至少被所述第二网络寻呼，或者，所述第一消息用于指示所述第一网络中用于传输所述第二网络的数据的资源
处理器1420，用于通过所述接入装置接入所述第二网络，或者，所述用户设备基于所述第一消息确定第一网络中用于传输所述第二网络的数据的资源。
装置1400和方法实施例中的终端设备完全对应，装置1400可以是方法实施例中的终端设备，或者方法实施例中的终端设备内部的芯片或功能模块。装置1400的相应单元用于执行图8-图13所示的方法实施例中由终端设备执行的相应步骤。
其中，装置1400中的接收器1410执行方法实施例中终端设备接收的步骤。例如，执行图8中的步骤S820，接收来自接入装置的第一消息、还执行图8中的步骤S850，通过第一网络接收来自接入装置的第二消息、还执行图9中的步骤S940，接收来自接入装置的第四和/或第五寻呼消息、还执行图10中的步骤S1030，接收来自接入装置的第四寻呼消息、还执行图10中的步骤S1040，接收来自接入装置的第五寻呼消息、还执行图10 中的步骤S1080，通过第一网络接收来自接入装置的第二消息、还执行图13中的步骤S1340，接收来自接入装置的第四寻呼消息、还执行图13中的步骤S1341，接收来自接入装置的第五寻呼消息。
处理器420执行方法实施例中终端设备内部实现或处理的步骤。例如，执行图8中的步骤S821，确定接入第三小区、还执行图10中的步骤S1050，响应第五寻呼消息、还执行图13中的步骤S1350，确定接入第四小区。
装置1400还可以包括发送器，用于执行终端设备发送的步骤，例如，向其他设备发送信息。发送器和接收器1410可以组成收发单元，同时具有接收和发送的功能。其中，处理器1420可以是处理器。发送器可以是发射器，接收器1410可以是接收器。接收器和发射器可以集成在一起组成收发器。
参见图15，图15是适用于本申请实施例的终端设备1500的结构示意图。该终端设备1500可应用于图1所示出的系统中。为了便于说明，图15仅示出了终端设备的主要部件。如图15所示，终端设备1500包括处理器(对应于图14中所示的处理器1420)、存储器、控制电路、天线以及输入输出装置(对应于图14中所示的接收器1410)。处理器用于控制天线以及输入输出装置收发信号，存储器用于存储计算机程序，处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序，以执行本申请提出的寻呼的方法中由终端设备执行的相应流程和/或操作。此处不再赘述。
本领域技术人员可以理解，为了便于说明，图15仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的终端设备中，可以存在多个处理器和存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等，本申请实施例对此不做限制。
参见图16，图16是本申请提出的寻呼的装置1600的示意图。如图16所示，装置1600包括接收器1610和发送器1620。
接收器1610，用于接收来自第二核心网设备的第一寻呼消息，所述第一寻呼消息至少用于第二网络寻呼用户设备；
发送器1620，用于通过第一网络向所述用户设备发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示所述用户设备至少被所述第二网络寻呼，或者，所述第一消息用于指示所述第一网络中用于传输所述第二网络的数据的资源。
装置1600和方法实施例中的接入装置完全对应，装置1600可以是方法实施例中的接入装置，或者方法实施例中的接入装置内部的芯片或功能模块。装置1600的相应单元用于执行图8-图13所示的方法实施例中由接入装置执行的相应步骤。
其中，装置1600中的接收器1610执行方法实施例中接入装置接收的步骤。例如，执行图8中的步骤S810，接收来自第二核心网设备的第一寻呼消息、还执行图8中的步骤S823，接收用户设备发送的第一响应消息、还执行图9中的步骤S910，接收来自第二核心网设备的第一寻呼消息、还执行图9中的步骤S920，接收第一核心网设备发送的第二寻呼消息、还执行图9中的步骤S950，接收用户设备发送的第二响应消息、还执行图10中的步骤S1010，接收来自第二核心网设备的第一寻呼消息、还执行图10中的步骤S1020，接收第一核心网设备发送的第二寻呼消息、还执行图10中的步骤S950，接收用户设备发送的第一响应消息。
装置1600中的发送器1620执行方法实施例中接入装置发送的步骤，例如，执行图8 中的步骤S820，向用户设备发送第一消息、还执行图8中的步骤S830，向第二核心网设备发送第三小区的信息、还执行图9中的步骤S940，向用户设备发送第四和/或第五寻呼消息、还执行图9中的步骤S960，向第二核心网设备发送第四小区的信息、还执行图10中的步骤S1030，向用户设备发送第四寻呼消息、还执行图10中的步骤S1040，向用户设备发送第五寻呼消息。
装置1600还可以包括处理器，用于执行接入装置内部实现或处理的步骤。接收器1610和发送器1620可以组成收发单元，同时具有接收和发送的功能。其中，处理器可以是处理器。发送器1620可以是发射器。接收器1610可以是接收器。接收器和发射器可以集成在一起组成收发器。
参见图17，图17是适用于本申请实施例的接入装置1700的结构示意图，可以用于实现上述寻呼的方法中的接入装置的功能。可以为接入装置的结构示意图。
在5G通信系统中，接入装置1700可以包括CU、DU和AAU相比于LTE通信系统中的接入装置由一个或多个射频单元，如远端射频单元(remote radio unit，RRU)1701和一个或多个基带单元(base band unit，BBU)来说：
原BBU的非实时部分将分割出来，重新定义为CU，负责处理非实时协议和服务、BBU的部分物理层处理功能与原RRU及无源天线合并为AAU、BBU的剩余功能重新定义为DU，负责处理物理层协议和实时服务。简而言之，CU和DU，以处理内容的实时性进行区分、AAU为RRU和天线的组合。
CU、DU、AAU可以采取分离或合设的方式，所以，会出现多种网络部署形态，一种可能的部署形态如图17所示与传统4G接入装置一致，CU与DU共硬件部署。图17只是一种示例，对本申请的保护范围并不限制，例如，部署形态还可以是DU部署在5G BBU机房，CU集中部署或DU集中部署，CU更高层次集中等。
所述AAU 1701可以实现收发功能称为收发单元1701，与图16中的接收器1610对应。可选地，该收发单元1701还可以称为收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等，其可以包括至少一个天线17011和射频单元17012。可选地，收发单元1701可以包括接收器和发送器，接收器可以对应于接收器(或称接收机、接收电路)，发送器可以对应于发射器(或称发射机、发射电路)。所述CU和DU 702可以实现内部处理功能称为处理器1702。可选地，该处理器1702可以对接入装置进行控制等，可以称为控制器。所述AAU 701与CU和DU 702可以是物理上设置在一起，也可以物理上分离设置的。
CU和DU之间也可以进行信令交互，例如：
所述CU可以包括处理器和收发单元，其中，处理器用于执行CU内部实现或处理的步骤。收发单元用于执行CU的收发功能，接收核心网设备和/或DU发送的信令，并向核心网设备和/或DU发送信令。例如，执行图11中的步骤S1110，接收DU发送的第一信令；执行图11中的步骤S1120，向DU发送第二信令；执行图12中的步骤S1210，接收DU发送的第三信令；执行图12中的步骤S1220，向DU发送第四信令。
所述DU可以包括处理器和收发单元，其中，处理器用于执行DU内部实现或处理的步骤。收发单元用于执行DU的收发功能，接收CU和/或用户设备发送的信令，并向CU和/或用户设备发送信令。例如，执行图11中的步骤S1110，向CU发送第一信令；执行图11中的步骤S1120，接收CU发送的第二信令；执行图12中的步骤S1210，向 CU发送第三信令；执行图12中的步骤S1220，接收DU发送的第四信令。
另外，接入装置不限于图17所示的形态，也可以是其它形态：例如：包括BBU和自适应无线单元(adaptive radio unit，ARU)，或者包括BBU和有源天线单元(active antenna unit，AAU)；也可以为客户终端设备(customer premises equipment，CPE)，还可以为其它形态，本申请不限定。
图17所示的接入装置1700能够实现图8-图13的方法实施例中涉及的接入装置功能。接入装置1700中的各个单元的操作和/或功能，分别为了实现本申请方法实施例中由接入装置执行的相应流程。为避免重复，此处适当省略详述描述。图17示例的接入装置的结构仅为一种可能的形态，而不应对本申请实施例构成任何限定。本申请并不排除未来可能出现的其他形态的接入装置结构的可能。
参见图18，图18是本申请提出的寻呼的装置1800的示意图。如图18所示，装置1800包括处理器1810和发送器1820。
处理器1810，用于执行第二核心网设备内部实现或处理的步骤。
发送器1820，用于向接入装置发送第一寻呼消息，第一寻呼消息用于指示用户设备至少被所述第二网络寻呼。
装置1800和方法实施例中的第二核心网设备完全对应，装置1800可以是方法实施例中的第二核心网设备，或者方法实施例中的第二核心网设备内部的芯片或功能模块。装置1800的相应单元用于执行图8-图13所示的方法实施例中由接入装置执行的相应步骤。
参见图19，图19是适用于本申请实施例的第二核心网设备1900的结构示意图，可以用于实现上述寻呼的方法中的第二核心网设备的功能。该第二核心网设备1900包括处理器1910，存储器1920与收发器1930，其中，存储器1920中存储指令或程序，处理器1930用于执行存储器1920中存储的指令或程序。存储器1920中存储的指令或程序被执行时，收发器1930用于执行图18所示的装置1800中的发送器1820执行的操作。
本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统，其包括前述的终端设备和接入装置。
本申请还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当该指令在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述如图8-图13所示的方法中终端设备执行的各个步骤。
本申请还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当该指令在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述如图8-图13所示的方法中接入装置执行的各个步骤。
本申请还提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行如图8-图13所示的方法中终端设备执行的各个步骤。
本申请还提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行如图8-图13所示的方法中接入装置执行的各个步骤。
本申请还提供一种芯片，包括处理器。该处理器用于读取并运行存储器中存储的计算机程序，以执行本申请提供的寻呼的方法中由终端设备执行的相应操作和/或流程。可选地，该芯片还包括存储器，该存储器与该处理器通过电路或电线与存储器连接，处理器用于读取并执行该存储器中的计算机程序。进一步可选地，该芯片还包括通信接口， 处理器与该通信接口连接。通信接口用于接收需要处理的数据和/或信息，处理器从该通信接口获取该数据和/或信息，并对该数据和/或信息进行处理。该通信接口可以是该芯片上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。所述处理器也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路。
本申请还提供一种芯片，包括处理器。该处理器用于读取并运行存储器中存储的计算机程序，以执行本申请提供的寻呼的方法中由接入装置执行的相应操作和/或流程。可选地，该芯片还包括存储器，该存储器与该处理器通过电路或电线与存储器连接，处理器用于读取并执行该存储器中的计算机程序。进一步可选地，该芯片还包括通信接口，处理器与该通信接口连接。通信接口用于接收需要处理的数据和/或信息，处理器从该通信接口获取该数据和/或信息，并对该数据和/或信息进行处理。该通信接口可以是该芯片上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。所述处理器也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路。
上述的芯片也可以替换为芯片系统，这里不再赘述。
本申请中的术语“第一”、“第二”、“第三”、“第四”等(如果存在)是用于区别类似的对象，而不必用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样使用的数据在适当情况下可以互换，以便这里描述的本申请的实施例能够以除了在这里图示或描述的那些以外的顺序实施。此外，术语“包括”和“具有”以及他们的任何变形，意图在于覆盖不排他的包含，例如，包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备不必限于清楚地列出的那些步骤或单元，而是可包括没有清楚地列出的或对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的系统、装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理器中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
另外，本申请中术语“和/或”，仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。另外，本文中字符“/”，一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系；本申请中术语“至少一个”，可以表示“一个”和“两个或两个以上”，例如，A、B和C中至少一个，可以表示：单独存在A，单独存在B，单独存在C、同时存在A和B，同时存在A和C，同时存在C和B，同时存在A和B和C，这七种情况。
以上所述，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (24)

  1. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    分布式单元DU向集中式单元CU发送第一信令，所述第一信令用于指示所述DU能够支持接入的网络；
    所述DU接收来自所述CU的第二信令，所述第二信令用于发送所述CU对所述DU的辅助配置参数，所述第二信令包括NPN网络标识。
  2. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    集中式单元CU接收来自分布式单元DU的第一信令，所述第一信令用于指示所述DU能够支持接入的网络；
    所述CU向所述DU发送第二信令，所述第二信令用于发送所述CU对所述DU的辅助配置参数，所述第二信令包括NPN网络标识。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第二信令是降低网络接入速率Network access rate reduction信令。
  4. 根据权利要求1-3任一所述的方法，其特征在于，所述NPN网络标识包括PLMN ID和NID。
  5. 根据权利要求1-4任一所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述NPN网络的标识是被添加在用户访问控制UAC协助信息中。
  6. 根据权利要求1-5任一所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述DU配置其下网络小区的用户访问控制参数。
  7. 根据权利要求1-5任一所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一信令为F1接口建立请求(F1 setup request)信令或DU配置更新请求信令。
  8. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    接入设备接收用户设备的随机接入；
    所述接入设备通过初始用户消息(initial UE message)将所述用户设备选择接入的网络上报给核心网设备，所述初始用户消息包括所选择的PLMN ID和NID。
  9. 根据权利要求7所述的方法，其特征在于，所述接入设备包括分布式单元DU和集中式单元CU，所述方法还包括：
    所述分布式单元DU接收来自集中式单元CU的用户上下文建立请求(UE context setup request)，所述用户上下文建立请求包括所述PLMN ID和NID。
  10. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    分布式单元DU接收来自集中式单元CU的用户上下文建立请求(UE context setup request)，所述用户上下文建立请求包括PLMN ID、NID；
    所述DU发起RRC重配置过程。
  11. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，所述通信装置是分布式单元DU，所述DU包括：
    发送单元，用于向集中式单元CU发送第一信令，所述第一信令用于指示所述DU能够支持接入的网络；
    接收单元，用于接收来自所述CU的第二信令，所述第二信令用于发送所述CU对 所述DU的辅助配置参数，所述第二信令包括NPN网络标识。
  12. 一种通信装置，其特征在于所述通信装置是集中式单元CU，所述CU包括：
    接收单元，用于接收来自分布式单元DU的第一信令，所述第一信令用于指示所述DU能够支持接入的网络；
    发送单元，用于向所述DU发送第二信令，所述第二信令用于发送所述CU对所述DU的辅助配置参数，所述第二信令包括NPN网络标识。
  13. 根据权利要求11或12所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述第二信令是降低网络接入速率Network access rate reduction信令。
  14. 根据权利要求11-13任一所述的装置，其特征在于，所述NPN网络标识包括PLMN ID和NID。
  15. 根据权利要求11-14任一所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述NPN网络的标识是被添加在用户访问控制UAC协助信息中。
  16. 根据权利要求11-15任一所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述DU配置其下网络小区的用户访问控制参数。
  17. 根据权利要求11-15任一所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述第一信令为F1接口建立请求(F1 setup request)信令或DU配置更新请求信令。
  18. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：
    接收单元，用于接收用户设备的随机接入；
    发送单元，用于通过初始用户消息(initial UE message)将所述用户设备选择接入的网络上报给核心网设备，所述初始用户消息包括所选择的PLMN ID和NID。
  19. 根据权利要求17所述的装置，其特征在于，所述接入设备包括分布式单元DU和集中式单元CU，所述装置还包括：
    所述分布式单元DU接收来自集中式单元CU的用户上下文建立请求(UE context setup request)，所述用户上下文建立请求包括所述PLMN ID和NID。
  20. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：
    接收单元，用于接收来自集中式单元CU的用户上下文建立请求(UE context setup request)，所述用户上下文建立请求包括PLMN ID、NID；
    处理单元，用于发起RRC重配置过程。
  21. 一种通信设备，其特征在于，用于执行如权利要求1-10中任意一项所述的方法。
  22. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行如权利要求1-10中任意一项所述的方法。
  23. 一种通信设备，其特征在于包括处理器和存储器，所述存储器中存储有指令，所述指令被所述处理器执行，所述指令在被所述处理器执行时，执行如权利要求1-10中任意一项所述的方法。
  24. 一种芯片，该芯片包括：处理电路和接口电路，所述接口电路和所述处理电路连接，以执行如权利要求1-10中任意一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2020/109632 2019-08-16 2020-08-17 寻呼的方法和装置 WO2021032066A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP20854563.2A EP4017155A4 (en) 2019-08-16 2020-08-17 METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RADIO RESEARCH
KR1020227008270A KR20220047602A (ko) 2019-08-16 2020-08-17 페이징 방법 및 장치
BR112022002739A BR112022002739A2 (pt) 2019-08-16 2020-08-17 Método e aparelho de paging
JP2022510212A JP7436635B2 (ja) 2019-08-16 2020-08-17 ページング方法および装置
US17/673,523 US20220174583A1 (en) 2019-08-16 2022-02-16 Paging Method And Apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910760504.6 2019-08-16
CN201910760504.6A CN112399558A (zh) 2019-08-16 2019-08-16 寻呼的方法和装置

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/673,523 Continuation US20220174583A1 (en) 2019-08-16 2022-02-16 Paging Method And Apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021032066A1 true WO2021032066A1 (zh) 2021-02-25

Family

ID=74603082

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/109632 WO2021032066A1 (zh) 2019-08-16 2020-08-17 寻呼的方法和装置

Country Status (7)

Country Link
US (1) US20220174583A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP4017155A4 (zh)
JP (1) JP7436635B2 (zh)
KR (1) KR20220047602A (zh)
CN (2) CN112637906B (zh)
BR (1) BR112022002739A2 (zh)
WO (1) WO2021032066A1 (zh)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023070658A1 (en) * 2021-11-01 2023-05-04 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Control information monitoring and paging method and apparatus for multi-sim apparatuses in a shared radio access network

Families Citing this family (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113099736A (zh) * 2019-11-08 2021-07-09 华为技术有限公司 接入控制方法及通信装置
CN114071797A (zh) * 2020-07-31 2022-02-18 维沃移动通信有限公司 信息传输方法、装置、多卡终端及可读存储介质
US20220338159A1 (en) * 2021-04-14 2022-10-20 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for mobile terminated calls in non-terrestrial networks
US11632739B1 (en) * 2021-04-22 2023-04-18 T-Mobile Usa, Inc. Focused cellular network paging
CN113328785B (zh) * 2021-05-27 2022-03-18 广州爱浦路网络技术有限公司 卫星通信中对终端的寻呼方法和用于卫星通信的核心网
WO2023272669A1 (zh) * 2021-06-30 2023-01-05 华为技术有限公司 一种寻呼方法及相关装置
CN113727329B (zh) * 2021-08-16 2023-05-02 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 一种通信方法及装置
CN116567606A (zh) * 2022-01-29 2023-08-08 华为技术有限公司 通信方法及相关装置
CN116962979A (zh) * 2022-04-20 2023-10-27 华为技术有限公司 通信方法及装置

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107872876A (zh) * 2016-09-23 2018-04-03 华为技术有限公司 消息的发送方法和装置
WO2018080218A1 (ko) * 2016-10-27 2018-05-03 엘지전자 주식회사 베어러를 확립하는 방법 및 장치
CN109246746A (zh) * 2017-05-05 2019-01-18 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 前向接口的建立、ue接入和切换方法及装置
CN109587756A (zh) * 2017-09-28 2019-04-05 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 用于网络接入的方法和设备

Family Cites Families (23)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20090325608A1 (en) * 2008-06-27 2009-12-31 Qualcomm Incorporated Methods and systems for multi-mode paging
WO2016104897A1 (ko) * 2014-12-24 2016-06-30 엘지전자 주식회사 Nbifom에서 isr활성화 상태 상에서의 효율적인 신호 처리 방법
CN108616950B (zh) * 2016-12-28 2019-12-20 电信科学技术研究院 无线接入网络间的移动性管理方法、核心网设备及基站
CN108632949B (zh) * 2017-03-24 2023-06-27 华为技术有限公司 一种传输信息的方法和网络设备
KR102405717B1 (ko) 2017-06-15 2022-06-03 지티이 코포레이션 무선 네트워크의 두 노드 사이에서 구성 정보를 교환하기 위한 시스템 및 방법
CN109150451B (zh) * 2017-06-16 2023-06-20 华为技术有限公司 通信方法、网络节点和无线接入网系统
US10708968B2 (en) * 2017-08-25 2020-07-07 Kt Corporation Method of controlling mobility of UE and apparatus therefor
US10805856B2 (en) * 2017-09-22 2020-10-13 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Methods and units in a network node for handling communication with a wireless device
US10660063B2 (en) * 2017-11-16 2020-05-19 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Beam paging assistance
CN110915262B (zh) * 2017-11-17 2022-01-04 瑞典爱立信有限公司 用于初始用户设备接入的信息交换
CN109842910A (zh) * 2017-11-28 2019-06-04 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 一种网络切片的处理方法及接入网网元
US10820297B2 (en) * 2018-01-12 2020-10-27 Apple Inc. Next generation node-b (GNB) and methods to indicate a type of access for paging of a user equipment (UE)
WO2019138359A1 (en) * 2018-01-12 2019-07-18 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Next generation radio access network wireless device rejection indication
CN116017785A (zh) * 2018-02-09 2023-04-25 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Rrc状态转换方法、终端、cu、du和计算机可读存储介质
EP3534651A1 (en) * 2018-02-15 2019-09-04 Comcast Cable Communications, LLC Wireless communications using wireless device information
US11064556B2 (en) * 2018-05-09 2021-07-13 Nokia Solutions And Networks Oy Configuring radio resource control connections
CN110753372B (zh) * 2018-07-24 2023-05-30 中兴通讯股份有限公司 基带处理分离架构中的信息处理方法、装置及存储介质
US11877341B2 (en) * 2019-01-18 2024-01-16 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for access control in wireless communication system
US11490369B2 (en) * 2019-03-20 2022-11-01 Qualcomm Incorporated Resource management for multi-hop networks
WO2020194273A1 (en) * 2019-03-28 2020-10-01 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Methods of broadcasting public and non-public network lists and related network nodes and wireless devices
CN118265185A (zh) * 2019-03-29 2024-06-28 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 支持接入封闭网络的方法、ue、基站及可读存储介质
US12108294B2 (en) * 2019-07-22 2024-10-01 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for cell reselection in wireless communication system
EP4014533A4 (en) * 2019-08-15 2022-12-07 ZTE Corporation METHODS AND DEVICES FOR ASSISTING CELL RE-SELECTION AND RADIOMESSAGE

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107872876A (zh) * 2016-09-23 2018-04-03 华为技术有限公司 消息的发送方法和装置
WO2018080218A1 (ko) * 2016-10-27 2018-05-03 엘지전자 주식회사 베어러를 확립하는 방법 및 장치
CN109246746A (zh) * 2017-05-05 2019-01-18 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 前向接口的建立、ue接入和切换方法及装置
CN109587756A (zh) * 2017-09-28 2019-04-05 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 用于网络接入的方法和设备

Non-Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
CHINA TELECOM CHINA TELECOM HUAWEI NOKIA NOKIA SHANGHAI BELL ZTE: "Way Forward on Scope of Private Network for NG-RAN", 3GPP DRAFT; RP-190656 WAY FORWARD ON SCOPE OF NPN V1, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. TSG RAN, no. Shenzhen, P.R.China; 20190318 - 20190321, 20 March 2019 (2019-03-20), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP051690648 *
ERICSSON: "Submission for information on Commonalities in solutions for Non-Public Network developments", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-1907313, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG2, no. Reno, Nevada, USA; 20190513 - 20190517, 2 May 2019 (2019-05-02), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, pages 1 - 11, XP051711598 *
HUAWEI, CHINA TELECOM: "Remaining issues on support of NPN over F1", 3GPP DRAFT; R3-195771, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG3, no. Chongqing, China; 20191014 - 20191018, 5 October 2019 (2019-10-05), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP051792790 *
NOKIA, NOKIA SHANGHAI BELL: "(TP for NPN BL CR 38.300) Configuration aspects of NPN", 3GPP DRAFT; R3-195179_NPNCONFIG, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG3, no. Chongqing, China; 20191014 - 20191018, 4 October 2019 (2019-10-04), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP051792219 *
See also references of EP4017155A4 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023070658A1 (en) * 2021-11-01 2023-05-04 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Control information monitoring and paging method and apparatus for multi-sim apparatuses in a shared radio access network

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP4017155A4 (en) 2022-09-14
CN112637906B (zh) 2022-05-24
BR112022002739A2 (pt) 2022-05-10
JP2022544813A (ja) 2022-10-21
CN112399558A (zh) 2021-02-23
US20220174583A1 (en) 2022-06-02
KR20220047602A (ko) 2022-04-18
EP4017155A1 (en) 2022-06-22
JP7436635B2 (ja) 2024-02-21
CN112637906A (zh) 2021-04-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021032066A1 (zh) 寻呼的方法和装置
WO2020200034A1 (zh) 一种网络接入的方法和装置
EP4181588A1 (en) Method for terminal to access public and private networks and communication apparatus
CN112106418A (zh) 装置、方法和计算机程序
EP4156849A1 (en) Communication method and related device
US20220360996A1 (en) Network slice redirection method and apparatus
WO2022011618A1 (zh) 信息处理方法、终端设备和网络设备
CN115065988A (zh) 中继传输的方法、中继终端和远端终端
WO2023011424A1 (zh) 中继通信方法、通信装置和通信系统
EP4333477A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
CA3207054A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus for multicast/broadcast service
US20220225197A1 (en) Inter-network mobility method and apparatus, and communications device
WO2022126641A1 (zh) 无线通信方法、终端设备、第一接入网设备以及网元
EP3198901A1 (en) Device discovery in a device to device communication using two types of discovery
EP4383935A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2022134070A1 (zh) 无线通信方法、终端设备和网络设备
WO2023150944A1 (zh) 切换方法、终端设备和网络设备
WO2022121708A1 (zh) 数据传输方法及数据传输装置
WO2022217615A1 (zh) 进入连接态的方法和终端设备
WO2022027526A1 (zh) 接入方法、终端设备和网络设备
WO2022141025A1 (zh) 用于传输数据的方法与装置
WO2024067200A1 (zh) 通信方法、装置以及系统
WO2023065865A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及设备
CN115915092A (zh) 一种通信方法和装置
CN117223303A (zh) 通信方法、设备及存储介质

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20854563

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022510212

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112022002739

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20227008270

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020854563

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20220316

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112022002739

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20220214